Controls Instrumentation

CONTROLS &
INSTRUMENTATION
Boiler Controls • Flowmeters • Control Valves

Product Manual
Spirax Sarco, Inc.
9th Edition
1150 Northpoint Blvd. • Blythewood, SC 29016

1-800-883-4411
www.spiraxsarco.com/us
Controls
&
Instrumentation
Product Manual
9th Edition
Copyright © 2005 by Spirax Sarco, Inc.
Spirax Sarco Product Manual
Ninth Edition
All rights reserved.

No part of this publication covered by the copyrights hereon may be reproduced or copied in any form
or by any means graphic, electronic, or mechanical without written permission of Spirax Sarco, Inc.
Printed in the United States of America 03/05

Spirax Sarco has a broad range of products tailored to meet the vast needs of
steam and process fluid users everywhere. For years, Spirax Sarco has fulfilled
these needs and today strives to improve this technology as we are in the 21st
Century.
Steam technology contributes to our way of life in the manufacturing of just about
everything we eat, drink, wear or use whether in our homes or the facilities in
which we work. Steam is the prime carrier of heat in process industry, as well as
an efficient means of space heating, and it is also gaining importance as a
sterilizing medium. Spirax Sarco is committed to the development and use of
steam and for over 90 years the company’s vast knowledge of steam
applications in conjunction with its wide product range has become an integral
part in energy conservation in industry as well as commercial applications
throughout the world.
Today, the Spirax Sarco companies employ more than 3,700 people around the
world giving total customer support through 105 Spirax Sarco sales offices and
offices in 37 countries – all of these in close contact with engineers and
designers of plants.
This close knit relationship assures customer satisfaction everywhere and

in- turn ensures the adaptability of the Spirax Sarco factories in the United
States, North and South America, Europe, the Far East and Africa to the
ever-changing world around us.
Spirax Sarco is committed to quality and excellence now and into the future.
The best choice for reliable equipment to fulfill the needs of steam
and process fluid users with the right price, at the right place and time.
To contact your local Spirax Sarco Representative, call:

Toll Free 1-800-883-4411
iii
How To Use This Book
Accepted international designations for limiting conditions are used throughout this catalog.
An explanation of Pressure Shell Design Conditions and Limiting Operating Conditions follows:
Pressure Shell Design Conditions:

• PMA - Maximum Allowable Pressure
• TMA - Maximum Allowable Temperature
These are the maximum pressures and temperatures to which the pressure shell (body, cover, bolt-
ing, etc.) of the product may be safely and permanently exposed. The product may or may not operate
properly at these maximum conditions; the internal parts may be damaged or destroyed, but the pres-
sure-retaining components will not break or become permanently
distorted. It is sometimes permissible to exceed the maximum allowable conditions temporarily. For
example, a cold hydraulic test at 1-1/2 times the cold PMA is usually permitted.
Because the maximum allowable pressure depends on the temperature, there is no one value for
PMA. Quoting only the cold PMA without mentioning the corresponding temperature could be misleading.
PMA is usually given at three temperatures:
• Cold
• Maximum Allowable Saturated Steam Temperature
• Maximum Allowable Temperature
There is only one value for maximum allowable temperature (TMA); the corresponding pressure
range is given in this literature.
PMA and TMA are strictly safety related. They have very little to do with the actual operation of the
product.
Limiting Operating Conditions:

• Maximum Operating Pressure - PMO
• Maximum Operating Temperature
PMO is the maximum fluid (steam, gas or liquid) pressure at which the product will operate properly.
Depending on the type of product, PMO may or may not be related to temperature. Unless otherwise
indicated, the downstream pressure is assumed to be O psig.
Maximum operating temperature may depend on superheat tolerance, internal materials (e.g. neo-
prene o-rings), pressure shell design conditions, or any combination of these factors. Depending on the
type of product, it usually varies with the actual operating pressure.
An example on the opposite page graphically illustrates limiting conditions.
iv
Example of Limiting Conditions
BPT21 Steel-Bodied Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap
Limiting Operating Conditions
Maximum Operating Pressure (PMO) 304 PSIG

Maximum Operating Temperature 437˚F at 304 PSIG; 90˚F of Superheat at
Operating Pressures below 282 PSIG
Pressure Shell Design Conditions
PMA (Maximum Allowable Pressure) 362 PSIG/0-248˚F

309 PSIG/424˚ F
188 PSIG/752˚F
TMA (Maximum Allowable Temperature) 752°F/0-188 PSIG
TMA
752°F / 0-188 psig
800 PMA (at TMA)
188 psig / 752°F
600
90°F of Superheat at 282 psig
437°F at 304 psig

Max. Operating Temperature
PMA (at Saturated Steam

Temperature) 309 psig / 424°F
400
90°F
Pressure Shell Design
Conditions
Saturated Steam
200
Temperature °F
PMO — 304 psig PMA (cold)

362 psig / 0-248°F
100 200 300 400

Pressure PSIG
v
Blank page
CONTROLS & INSTRUMENTATION
Product Manual
MASTER INDEX
Boiler Controls index 1:3

Level Controls 1:4 - 1:27
Level Alarms 1:28 - 1:33
Boiler Blowdown & CCD 1:34 - 1:57
Bottom Blowdown 1:58 - 1:63
Flowmeters index 2:65

Gilflo Flowmeters 2:66 - 2:75
DIVA 2:76 - 2:79
Orifice Plates 2:80 - 2:85
Flow Computers 2:86 - 2:90
Transmitters 2:92 - 2:99
Control Valves index 3:101 - 3:103

Globe Control Valves 3:104 - 3:142
Linear Actuators 3:144 - 3:179
Positioners & Switches 3:182 - 3:193
Controllers, Transmitters & Sensors 3:194 - 3:204
Piston Actuated Valves 3:206 - 3:220
Quarter Turn Valves 3:222 - 3:242
Quarter Turn Actuators 3:244 - 3:256
Engineering Data 3:258
Regional Offices 3:269
Model Designation Index 3:270
Boiler Controls
for level control/alarm and TDS control.
Accurate control of water level/alarm within the boiler

or tank while maintaining the proper TDS level of the
boiler water, are vital in the boiler room.
Boiler Controls
INDEX
Boiler Controls Index
Tech. Illus. # Model Page No.
TI-9-114-US LP 10-4 Level Probe 1:4

TI-9-101-US LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe 1:6
TI-9-102-US PA 20 Pre-Amplifier 1:8
TI-9-113-US LC 1000 Level Controller 1:9
trols
TI-P402-112-US LC 1300 Level Controller 1:11
l Con
Leve
TI-P402-94-US LC 2610 Level Controller 1:20
TI-9-105-US LT 2010 Level Transmitter 1:22
TI-9-401-US APS 1 Probe Simulator 1:24
TI-9-116-US DS 1000 Digital Display 1:27
TI-9-110-US LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe s 1:28
TI-9-111-US LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe el Alarm 1:30
Lev
TI-9-404-US Recommended Pipeline Components for BCS1 Blowdown System 1:35
TI-9-403-US S20 Sensor Chamber, TP20 Temperature Sensor, CP10 & PT2 Plug Tail 1:36
TI-9-202-US CP 30 Conductivity Probe 1:38
CD
TI-P403-59-US CP 32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe &C 1:40
TI-9-106-US BC 1100 Controller wdown 1:42
Blo
TI-9-107-US BC 3200 & BC 3210 Controllers ler 1:44
TI-9-201-US BCV 1 Solenoid Valve Boi 1:46
TI-P403-72-US 3/4" BCV 30 Blowdown Control Valve 1:48
TI-9-305-US 1-1/2" BCV 30 Blowdown Control Valve 1:50
TI-9-302-US 3/4" BCV 31 Blowdown Control Valve 1:52
TI-P403-74-US 1-1/2" BCV 31 Blowdown Control Valve 1:54
TI-9-402-US MS 1 Conductivity Meter 1:57
TI-9-301-US BT1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer
wdown 1:58
TI-9-303-US KBV 20 Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve Blo 1:60
tom
TI-9-304-US ABV 20 Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valve Bot 1:62
Controls
Boiler
LP 10-4
Controls
Level
Level Probe
• Single probe provides all the controls needed on a tank
• Suitable for use with steam boilers up to 464 psig
(32 barg)
• For level control and simple alarm duties
• Stainless steel and PFA wetted parts
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP10-4 level probe is used with Spirax Sarco LC1000
series level controllers to provide on / off level control and alarm functions in
steam boilers, tanks or other vessels.
The four tip probe is particularly suitable where 3-lamp 'electric gauge glass'
alarm/ level indicators are fitted. The probe body is grounded through its
screwed connection and the boiler or tank normally forms the ground return
path. The probe may also be used in concrete or plastic tanks by using one
of the tips as a ground return, or by providing a separate ground rod or plate. 1
The LP10-4 probe has four detachable level sensing tips which are cut to
length on installation to give the required switching levels. Note: Tips are
ordered separately, and are 39" long. Two sets of tips may be connected for
a maximum probe length of 82". When a tip is immersed in conductive liquid
it completes an electrical circuit to ground. When the level drops below the
tip, the resistance to ground becomes high, indicating to the controller that
the tip is out of the liquid.
Limiting conditions
Nominal pressure rating PN40
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 bar)
Maximum temperature 462°F (239°C)
Maximum ambient temperature 158°F (70°C)
Minimum ambient temperature -40°F ( -20°C)
Protection rating NEMA 3R (IP54)
Maximum cable length (probe to controller) 100ft (30 m)
Maximum sensing depth 82" (2 095 mm)
Minimum sensing depth 3" (75 mm)
Materials
No. Part Material
Austenitic
1 Probe body Type 304L/ 1.4306
stainless steel
Austenitic
2 Probe tips Type 316/ 316L
stainless steel
3 Tip insulation PFA (Per Fluor Alkoxy)
sleeving
4 Lower housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
5 Upper housing PPS (Polyphenyline sulphide)
6 Gland support pad Thermoplastic elastomer
7 Cable gland PA (Polyamide)
8 Tip steady PEEK (Polyaryletherketone) Grade 450G
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only.
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TI-9-114-US 05.01
1: 4
LP 10-4 Level Probe
Controls
Boiler
Safety information Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches and lbs.
WARNING
A B C D Weight
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as
2.3 1 3 2 2.5
well as to any National or Regional regulations.
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the forces
Controls
encountered during normal use.
Level
Use of the product for any purpose other than as a level probe could
cause damage to the product and may cause injury or fatality to per-
sonnel.
This product contains materials including plastics which can
give off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat. Additional environ-
mental protection is needed for installation outdoors.
Installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to
install the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions provided with every unit.
The LP10-4 is designed for installation in a 1" NPT threaded flange or
cover. The probe tips are screwed to the probe body using the extension
connectors and lock-nuts provided, then cut to length before installation to
give the required switching levels. Tip steadies provide lateral support as
well as insulation between the tips. For deep tanks/ boilers, the switching
level may be extended to a maximum of 82" by fitting a second probe tip.
A minimum 80 mm (3") nominal bore protection tube is recommended if
installing the probe in a boiler, or in a tank which is subject to very turbu-
lent conditions.
Wiring How to specify

Wiring is straightforward on the LP10-4, as crimp connectors are used. Conductivity probe with austenitic stainless steel body and
Extra connectors are available as a spares kit. Terminal posts are colour probe tips, PFA tip insulation, suitable for steam boiler operation up
coded for easy identification. to 464 psig (462°F)
The wiring loom may be disconnected and removed without disturbing the
© Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2001
cable gland by lifting the gland carrier out of the lower housing. How to order
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco LP10-4 probe with 39" tip assembly.
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required, though boiler water level controls do Available spares
require periodic testing and inspection which is described in separate lit- Crimp kit, comprising six flat crimp connectors and two ring
erature. crimps. Stock no. 4024480.
TI-9-114-US 05.01
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222
1: 5
Controls
Boiler
Controls
LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe

Level
Pre-amplifier connector
• For modulating or on/off level control, and level alarm systems
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)
• Multiple control/switching points possible

Cover assembly
• Easy to install - no cutting to length required
• No maintenance required
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 20 is a capacitance probe designed for continuous
level detection in conductive liquids, in conjunction with a pre-amplifier,
which is supplied separately. It can also be used for adjustable on/off con- Body
trol.
It can be used with one or more controllers or transmitters to provide level
control, level alarms, and/or outputs to a building management system.
The probe is normally installed in a steam boiler or metal tank where it is
grounded through the 1/2" NPT taper connection, the boiler or tank forming
the ground return path.
It may be used in a non-conductive tank (e.g. plastic or concrete) if a ground
rod is provided.
A pre-amplifier, (described in separate literature), is screwed to the top of
the probe and hand tightened, enabling easy removal without the need to
disturb the probe. Probe
Limiting conditions
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Hydraulic test pressure 870 psig (60 barg)
PTFE sheathing
Materials
Probe body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti W/S 1.4571
Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Probe (Sheathed) Austenitic stainless steel alloy UNS N08028
Probe sheathing PTFE BS6564 Grade UA Type 1
Pressure seal Fluorocarbon elastomer
‘O’ Ring Nitrite Rubber
Approvals
UL UL 508
United States Standard Industrial Control Accessory
(E203559)
cUL C22-2 Number 14
CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Accessory
(E203559 )
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only.
1: 6
LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres Available probe lengths 'L'
(approximate) in inches and millimetres
14.6", 18.5", 23.6", 29.5", 35.4", 41.3", 47.2", 53.1", 59.1"
370, 470, 600, 750, 900, 1050, 1200, 1350, 1500.
Controls
Level
Note:- Probe length includes the 1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length at its tip.
Installation
WARNING: Do not install the probe outside without additional
weather protection.
The probe is installed in a 1/2" NPT female connection. If the
probe is to be installed in a boiler or turbulent tank, fit a protection
tube. This should be as long as possible, and at least long enough
to cope with the expansion of the probe at higher operating tem-
6.4" (162) peratures. The table below shows the maximum probe expansion
possible 32-462° F (0-239° C).
Probe Length Max. expansion (inc. ‘dead band’)

(inch) (mm) (inch) (mm)
14.6 370 0.4 10
18.5 470 0.5 13
23.6 600 0.6 16
29.5 750 0.8 20
35.4 900 0.9 23
41.3 1050 1.1 27
1/2" NPT 47.2 1200 1.2 30
53.1 1350 1.3 34
59.1 1500 1.5 38
Both the PA20 pre-amplifier and the probe are supplied with an ‘O’
ring to provide a water tight seal. Ensure one of these are fitted
between the probe and pre-amplilfier.
WARNING: Do not block drain or vent holes.
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required. Boiler water level controls and
alarms do, however require periodic testing and inspection, which is
described in separate literature.
How to specify
'L'
Capacitance level probe with all wetted parts in austenitic stainless
steel/PTFE, taper thread, and screwed connector for pre-amplifier.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LP 20 (UL) capacitance level probe, length 18.5"
(470mm).
1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length

Weights (approximate) including immediate packaging

Probe length (ins) 14.6 18.5 23.6 29.5 35.4 41.3 47.2 53.1 59.1
Weights (lbs) 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.1 3.4 3.4
Probe length (mm) 370 470 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500
Weight (kg) 0.82 0.84 0.98 1.08 1.26 1.42 1.50 1.64 1.68
TI-9-101-US 04.02
1: 7
Controls
Boiler
Controls
PA 20 Pre-Amplifier
Level
• Compact, rigidly mounted unit 1/2" NPT

Conduit
• Can be removed/replaced without disturbing probe Thread
• No maintenance needed Adaptor
Cable socket
• Stainless steel body
• Suitable for all probe lengths
Description
The PA 20 pre-amplifier is used with a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe to
amplify the capacitance measured and convert it to a voltage output propor-
tional to the liquid level. It is compatible with all Spirax Sarco voltage input
Body
controllers/transmitters.
The pre-amplifier consists of a tubular austenitic stainless steel body which
screws onto the top of the probe, and has a DIN 43650 connector.The con-
nector includes an 1/2" NPT adaptor for connection to flexible conduit and
four 18AWG flying leads. The PA 20 has three sensitivity settings, selected to
suit different probe lengths by wiring variations. These are fully described in
the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit.
4 off
Field Wiring 18AWG
Flying leads (supplied) 18 AWG, 105° 60 DV flying
leads
length: 12" (approx) 12" long
Conduit Connection 1/2" NPT for flexible conduit
Limiting Conditions Materials

Body Austenitic stainless steel ASTM A582 303
Maximum cable length 300ft (100m)
Cable connector Polyamide (Glass filled)
Protection rating IP 65 (NEMA 13)
Connector gasket Silicone rubber
‘O’ ring Nitrile rubber
Technical Data
Supply voltage 14-36V dc
Maximum power requirement 10mA Installation
Output volts range 1-6V dc The PA 20 is screwed into the top of the capacitance probe and hand
Output impedance 100Ω tightened. An ‘O’ ring is supplied with both the LP20 probe and the
pre-amplifier to provide a water tight seal. Ensure only one of these
Dimensions (Approximate) in inches and millimetres is fitted between the probe and amplifier. Full installation and wiring
instructions are provided with each unit.
1.5" (39)
Approvals
UL UL 508
United States Standard Industrial Control Equipment
1/2" NPT (E203559)
Conduit 18 AWG cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91
Thread Flying leads CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
Adapter 12" (approx.) (E203559)
Maintenance
Withdrawal distance for No special maintenance is required.
4.1" (105) cable socket 0.6" (15) Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and
inspection, which is described in separate literature.
Weight 0.6 lbs (225g)
including packaging
How to Specify
Pre-amplifier for Spirax Sarco capacitance probe.
How to Order
0.2" (5) Spirax Sarco PA 20 (UL) pre-amplifier.
1: 8
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
LC1000 Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC1000 controller is a two-channel, dual voltage Clamping Configuration
levelcontroller for use with conductivity probes in conductive liquids. The Screw Label
controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of industrial waters Power
from condensate or boiler water to salt solutions, and can be used in
water with an electrical conductivity as low as 10 micro Siemens/cm. Channel A
The LC 1000 has two sensitivity levels and a wave filter function which
allows it to give a precise response under the very different conductivity
and turbulence conditions found in tanks and high output boilers.
Both functions are switch-selectable. Channel B
The controller is set up before installation to suit the mains supply
voltage and to provide the required level control and level alarm
functions.
Configuration labels are provided for the controller front panel and
enclosure chassis plate. Clamping
Screw
Applications
The LC 1000 controller can provide the following functions, which are
selected by an 8-way switch on the printed circuit board:-
- High and low alarm- Pumping in/low alarm
- Two low alarms - Pumping out/low alarm General Wiring Diagram
- Two high alarms - Pumping in/high alarm
- Pumping out/high alarm Ch.A Ch.B
Full commissioning instructions are given in the Installation and Select
Voltage Probe Inputs
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit. Internally Ch.B Ch.A
Limiting Conditions
Enclosure rating IP40
Maximum cable length (controller/probe) 100 ft. Norm
N Norm or
Pump Pump
Installation Mains On
Pump
Alm
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the controller as L L Alm
or ALM
live terminals will be exposed in the controller base.
The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
provide environmental protection. The controller may be mounted on a
‘top hat’ DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the clip may be
Dimensions (approximate) in inches
removed and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
Screened cable is required for the probe. A suitable cable is Belden 2.1" 4.2"
83654 (4-core). The same type of cable may also be used for the mains
wiring. Individual wiring diagrams and selection switch settings are shown
in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions.
Technical Data
Mains supply voltage
230V setting 198V - 264V
115V setting 99V - 121V 4.4"
Frequency 50 - 60Hz
Maximum power consumption 6VA
Materials
Case Polystyrene
Baseplate ABS (Reinforced)
Weight 1 lb.
How to Specify 1"
1- Spirax Sarco LC 1000 controller 4.3"
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specifications. TI-9-113-US 09.99
1: 9
Level Boiler
Controls Controls
1: 10
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
LC1300 Level Controller
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC1300 offers pump control together with low and
high alarms operating on supply voltages from 99 to 264 Vac. It is
designed for use with conductivity probes in conductive liquids. The
controller is suitable for use with virtually all qualities of industrial
waters from salt solutions or boiler water to condensate having an
electrical conductivity as low as 1 µS/cm at 25°C. The advanced
electronics eliminate the need for setting up the various functions.
With automatic wave filters on both the control and alarm functions
the LC1300 gives accurate and reliable control under the very
different conditions found in tanks and high output boilers.
Applications
The LC1300 controller can provide the following functions:-
Power /alarm module High or low alarm from a single probe input
Pump module Pump control using two probe inputs
Alarm module Extra alarm from a single probe input that
can be configured for high or low alarm
Limiting conditions
Minimum ambient temperature 32°F (0°C)
Maximum cable length (controller /probe) 330Ft (100 m)
Minimum conductivity 1 µS/cm at 25°C
Weight in lb
Technical data Power /alarm module 1
Mains supply voltage 99-264 Vac Pump module 0.5
Frequency 50-60 Hz Alarm module 0.5
Maximum power consumption 6 VA
Materials
Enclosure HIPS
How to order
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco LC1300 level controller power /alarm
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and mm
module complete with pump and alarm modules.
0.8" (20mm)
2.7" (70mm)
Installation
2.1" (53mm)
Warning:
Isolate the controller from the mains supply before touching
any of the controller terminals, as these may be wired to mains
voltage.
The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
provide environmental protection. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable
enclosures. The controller may be screwed direct into the chassis
5.5" (140mm)
plate or mounted on a 'top-hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip

provided.
Screened cable is required for the probe. A suitable cable is Pirelli
FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS 3 or 4 core, 1 mm2. The
same cable may also be used for the mains wiring.
Note: Individual wiring diagrams and commissioning information is
given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with
the module.
Alarm/pump module
Power/alarm module
1.3" (33mm)
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification.
TI-P402-112-US 01.05
1: 11
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
LC 2200 Level Controller
• Proportional controller for electrically actuated valves
• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance
• High or low alarm as standard
• Control levels may be altered without de-commissioning boiler
• Valve positioner built in
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC 2200 is used to control an electrically actuated
valve in response to a signal from a capacitance probe, providing
proportional modulating control of liquid levels. It can be used for level
control of boilers, deaerators, and tanks.
The controller can also be used with any two-wire 4-20mA transmitter,
for example for pressure, temperature, or level control using a
pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
A dc power supply for a two-wire transmitter is included.
The LC 2200 has an alarm output, which can be set high or low,
and has a filter which allows accurate alarm signalling under varying
turbulence conditions. The controller also has an ‘out of range’ alarm
which releases the alarm relay if the probe or wiring is damaged or has
been incorrectly wired, enabling prompt action to be taken to rectify
any potentially dangerous situation.
The LC 2200 has a three stage level wave filter (input signal damping).
This switch-selectable feature gives an averaged output, maintaining a
stable signal under the very different turbulence conditions found in
tanks and high output boilers.
A green LED at the top of the front panel indicates power on.
A test button is provided below the red alarm LED to check the alarm
output.
The green (>50%) LED indicates that the level is higher than 50%. i.e.
Installation
above the set point.
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the
The amber (>100%/<0%) LED indicates that the level is outside the controller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the
proportional band. controller base.
The LC 2200 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
voltage and to provide the required functions, using internal switches. provide environmental protection.
Calibration of set point and proportional band is carried out using the CAUTION: Allow 1/2" (15mm) spacing between multiple units for air
potentiometers on the front panel, so calibration can be altered if circulation. Spirax Sarco can provide suitable enclosures. The
required without removing or dismantling the unit. controller may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail using the
mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed and the controller
base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
Limiting conditions FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS, 3-core 1mm2.
Enclosure rating IP 40 The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring. Full
Maximum ambient temperature 130°F (55°C) wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and adjustments are given
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300 ft (100m) in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each
controller.
1: 12
Controls
Boiler
Technical data General wiring diagram
Mains supply voltage 230V setting 198V-264V
115v setting 99V-121V Select Alarm Control
Voltage Relay Relay
Frequency 50-60Hz
Controls
Internally
Level
Fuse 20mm cartridge
100mA Anti-surge
Maximum power consumption 6VA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Input 1 (selectable) 0-6V (27 kΩ)
0-2V (9 kΩ) Link Low
4-20mA (110 Ω) Norm Level
1 2
0-20mA (110 Ω) Alarm High Valve
Level Position Capacitance
Input 2 L N Probe
Potentiometer input 1kΩ Potentiometer Mains
Input 3 (Opposite sense to input 1) 0-20mA (110 W)
4-20mA (110 W)
Relay outputs 3A max.
Alarm output to be protected with 3A fast-acting fuse Dimensions (approximate ) in inches
Level wave filter
Approx. response time (63%) 4.2"
2.1" (106)
(Designed for slowly varying signals) (52)
Filter 1 position (Min. damping) 6 seconds
Filter 2 position (Med. damping) 15 seconds
Filter 3 position (Max. damping) 45 seconds
Alarm wave filter
Approx. response time (63%)
Filter switch OFF 5 seconds 4.4"
Filter switch ON 27 seconds (112)
Set point range 0%-100% of input
Proportional band range 2%-100% of input
Transducer supply 17-31Vdc 20mA max.
Weight 1 lb.
Switch selectable options (0.5 kg)
1.0"
(24)
The LC2200 is supplied with the switches set as indicated on the 4.7"
diagram in bold type. (120)
How to specify
Capacitance Probe Current Input (4-20mA) Proportional level controller for electrically actuated
Input (Voltage) valves with alarm output, three stage wave filter and
Capacitance Probe out of range alarm.
Current Input (4-20mA)
Input (Voltage)
and 0-2V input
How to order
Input Out of Range ON Spirax Sarco LC 2200 controller
Input Out of
Range OFF
High Alarm Low Alarm
Alarm Wave
Filter OFF Alarm Wave Filter ON
Level Wave Filter Level Wave Filter

Position 1/2 Position 3
Level Filter Level Filter Position 2/3

Position 1
Not Used
TI-9-108-US 09.97
1: 13
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
• Proportional controller for pneumatically actuated valves
• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance Clamping

Screw
• 110V or 220/240V supply
• Output signal may be reversed Power On
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC 2300 is used to control the positioner of a
pneumatic valve in response to a signal from a capacitance probe, Green LED
providing proportional modulating control of liquid levels.
It can be used for level control of boilers, de-aerators, and tanks, where
the 4-20 or 0-20mA output from the controller is used as the input to the Amber LED
positioner on the pneumatically actuated feedwater valve.
The LC 2300 can also be used with any two-wire 4-20mA transmitter,
for example for pressure, temperature, or level control using a pressure
or differential pressure transmitter.
A dc power supply for a two wire transmitter is included. Set point
The LC2300 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply Proportional
band
voltage and to provide the required functions, using internal switches. Clamping
Calibration of set point and proportional band is done using the Screw
potentiometers on the front panel, so calibration can be altered if
required without removing or dismantling the unit.
The LC 2300 is supplied set so that a rising level at the probe will give
a falling output from the controller.
A rising controller output for a rising level at the probe may be selected Installation
if required. WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the con-
The LC 2300 has a three stage wave filter (input signal damping). troller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the
This switch-selectable feature gives an averaged output, maintaining a controller base.
stable signal under the very different turbulence conditions found in
tanks and high output boilers. The controller must be installed in an industrial control panel or box
A green LED at the top of the front panel indicates power on. enclosure to provide environmental protection (pollution degree 2).
The green (>50%) LED indicates that the output current is greater than CAUTION: Allow 0.6" (15mm) spacing between multiple units for air
50%. i.e. above the set point output current. circulation.
The amber (>100%/<0%) LED indicates that the output is greater than Spirax Sarco can provide suitable enclosures. The controller may be
20mA or less than 0/4mA. mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail using the mounting clip provid-
ed, or the clip may be removed and the controller base screwed direct
to a chassis plate.
Only copper cable is to be used. Screened cable is required for the
probe. A suitable cable is Pirelli FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf
OHLS, 3-core 1mm2.
Limiting conditions The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring and
Enclosure rating IP 40 0/4-20mA output. Full wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and
Maximum ambient temperature 130°F (55°C) adjustments are given in the Installation and Maintenance
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300ft (100m) Instructions supplied with each controller.
1: 14
Controls
Boiler
Technical data
FUSE
3 Amp
230V setting 198V-264V max
115v setting 99V-121V Select
Frequency 50-60Hz L 1 Voltage
Controls
Mains Internally
Fuse 20mm 100mA, antisurge
Level
UL Recognized N 2
Selectable inputs
Input 1 0-6V 3
0-2V
4-20mA 4
0-20mA
Input 2 (Opposite sense to input 1) 0-20mA 0-20mA/
4-20mA 4-20mA 5
Test Output
Output (Isolated) 0-20mA into 1kW max.
4-20mA into 1kW max. 6
or 0-20mA/
20-0mA into 1kW max. 4-20mA
Output
20-4mA into 1kW max. 7
Wave filter
Response band width 8
(Designed for slowly varying signals)
Filter 1 position (Min. damping) 0.07Hz.
Filter 2 position (Med. damping) 0.02Hz. Alternative remotely Capacitance 9 IN 2
powered current or Probe
Filter 3 position (Max. damping) 0.01Hz.
voltage input
Set point range 0%-100% of input
Proportional band range 5%-100% of input 1 10
11 2 11 IN
Materials
Enclosure base and conductor Noryl SE1 GFN2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00
12 12
Field Wiring/Terminal Details
Max Wire Gauge 2x16AWG (1.5mm2)
Conductor material Copper
2.1" 4.2"
Terminal Torque rating 9lb/in (52) (106)
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
cUL C22.2 Number14-M91

CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment 4.4"
(112)
E203559
How to specify
Dual voltage proportional level controller with current output,
adjustable set point, proportional band and wave filter.
How to order Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"

(24)
Spirax Sarco LC2300 UL Level Controller 4.3"
(109)
TI-9-103-US 06.00
1: 15
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level

• Allows two or three element control of boiler water level
• Interfaces with Spirax Sarco LC 2200 or LC 2300 controllers
• Scales 4-20mA output signals from steam and water meters
• Loop powered - needs no batteries or mains connections

Clamping
screw
Description
The level of water in a steam boiler increases when a large steam
demand is made, due to the effect of increased steam bubbles. This rise
in water level can cause the feedwater valve to close.
Although the level of water has increased, the actual mass of water will
be decreasing, a situation which requires the feedwater valve to open.
Two element control of boiler water level uses the output from a steam
meter to alter the set point of a level controller in order to compensate
for the tendency of the feedwater valve to close.
Under certain conditions where the boiler feedwater pressure varies Steam
considerably, perhaps due to other boilers drawing water, three element potentionmeter
control provides even closer compensation.
The system uses the 4-20mA outputs from both a steam meter and a Green
water meter, which overcomes any variations in boiler or feedwater LED’s
pressure.
The Spirax Sarco LC 2400 is an interface device used to connect a level
controller to the 4-20mA output signals from the steam meter and (where Water
potentionmeter
fitted), the water meter. The controller can be an LC 2200 (for an
electrically actuated feed valve), or an LC 2300 (for a pneumatically
actuated valve).
The LC 2400 has ‘steam’ and ‘water’ potentiometers which are used to
scale the outputs of the meters. A green LED next to each
potentiometer indicates that a signal is present.
Calibration is carried out by adjusting the steam potentiometer to give Clamping
screw
the required boiler water level at maximum steam demand. A graph on
the front panel offers an alternative method of commissioning for
systems using an LP 20 level probe fitted with the PA 20 pre-amplifier.
The water potentiometer is set to suit the water meter range.
Full commissioning, operating, and safety information is provided with
each unit.
Limiting Conditions
Enclosure protection rating IP 40 Installation
Maximum ambient temperature 131°F (55°C) The controller should be installed in an enclosure or control
Maximum voltage drop:- panel to provide environmental protection.
Water input 10.5V CAUTION: Allow 15mm spacing between adjacent units for air
Steam input 5V circulation.
The controller may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN rail
Materials using the mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed
Case Polystyrene and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate.
Baseplate ABS (reinforced) Screened cable is recommended for the LC 2400 wiring.
1: 16
Controls
Boiler
LC2400
2" 4"
Controls
Level
LC2300
Level controller
Steam
meter
Steam
Pneumatic Level
valve with Probe
Weight 0.5 lbs.
1" positioner
4.6"
Make-up
General Wiring Diagram water
Two element level control with

+ + + + electrically actuated value
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
How to Specify
Loop powered two/three element controller with steam and
Test Range link Test water potentiometers and signal LED’s
4-20mA Set point 4-20mA 0-8 V
Input output Input output
How to Order
Steam Water Spirax Sarco LC 2400 Controller
LC 2200
Level controller
LC 2200 LC 2400
Level Controller
LC 2400 Steam
meter
Steam
meter
Steam
Steam
Level
Level Probe
Probe Motorized
valve
Motorized
valve
Make-up Make-up
water water
Two element level control with Three element level control with
electrically actuated value electrically actuated value
TI-9-112-US 06.00
1: 17
Controls
Boiler
Controls

Level
• On/off controller with adjustable level settings

• Switching levels altered without de-commissioning boiler
• Two channels for pump control and/or alarm
• Capacitance probe or 4-20mA input
Description
The LC 2500 is a two channel, dual voltage level controller with
Clamping
adjustable switching levels, and is normally used in conjunction with Screw Configuration
a capacitance type level probe. Label
Either of the channels, (designated A and B), can be set to provide
Power
a high or low alarm, and channel B can also provide an adjustable
pump on/off control.
Alternatively, the controller can power and accept a 4-20mA signal
Channel A
from a pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
Several controllers may be linked to provide additional alarms.
The LC 2500 has an ‘out of range’ alarm, which operates if the
probe or wiring is damaged, or has been incorrectly wired, enabling
prompt action to be taken to rectify any potentially dangerous situ-
ation.
The controller has a wave filter function which acts as a damper,
preventing over-frequent relay operation in turbulent conditions. Channel B
Voltage and functions are set on installation using internal switches,
and control and alarm levels are adjusted using potentiometers on
the front panel.
Configuration labels are provided for the controller front panel and Set point channel A
enclosure chassis plate, and indicate the mode selected.
Set point channel B
Applications Channel B control band
The LC 2500 controller can provide the following functions, which
are selected by an 8-way switch on the printed circuit board. Clamping
Screw
High and low alarm Pumping in/low alarm
Two low alarms Pumping out/low alarm
Two high alarms Pumping in/high alarm Adjustment
Pumping out/high alarm potentiometers
Full commissioning information is given in the Installation and Main-
tenance Instructions supplied with the unit.
Limiting conditions
Enclosure rating IP 40
Maximum cable length (controller/probe) 300ft (100m)
Technical data
230V setting 198V-264Vac
115V setting 99V-121Vac
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 20mm, 100mA
antisurge (UL Recognized)
1: 18
Controls
Boiler
Installation General wiring diagram
WARNING Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the Ch. A Ch. B
controller as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed
Input 1
Controls
Select
in the controller base.
Level
Voltage
The controller must be installed in a suitable industrial control Internally Earth
panel or fireproof enclosure to provide environmental protection
(pollution degree 2).
The controller may be mounted on a "top hat" DIN rail using the
mounting clip provided or the clip may be removed and the con- 3 Amp
Max.
troller base screwed directly to a chassis plate.
Only copper cable is to be used. Screened cable is required for Norm
N Norm or
the probe. A suitable cable is Pirolli FP2000 or Delta Crompton Pump
Firetuf OHLS, 3 core 1mm2. Alm On Alm
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring. L L Capacitance Probe
Mains
Full wiring diagrams, selection switch settings, and adjustments
are given in the installation and Maintenance instructions supplied
with each controller.
Materials 4-20mA Loop

Enclosure base & connector Noryl SE1 GFN2 Powered Transmitter
Enclosure cover & intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00 Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres
2.1" 4.2"
Relay Rating (52) (106)
Lamp or Resistive 3A
Tungsten Filament 1A
AC Motor @ 240V 1/4HP (2.9A)
AC Motor @ 120V 1/10HP (3.0A)
Pilot Duty (control circuits & coils) C300 (2.5A)
Field Wiring/Terminal Details

Max Wire Gauge 2x16 AWG (1.5mm2) 4.4"
(112)
Conductor material Copper
Terminal Torque rating 9 lb/in
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91 Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"
CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment (24)
4.4"
E203559 (111)
How to specify
2 channel level controller with adjustable switching levels, wave fil-
ter, and out of range alarm.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LC2500 UL Level Controller.
TI-9-104-US 06.00
1: 19
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level

• Modulating (or on/off) control of boiler water level using a capacitance probe
• Alpha-numeric display and push button control for straightforward commissioning
• Provides level control, two alarms, and a 4 - 20 mA output
• Single, two, or three element control in a single unit
• For use with electric or pneumatic control valve
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC2610 is a panel mounted level controller which
provides:-
• Modulating or on/ off water level control using a capacitance
probe. MENU
• Two level alarms, high and low. MANUAL - AUTO
• 4 - 20 mA transmitter or control output.
• Single element control using a capacitance level probe.
• Two (or three) element control using a steam meter
(and a water meter).
• Will also operate with a 4 - 20 mA level input, loop or externally LC2610
powered.
It has switch selectable dual voltage (115/ 230 V), and is
commissioned and operated using the buttons on the front panel.
The unit also has:- Limiting conditions
• A security code to prevent unauthorised changes to the Maximum ambient temperature 131°F
operating parameters. Minimum ambient temperature 32°F
• Selectable, adjustable alarm delay for differing turbulence Protection rating (front panel only) (NEMA 4) IP65
conditions. Note: Additional sealing is required between
• Selectable 'alarm on loss of input signal'. the LC2610 and the panel to maintain the IP65 rating.
• Selectable 'alarm lockout' option. Protection of back of unit None (open)
An optional front cover is available for the LC2610. Maximum cable length (controller terminals 1 - 9) 330 ft
Applications Technical data

Typical applications are:- Mains supply voltage 230 V setting 198 V - 264 Vac
Level control 115 V setting 99 V - 121 Vac
• Modulating level control using an electrically actuated valve. Maximum power consumption 6 VA
Feedback by potentiometer in actuator or via water meter. Internal fuse type 20 mm (0.8") cartridge
• Modulating control using a pneumatically or electrically actuated Internal fuse rating 100 mA anti-surge
valve with 4 - 20 mA positioner. External fuse maximum rating 3 amp quick blow
Note: As there is only one 4 - 20 mA output, if 4 - 20 mA is used (A fuse must be fitted to all phases of controller and relay supply)
for control, the transmitter output is not available. Display:- type 20 character x 2 line alphanumeric - LED backlit
• Two element level control - set point is raised corresponding to Character size 5 mm x 3 mm (approximately 0.2" x 0.1").
the rise in output of a steam meter. Note: Modulating control includes proportional plus a non-
• Three element level control - as two element system, but with the adjustable integral action.
addition of a water meter so that the feedwater valve flow is
controlled rather than the valve position. Materials
• On/ off control of a pump (e.g. boiler feedpump) via a contactor. Case Noryl (glass filled)
• On/ off control using an electrically actuated valve (or Front panel Polyester
pneumatically actuated valve with solenoid valve).
Level indication Approvals
Boiler water level is indicated on the LC2610 as a percentage of the UL UL 508
boiler gauge glass. The 4 - 20 mA transmitter output may be used United States Standard Industrial Control Equipment
for remote signalling of the water level. E203559
Note: As there is only one 4 - 20 mA output, if 4 - 20 mA is used for
control, the transmitter output is not available. cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91
Level alarm CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
• High alarm and low alarm. E203559
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TI-P402-94-US 01.05
1: 20
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches (mm)
Weight 1.6 lbs. (0.75 kg)

5.6" 4.4"
(144) (112)
Controls
Level
2.8" 2.6"
(72) (66)
1.3"
(34) 4.7"
(120) 0.5"
(13)
Safety information, installation and maintenance

This document does not contain sufficent information to install the product safely.
WARNING:
The controller operates at a potentially fatal voltage.
Do not attempt to install the LC2610 without first reading the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the unit.
Copies may be obtained from Spirax Sarco.
Installation note:
The panel mounted LC2610 is installed in a 5.4" (137 mm) x 2.6" (67 mm) (approximate) cut-out and retained by side clips which tighten
against the back of the panel. Additional sealing is required between the LC2610 and the panel to maintain the NEMA 4 (IP65) rating.
How to specify
Single unit level controller for on /off or modulating boiler or tank level control.
Specification:- 230 V / 115 V switch selectable supply voltage.
Two alarms, probe or 4 - 20 mA input, relay or 4 - 20 mA output, suitable for 2 or 3 element control duties.
Controller to be aproved by Underwirters Laboratory as a Listed product.
How to order
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco LC2610 level controller.
TI-P402-94-US 01.05
1: 21
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
LT 2010 Level Transmitter
• Versatile, simple 0-20 or 4-20mA transmitter

• Isolated output
• 115V or 230V supply
• Self-powered, provides supply to probe
Description Clamping
The Spirax Sarco LT 2010 is a level transmitter which converts the voltage Screw
output from a Spirax Sarco capacitance probe into an isolated 0-20 or 4-
20mA signal proportional to water level. The output can be scaled to repre-
sent any desired water level range, the gauge glass for example. Power on
Two or more transmitters may be used with a single capacitance probe if
required.
The LT 2010 can also power and be used with any two-wire 4-20mA trans-
mitter, for example for pressure, temperature, or level transmission using a Span
pressure or differential pressure transmitter.
An inverse output can be selected for level monitoring with a differential
Zero
pressure transmitter.
The transmitter has LED indication of mains-on, zero point, and span set-
tings, and a wave filter function which gives an averaged output, maintain-
ing a stable signal under the very different turbulence conditions found in
tanks and high output boilers.
The LT 2010 is set up before installation to suit the mains supply voltage
and to provide the required functions, using internal switches. Calibration
can be altered without removing or dismantling the unit, using the zero
Span Adjust
point and full scale/span potentiometers on the front panel.
Zero Adjust
Applications
Clamping
The LT2010 has many applications, including steam boilers, tanks, and
Screw
other vessels.
Examples of uses for steam boiler plant are;-
— Remote transmission of steam boiler water level to a digital or
bar type indicator or level switch.
— Proportional chemical dosing of boilers with modulating feedwater
control, by re-transmitting the modulating valve position.
— Indicating levels, percentages, units of volume (in tanks of regular
section), in conjunction with a display unit such as the Spirax
Sarco DS 1000.
— Boiler house or building management systems.
Limiting conditions
Maximum cable length (controller to probe) 300ft (100m)
Approvals
UL UL 508
E203559
cUL C22.2 Number 14-M91

CSA Canadian Standard Industrial Control Equipment
E203559
1: 22
LT 2010 Level Transmitter
Controls
Boiler
Installation General wiring diagram
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the trans-
mitter as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the
transmitter base. L 1
The transmitter should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to Select
Controls
Mains
Voltage
Level
enclosures. The transmitter may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ section DIN
N 2 Internally
rail using the mounting clip provided, or the clip may be removed and
the transmitter base screwed direct to a chassis plate. 3
FP200 or Delta Crompton Firetuf OHLS, 3-core 1mm˝. 4
The same type of cable may also be used for the mains wiring and 0/4-
0-20mA/
20mA output. The wiring diagram, selection switch settings, and adjust- 4-20mA
ments are given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions sup- Test Output 5
plied with each transmitter.
0-20mA/ 6
Technical data 4-20mA
Test Output
230V setting 198V-264V
7
Frequency 50-60Hz 8
Maximum power consumption 6VA Capacitance
Alternative remotely
Selectable inputs:- powered current or Probe 9
0-6V voltage input
0-2V
4-20mA
1 10
0-20mA
Output (Isolated):- 11 2 11
0-20mA into 1kW max.
4-20mA into 1kW max. 12 12
Zero set range 0%-100% of input
Span set range 5%-100% of input
Band width:-
Designed for slowly varying input signals:-
Standard response 0.07 Hz. band width
Delayed response 0.02 Hz. band width
Short circuit protected Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters
Features:-
Wave filter function (Delayed response) 2.1" 4.2"
(52) (106)
Reverse output (20-4/0mA)
How to specify
Dual voltage, self-powered 0/4-20mA level
transmitter with adjustable output. Transmitter 4.4"
to be approved by Underwriters Laboratory as (112)
a Listed product.
How to order
Spirax Sarco LT2010 UL Transmitter
Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"
(24)
4.3"
(109)
TI-9-105-US 07.02
1: 23
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
APS 1 Probe Simulator
• A valuable diagnostic aid for Spirax Sarco boiler control installations
• Compatible with all TDS/level probes and controllers
• No need to fire boiler or alter water levels
• No battery or power supply needed

CP10
• Easy to operate Connector
Test
Description Sockets
The APS 1 probe simulator is used in place of a level or conductivity probe
to verify the correct operation of Spirax Sarco controllers. It can also be
used to diagnose wiring/probe faults. It is connected to the level probe or
Toggle
conductivity probe wiring, avoiding the need to fire the boiler or alter water
Switches
levels, and is quick and easy to use.
The APS 1 has switch settings covering all Spirax Sarco probe types and
ranges.
A potentiometer provides the variable input to a capacitance controller, and
4mm test sockets are provided for connection of a multimeter, which is Potentio-
used to check the voltage when simulating capacitance probes. meter
Switches simulate wet or dry (high or low resistance) conductivity level
probe conditions, and resistors are built in to represent various conductivi-
ty probe ranges. DIN 43650
The APS 1 is powered by the controller under test, so needs no batteries Connector Selector
or external power supply. Switch
The unit is fitted with two inputs, connected in parallel. One is for connec-
tion of a PT 1, 2, or 3 plug tail, and the other is a DIN 43650 connector as
used on conductivity and capacitance probes.
Full operating instructions are supplied with each unit.
Limiting conditions
Protection rating IP 40
Technical data
Conductivity probe settings 22Ω, 68Ω, 220Ω, 680Ω,
2.2kΩ, 6.8kΩ, 22kΩ
Level probe settings
LP 31 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
LP 30 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
LP 10/EL 9 (High sensitivity) 68kΩ/150kΩ
LP 10/EL 9 (Low sensitivity) 6.8kΩ/15kΩ
Capacitance probe range 0-10 Volts output
1: 24
APS 1 Probe Simulator
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters
Controls
Level
Weight 1lb (450g)
Materials
Case Die-cast aluminium
Coating Nylon (grey)
How to order
Spirax Sarco APS 1 probe simulator © Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2002
TI-9-401-US 07.02
1: 25
Level Boiler
Controls Controls
1: 26
Controls
Boiler
Controls
Level
DS 1000 Digital Display
• Loop powered 4-20mA input
• Pre-calibrated for percentage indication
• Can be scaled for any engineering units
• NEMA 4 front panel seal
Description
The Spirax Sarco DS 1000 is connected in series with a 4-20mA current
loop to provide an LCD display, in engineering units, of the process vari-
able represented by the current flow.
It has many uses for level, conductivity, temperature, or pressure indica-
tion. A specific application example is to provide a panel mounted dis-
play of TDS for the BC 1100 TDS blowdown controller, which is normal-
ly fitted inside a boiler panel. It is supplied calibrated in percentage units
to display 00.0 at 4mA, and 100.0 at 20mA. Jumper links and poten-
tiometers on the back of the instrument allow it to be scaled in any engi-
neering units if required.
An aperture below the display shows the unit of measurement, and the
special legend sheet supplied with the instrument enables alternative
units of measurement to be selected if required.
The DS 1000 is housed in a 3.78" x 1.89" (96 x 48mm) DIN standard
panel mounted case and has a 0.5" (12.7mm) high 3-1/2 digit LCD, with Materials
a selectable decimal point. Front bezel/back panel Nylon 6-glass filled
Because the instrument is loop powered it needs no external power sup- Case Aluminum
ply. It requires less than 3 volts from the loop for operation.
Technical data 68°F (20°C)
Limiting conditions Input 4-20mA 2 wire
Maximum ambient temperature 122° F (50°C) Display 0.5" (12.7mm) high LCD 3-1/2 digit
Minimum ambient temperature 32°F (0°C) Volt drop <3 Volt
Protection rating NEMA 4 (Front panel only) Rangeability:-
Zero ± 1000 counts
Installation Span 200/2000 counts
The DS 1000 is fitted in a 3.62" x 1.73" (92 x 44mm) aperture in the Decimal point Any position
boiler panel and is retained by two metal clamp bars, on diagonally Accuracy ± 1 count
opposite corners, fitted from the rear and retained by two sliding Sample rate 3 readings/second
brackets and screws. Fuse rating 63mA (PCB mounted)
Fitting, removal, and calibration can be carried out without dismantling
the instrument or removing any screws. It should not be installed How to specify
adjacent to switch gear, electromagnetic starters, contacters, thyristor 4-20mA loop powered digital display with legend sheet.
power units, or motors.
How to order
Dimensions approximate in inches (millimeters) Spirax Sarco digital display DS 1000
1.89"
(48)
.31" 2.76"
(8)
(70)
3.78"
(96) 3.66"
Panel cutout Weight (93)
3.62" x 1.73" 0.5 lb
(92 x 44) TI-9-116-US 06.01
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. 1: 27
Controls
Boiler
Alarms
Level
LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe
• High integrity, self-monitoring low level alarm probe. 1/2" NPT Conduit
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F Thread Adapter
(32 barg, 239°C)
Cable socket
• No maintenance required.
• Positively retained probe tip.
Cover assembly
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 30 level probe is used with a Spirax Sarco LC3000
level controller to provide a high integrity, self monitoring low level alarm LP30
signal, usually in a steam boiler. It consists of a probe body with a remov- 4 off 18AWG
able cable socket, and a separate screw on probe tip which is retained by flying leads
a lock nut and pin. 12" long
The probe has a level sensing tip (probe tip), and a comparator tip. The
ground path is via the body connection.
Under normal operating conditions the probe tip is partially immersed, and
the resistance to ground is low. When the water level drops below the
probe tip the resistance to ground becomes high, causing the controller to
give a low level alarm signal.
Probe body
The comparator tip compensates for any leakage to ground caused by
scale, dirt, or internal moisture, ensuring a low water alarm signal even
under adverse conditions. A DIN 43650 cable socket with 1/2" NPT con-
duit thread and four 18AWG wires are supplied with the unit.
Primary insulator
Limiting Conditions
Maximum boiler pressure 464 psig (32 barg) Comparator tip
Maximum temperature 462°F (239°C) Secondary insulator
Hydraulic pressure test 860 psig (60 barg)
Maximum probe cable length 165 ft (50m)
Cable socket protection rating IP65
Installation
The probe is designed to work with a Spirax Sarco LC3000 controller. Two
probes and controllers are normally fitted in steam boilers, giving low and
auxiliary low alarms.
A protection tube is required for boiler shell or turbulent tank fitting.
Install the probe in a 1/2" NPT female connection.
Full installation and wiring instructions are given in separate literature.
WARNING: It is essential that the probe tip of the LP30 low level
alarm probe does not touch any part of the boiler. Standards require
that the tip is at least 9/16" from the protection tube, and this must be
checked when the probe is installed. The product is supplied with a
clearance checking set for this purpose. The accompanying
Installation and Maintenance Instructions include a clearance check-
ing procedure and a record sheet. Spare clearance checking sets are
available, stock no. 4024781 Probe tip
Maintenance
No special maintenance is required.
Boiler water level controls do, however, require periodic testing and
inspection, which is described in separate literature.
1: 28
LP 30 Self Monitoring Level Probe
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters Materials
Description Material
Withdrawal distance for cable socket Probe body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti
.6" (15) DIN 17440
Ws.Nr.1.4571
Alarms
Level
Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Nameplate Aluminum foil
Cable socket & probe Polyamide (Glass filled)
Connector
Connector gasket Silicone elastomer
Comparator tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Primary insulator & PTFE BS 6564 Grade
Secondary insulator UA Type 1
8.3" Retaining pins Austenitic stainless steel Type 302/304
LP 30
(210) Probe tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
Locknut Austenitic stainless steel BS6105A4 80
Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
18AWG CSA TEW105°C, UL1015 105°C, 600V
11.6"
(295)
LC3000
9
10
11
2.2" 12
(55)
Terminal
box
Yellow
Black
Black
Red
3 2 LP30
1 Connector
Internal Resistor 10Ω

Comparator tip
Low alarm tip
Tip length
How to specify
Self monitoring level probe with positive probe tip locking design.
How to order
Spirax Sarco UL LP30 (1/2" NPT) self monitoring level probe
Approvals
UL UL353
United States Standard Limit Controls
MH25452
ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Canadian Standard MH25452
Available lengths
Tips are available in lengths of 19.7” (500 mm), 39.4”(1000 mm), 59.1” (1500 mm).
WEIGHT (approximate) including immediate packaging

Probe 1 lb (.52 kg)
19.7” (500mm tip) .6 lb (.28 kg)
39.4” (1000mm tip) 1.2 lb (.55 kg)
59.1” (1500mm tip) 3.6 lb (.8 kg)
TI-9-110-US 03.05
1: 29
Controls
Boiler
Alarms
Level
LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe

• High integrity, self-monitoring high level alarm probe
• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F

(32 barg, 239°C) 1/2" NPT Conduit
Thread Adapter
• Guards against the boiler flooding
and water hammer in the steam mains
• Fail safe design Cable socket
• Can also be used as a simple level probe
Description
The Spirax Sarco LP 31 is used with an LC3000 controller to provide a high
integrity, self monitoring high level alarm for detection of high water levels
in steam boilers and other vessels. The probe is normally installed direct in
the boiler shell in a protection tube, but can be mounted in an external
chamber if regulations permit. The LP 31 is supplied in three nominal tip
lengths, and is cut to the exact length required prior to installation. In nor-
mal operation, the tip is above the water level, and has a high resistance to
ground. If the water level rises to touch the probe tip, the resistance to
ground drops, causing the alarm relays in the controller to be de-energized
and the alarm to sound. The LP 31 is designed so that its tip and wiring
connection integrity is monitored by the controller, causing an alarm signal Probe body 4 off 18AWG
in the event of a fault occurring. A DIN 43650 cable socket with 1/2" NPT flying leads
conduit thread and four 18AWG wire are supplied with the unit. 12" long
Limiting Conditions
Maximum boiler pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Maximum probe cable length 165ft (50m)
Cable socket protection rating IP65
Available Lengths
Tips are available in lengths of 19.7" (500 mm), 39.4" (1,000 mm), 59.1"
(1,500 mm).
Probe tip
1: 30
LP 31 High Level Alarm Probe
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters Materials
No. Description Material
Withdrawal distance 1 Cable Socket Polyamide, glass filled
for cable socket 6" (15)
2 Flat Gasket Silicone Rubber
3 Probe Connector Polyamide, glass filled
Alarms
Level
9 4 Cover Assembly Austenitic Stainless Steel
1 1.5" (39)
5 Nameplate Aluminum foil
2 6 Body Austenitic Stainless Steel
3 Type 316Ti W/S No. 1.4571
7 Probe Tip Sleeving PTFE
8 Probe Tip Austenitic Stainless Steel
4
ASTM A276 316L
9 Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
18AWG CSA TEW105°C, UL1015
105°C, 600V
5
Weight (approximate) including immediate packaging
7.1" (183) 19.7” (500mm) tip 1 lb (.51 kg)
39.4” (1000mm) tip 1.3 lb (.59 kg)
59.1” (1500mm) tip 1.5 lb (.67 kg)
6 Installation
The LP 31 tip is cut to length and de-burred prior to installation. The
probe is installed in a 1/2” NPT thread using PTFE tape. Full instal-
lation and wiring instructions are provided with each unit.
How to Specify
Single tip, high integrity, self monitoring high alarm probe with all
wetted parts in austentic stainless steel/PTFE.
7 How to Order
Spirax Sarco UL LP31 (1/2" NPT) probe with 39.4" (1000mm) tip.
LC3000
9
10
11
12
Tip Length
Terminal
box
Yellow
Black
Black
8
Red
2 3 LP31
1 Connector
Internal
Resistor
High alarm
tip
Approvals
UL UL353
MH25452
ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Canadian Standard MH25452
TI-9-111-US 03.05
1: 31
Controls
Boiler
Alarms
Level

Self-monitoring controller for low and high
level alarm systems
• Self-testing
• International approvals
• High integrity, fail-safe operation

Green
(Normal)
• LEDs status indication
Red
(Alarm)
Description
The Spirax Sarco LC 3000 is an advanced level controller with built in Test
cyclic self testing facilities. Button
It is used with a self-monitoring, high integrity level probe to provide
either a high or a low water level alarm in steam and hot water boilers.
The LC 3000 has LED indication of the following conditions:-
Green Normal - level correct

Red High/Low level or failure alarm
A test button is fitted so that a full test of the controller and probe can
be carried out. Provision is made for the wiring of a remote test button
if required.
In most countries, steam boilers operating with limited supervision

require two self-monitoring level probes and controllers to provide two Clamping
independent low level alarms. A high level alarm is also advised, and Screw
is compulsory in some countries.
Every few seconds during normal operation the LC 3000 simu-

lates a low insulation resistance fault in the probe in order to
Operation check the integrity of the probe, probe cable, and controller.
The LC 3000 detects a change in electrical conductivity between a Provided the controller internally signals and alarm, the fault is
probe immersed in water, or exposed, in steam or air. In a low level removed before the relays de-energise, and a new cycle starts.
alarm application, the tip is normally immersed, completing a low If the test fails to give an internal alarm it is an indication that an
resistance path to ground. This is detected by the LC 3000 and both actual fault exists, so a separate circuit in the LC 3000 de-ener-
relays are kept energised, signalling normal water level. If the water gises both output relays after a further few seconds. This sounds
level drops below the probe tip, causing the resistance to rise, both an alarm and normally shuts down the burner or feedwater sup-
relays are released after about 5-6 seconds. This normally shuts down ply. A manual test button is fitted in order to carry out full testing
the burner and sounds the alarm. of the probe and controller.
For a high level alarm, the normal water level is below probe tip, and Limiting Conditions
the resistance path to earth is high. If the water level rises sufficiently Ambient temperature range 32° - 130°F (0-55°C)
to touch the probe tip, the resistance to ground becomes low, causing Maximum probe cable length 165 ft (50m)
relays to release and a high level alarm to sound. The controller may Minimum water conductivity range at 30µS/cm minimum.
also be wired to cut off the feedwater supply. The LC 3000 also contin- operating temperature
uously monitors the probe insulation resistance, to compensate for any Protection rating IP40
build-up of conductive scale or dirt on the probe insulators or internal Pollution degree 2
water leakage which could affect its proper working. Installation category (over voltage category) II
1: 32
Controls
Boiler
Electrical Data
Supply voltage:
120V Position 99 - 132V
Supply frequency 50 - 60Hz
Power requirements 6VA
Alarms
Level
Internal fuse 20mm100mA anti-surge (T)
Alarm relay contact rating 120Vac 1A pilot duty
Supply and relays must be protected by an extenal 3A quick-blow fuse.
Material
Enclosure base and connector Noryl SE1 GFN 2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00
Installation
The controller must be installed in a metal or plastic enclosure to pro-
vide environmental protection. The controller can be mounted on a “top
hat” section DIN rail using the mounting clip provided, or the clip may
be removed and the controller screwed directly to a chassis plate. How To Specify
Full installation, wiring, commissioning and fault finding information is 1 - Spirax Sarco UL LC3000 Level Controller
supplied with the controller. Spirax Sarco can supply a UL Listed
Important Note:
LC3000 in an enclosure, mounted on DIN rail and connected to field
All boiler water level and low water alarm controls require regular
wiring terminals with integral fuses.
testing and inspection. For specific testing instructions for Spirax
Sarco systems please see separate literature.
Available Spares
WIRING DIAGRAM Internal fuse 100mA anti-surge (T) 20mm cartridge fuses
LC 3000 Controller (set of 3) — stock number 4033380.
Fuse
3A max
Details showing wiring of LC3000
L 1
the LP31 for High Alarm
Mains Supply 9
N 2
10
Live Supply
from 3
Burner Circuit Fit Link 11
Fuse Normal Relay
3A max as shown
4 1 12
N 5
Alarm
Alarm Lamp or Bell 6 Terminal
Box
Normal Relay
Burner Circuit
Yellow
7 2
Black
Black
broken at Alarm
Red
8 LP31
1 2 3
Connector
9
Internal
Screen Resistor
10
11 High alarm
tip
12 Approvals
UL UL353
MH25452
Terminal
Box ULC C22.2 No. 24-93
Optional External Canadian Standard MH25452
Yellow
Black
Black
Test Button
Red
3 2 1 LP30 Important Note

Connector
All boiler water level and alarm controls require regular testing and
Internal link
inspection. For specific testing instructions for Spirax Sarco
Internal Resistor systems please see separate literature.
Comparator tip
Low alarm tip
TI-9-109-US 03.05
1: 33
Boiler Blowdown Boiler
& CCD Controls
1: 34
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
Recommended Pipeline Components for
& CCD
BCS1 Blowdown System
Blowdown
from
boiler
M10S ball valve

1/4" BSP plug
strainer BCV1 blowdown valve
LCV1 check valve

PT2 plug tail
CP10 sensor S10 sensor

chamber
M10S ball valve

Blowdown
to heat recovery
• For TDS systems with probe in pipeline system
• System with standard BCV1 blowdown valve suitable for:
- boiler pressures up to 203 psig
- blowdown rates up to 1,298 lb/h
• System with UL Listed BCV1 blowdown valve suitable for:
- boiler pressures up to 130 psig
- blowdown rates up to 1,050 lb/h
Description Installation
The recommended BCS1 pipeline components listed below will Items have been selected for straightforward installation in accor-
enable straighforward installation of a TDS control system where dance with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided
the probe assembly is to be mounted in the pipeline, rather than with each component.
directly in the boiler shell.
The recommended BCS1 pipeline installation consists of the following items: -
Qty Description Materials Stock#

1 S10 Sensor Chamber (1/2" NPT) Stainless Steel 4032090
1 CP10 Sensor & gasket (UL Listed) Stainless steel body & pin, PEEK plastic insulator 4030100
1 PT2 Plug tail (3/8" BSP, UL Listed) Brass body 0870396
1 LCV1 Lift check valve (1/2" NPT) Bronze 293190
1 Y type strainer (1/2" NPT, 20 mesh) Cast Iron 60310
1 Blowoff plug for strainer (3/8" NPT) Forged steel 48846
2 Model 10S Ball valves (1/2" NPT) Zinc plated forged carbon steel 3397310
Either 1 BCV1 (120v, UL Listed, CSA) Brass body, stainless steel seat, PTFE seal 4034098
Or 1 BCV1 (120v, Standard version) Brass body, stainless steel seat, PTFE seal 4034097
1: 35
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
S20 Sensor Chamber, TP20 Temperature Sensor,

& CCD
CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail Cast Iron Valves

• Purpose designed sensor chamber for in-line mounting
• Simple removal of sensors for cleaning
• Allows continuous temperature compensated measurement
Description S20 sensor

The Spirax Sarco S20 sensor chamber is fitted with conductivity and chamber
temperature sensors used to determine the conductivity of liquids.
The use of a temperature sensor enables an accurate measurement
to be made when the temperature varies, as in the case of conden-
sate return monitoring systems.
The hexagonal in-line sensor chamber is screwed 1” NPT. CP10
conductivity
Adjacent radial female screwed connections are provided for:- sensor
CP10 conductivity sensor (3/8” BSP).
TP20 temperature sensor (1/4” BSP).
An additional 1/4 “ BSP (1/4” NPT) connection is provided on the
other side of the chamber for taking a sample if required. TP20
Spirax Sarco can supply a sample cooler for cooling hot samples, or a temperature
sensor
blanking plug if the connection is not required.
The CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail are approved by Underwriters

Laboratory as Listed accessories for use with Spirax Sarco Blowdown
Controllers.
Limiting Conditions Installation

S20 sensor chamber and TP20 Temperature sensor Fit the sensor chamber in a vertical or horizontal pipeline with suit-
Maximum pressure 160 psig (11 barg) able isolation valves to allow inspection/cleaning of the sensors.
Maximum media temperature 302°F (150°C) Reducers may be fitted if required. Flow can be in either direction.
The sensors themselves must be horizontal.
CP10 conductivity sensor The TP20 has a taper thread, and may be installed using PTFE
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg) sealing tape if required.
Maximum media temperature 462°F (239°C) The CP10 sensor is provided with an S-type stainless steel gasket
Torque rating 44 lb./f (60 Nm) for sealing and does not require sealing tape.
Fit the sensors to the chamber and tighten.
PT2 Plug-tail Fit PT2 plug tail (or other Spirax Sarco plug tail) to the CP10 sensor
Cable temperature range -67 to 248°F (-55 to 120°C) and tighten.
Supplied cable length 50" (1.25m)
Maximum voltage 20Vdc, 14Vac
Maximum current 10mA
Red wire to
CP10 PT2 sensor pin
Sensor Plug-tail
To blow-
down
controller
Insulation
Sensor pin Screen
3/8" Blue wire ground- Junction box
24mm Nut 1 ed via PT2 and
BSP (For connection to conduit)
AF CP10 body.
25mm
AF
The supply to the Sensor and Plug-tail must be provided by a low voltage limited power source.
Spirax Sarco Blowdown controllers provide this type of supply.
Flexible metal conduit (M16) can be connected to the PT12 by removing the nut (1)
1: 36
S20 Sensor Chamber, TP20 Temperature Sensor,
Controls
Boiler
CP10 Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail
Maintenance Approvals
Boiler Blowdown
The equipment requires no specific maintenance other than periodic
inspection and cleaning. UL UL 3121-1
& CCD
United States Standard Process Control Equipment,
Accessory E209497
Materials
S20 sensor chamber ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1
Stainless steel ASTM 8582303 BS 970 303 S31 Process Control Equipment,
Accessory E209497
PT2 Plug-tail
Body Brass
Nuts Brass (2off)
Insulator Polyphenylene Sulphide Resin (glass filled) How to Specify
In line sensor chamber with conductivity and temperature sensors.
CP10 conductivity sensor CP10 Conductivity Sensor and PT2 Plug-tail to be approved by
Body Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31 Undewriters Laboratory as Listed accessories for Blowdown
Insulator PEEK plastic Controllers.”
Pin Stainless steel BS 970 303 S31
TP20 temperature sensor

How to Order
Spirax Sarco’s S20 sensor chamber complete with CP10 sensor,
Body and probe Stainless steel 316 ASTM A269 Gr. 316
PT2 plug tail, 1/4" BSP blanking plug, and TP 20 temperature
Cable insulation PFA
sensor.
Dimensions (approximately) in inches
4"
S-type stainless
2-1/4" steel gasket
CP10 sensor
(shown with PT2
Standard plug tail fitted).
length 50"
4-3/4"
1/4" BSP
50" sample
connection
TP20
temperature
sensor
1" NPT
TI-9-403-US 01.01
1: 37
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
CP 30 Conductivity Probe
& CCD
• Conductivity probe for use with blowdown contollers

• Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 464 psig.
462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)
• Easily cut to length
• All wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel/PTFE Cable socket
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP30 conductivity probe is used in conjuction with a con-
troller to measure the conductivity or TDS of water, usually in a steam boil-
er for the purpose of monitoring and controlling blowdown. The probe may
be installed in a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed flange, or directly in
a boiler connection. The CP30 is supplied in four nominal tip lengths, and is
cut to the exact length required prior to installation.
A DIN 43650 cable socket with 1/2" NPT conduit thread and four 18AWG
wires are supplied with the unit.
Limiting conditions
Hydraulic ambient temperature 158°F (70°C)
Minimum distance from boiler tubes .8" (20mm)
Minimum emersion depth
(vertical installed probes) 4.0" (100mm)
Cable socket protection rating IP65 Probe body
*Additional environmental protection is needed for outdoor installations.
Installation
Probes with tip lengths up to 19.7" (500mm) can be installed vertically or
horizontally. Vertical installation only is recommended for longer lengths.
The probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the conductivi-
ty of the boiler water, away from the feed water inlet if possible. Full instruc-
tions on cutting the probe tip to length, wiring, and maintenance are given in
the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit.
Available Tip Lengths Inches and millimeters

11.8", 19.7", 39.4", 59.1"
300, 500, 1000, 1500
Weights (approximate) in lb (kg) Probe tip

11.8" (300mm) tip version 1lb (0.47kg)
19.7" (500mm) 1lb (0.49kg)
39.4" (1000mm) 1.3lb (0.59kg)
59.1 (1500mm) tip version 1.5lb (0.68kg)
Available Spares
Tip shroud and spring assembly, stock No. 4031280.
How to Specify
Conductivity probe with all wetted parts in austenitic stainless steel
and PTFE, 1/2" NPT, tip length 19.7" (500mm), and approved by
Underwriters Laboratory as a Recognized Component. Tip shroud
How to Order
Spirax Sarco UL CP30 (1/2" NPT) probe with 19.7" (500mm) tip.
1: 38
Controls
Boiler
Withdrawal distance for
Dimensions (approximate) in inches cable socket 0.6" (15) CP 30 Conductivity Probe
and millimeters
Installation Examples
1.5" (39)
Boiler Blowdown
1
2 Installation on a probe elbow, Probe elbow
& CCD
ideally on the horizontal center
3 line of the boiler.
To blowdown valve
5 7.0" (178)
Installation on a boiler
(screwed or flanged)
1/2" NPT
Thread
8 Tip
Length
Vertical installation on
a boiler standpipe
Materials
No Description Material
10 1 Cable socket Polyamide, glass filled
2 Flat gaket Silicone rubber
3 Probe connector Polyamide, glass filled
4 Cover assembly Austenitic stainless steel
Wiring Terminal box 5 Nameplate Aluminum foil
6 Body Austenitic stainless steel Type 316Ti
W/S No. 1.4571
CP30 7 Probe tip Austenitic stainless steel
Connector ASTM A276 316L
8 Probe tip sleeving PTFE
Probe tip Grounded to

9 Tip shroud PTFE
probe body 10 Spring Austenitic stainless steel
BS 2056 316 S42
Approvals 11 Flying leads Copper conductor, PVC insulation
UL UL3121-1 Process Control 18AWG CSA TEW 105oC,
United States Equipment, Accessory E209497 UL1015 105oC, 600V
ULC C22-2 No.1010-1 Process Control
Canadian Standard Equipment, Accessory E209497 TI-9-202-US 03.01
1: 39
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
CP 32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe

& CCD
• Twin tip conductivity probe for use in TDS control systems

• Built-in temperature sensor - only one boiler connection needed
• Suitable for use in steam boilers up to 464 psig, 462°F
• Patented scale detection and compensation
Description
The Spirax Sarco CP32 conductivity probe is used in conjunction
with a controller to measure the conductivity (or TDS) of water,
1
usually in a steam boiler, for the purpose of monitoring and
controlling blowdown.
The CP32 has a built-in temperature sensor, and when used
with the BC3200 or BC3210 controller, is able to detect scaling (UK
Patent No. 2297843). It also automatically initiates a probe
conditioning cycle (UK Patent No. 2276943). This causes any scale on
the probe to become porous or fall off, allowing the probe to 3
continue to sense at its original calibration level. 4
WARNING: This feature is not a substitute for adequate boiler
water treatment. If scale is occurring on a probe, it is also occur-
ring inside the boiler, and a competent water treatment specialist
must be consulted to avoid a potentially dangerous situation.
The CP32 is supplied in three nominal tip lengths, and has a 1/2" NPT
male thread for connection to a Spirax Sarco probe elbow, a screwed
flange, or directly into a boiler connection.
5
Available tip lengths (inches)
11.8", 19.7", and 39.4".
Note: 39.4" probes can only be installed vertically.
Limiting conditions
Minimum tip distance from boiler tubes 0.4" (10mm)
Minimum immersion depth
4.0" (100mm)
(vertically installed probes)
Maximum cable length
328ft (100m)
(probe to controller)
Minimum conductivity 10 µS/cm or 10 ppm
1
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Terminal head Aluminum
2 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
3 Cover tube Austenitic stainless steel Type 316L
4 Name-plate Polycarbonate
5 Body Austenitic stainless steel Type 304L 1.4306
6 Retaining springs Austenitic stainless steel BS 2056 316 S42
7 Insulators PEEK
6
8 Gaskets PTFE
9 Driver tip Inconel 625
10 Sensor tip Inconel 625 7 8, 9, 10
11 Rod Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 / 316L
12 Probe tip Austenitic stainless steel Type 316 / 316L 12 6
1: 40
CP 32 Twin Tip Conductivity Probe
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions (approximate) in inches Safety information
WARNING: Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet
IM-GCM-10, as well as to any National or Regional regulations.
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the forces
encountered during normal use.
Boiler Blowdown
Use of the product for any purpose other than as a conductivity
probe could cause damage to the product and may cause injury
& CCD
4.3"
Pg13.5 or fatality to personnel.
This product contains materials including PTFE which can give
off toxic fumes if exposed to excessive heat.
Wiring
All wiring materials and methods shall comply with relevant EN and
IEC standards where applicable. An 8-way plug-in terminal block in the
terminal head makes wiring straightforward. All wires must be of the
same gauge. We recommend a cable conductor size of 18 AWG.
Probe Pt100
Earth feedback
Sensor tip
Feedback
Driver tip
6.4"
Return
Earth
Drive
Wiring
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CP32 terminal
diagram:- block TBK1
27 mm A/F
1/2" NPT
Screen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BC3200 / BC3210 controller
Installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to install
the product safely. See the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions provided with each unit.
Note: Do not install the probe outside without additional
weather protection.
Tip length 11.8" and 19.7" probes can be installed vertically or horizontally.
11.8", 19.7" or 39.4" CAUTION: 39.4" probes must be installed vertically only. The
probe must be installed in a position where it can sense the
conductivity of the boiler water, away from the feed water inlet if
possible.
Full instructions on wiring and maintenance are given in the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit.
How to specify
TDS conductivity probes shall be Spirax Sarco type CP32 with
nickel alloy sensor tips and built-in temperature sensor. They must
incorporate a patented facility to check the sensor tips for scaling.
When used in conjunction with Spirax Sarco BC3200/ BC3210
controllers, they must also be able to automatically initiate a
patented probe cleaning feature, which, if unable to clean the probe,
will activate a warning on the controller's display panel and / or a
Approvals remote alarm. The system must also be able to automatically

UL UL3121-1 Process Control compensate for any polarisation effects at the sensors. They must be
United States Equipment, Accessory E209497
suitable for boiler pressures up to 464 psig and a maximum working
ULC C22-2 No.1010-1 Process Control
Canadian Standard Equipment, Accessory E209497
temperature of 462°F. They must be available in 11.8", 19.7" and
39.4" lengths, and have a 1/2" NPT boiler connection.
Weights (approximate) in lb How to order
Tip length 11.8" 19.7" 39.4"
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco CP32 with 11.8" tip length.
Weight 2.2 2.6 3.5
TI-P403-59-US 07.03
1: 41
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
& CCD
BC 1100 Controller
• Compact conductivity/blowdown controller
• DIN rail or chassis mounted
• Wide conductivity range Clamping Configuration
• 110V or 240V supply screw label
Description Amber LED

The Spirax Sarco BC1100 controller is part of an integrated range
of boiler house equipment, designed for DIN rail or chassis mount- Set point
ing. The controller is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco con- potentiometer
and LED Green LED
ductivity sensor and blowdown valve to monitor and control the indicators
concentration of total dissolved solids (TDS) in steam boilers. This
is achieved by opening the blowdown valve periodically to purge
the system and allow a sample of boiler water to pass the sensor.
The electrical conductivity of this sample is compared with the set
point selected on the controller front panel. If the conductivity is Amber LED
lower than the set point, the controller allows the blowdown valve
to close. If the conductivity is higher than the set point, the valve Course and
remains open, allowing the contaminated boiler water to be fine calibration Purge button
replaced by clean make-up water. The valve closes when the con- potentiometers
ductivity of the boiler water drops below the set point. The BC
1100 has a set point potentiometer, and coarse and fine calibra-
tion potentiometers on the front panel. A green LED indicates that
the controller is operating, and that the conductivity is below the
set point. An amber LED indicates that the conductivity is above Clamping
screw
the set point.
A purge button is provided to open the blowdown valve manually,
and a second amber LED indicates that the blowdown valve is Technical data
open. Voltage, range, and output parameters are set on installa- Mains supply voltage
tion using internal switches. A pulsed or continuous output to the 230V setting 198-264V
blowdown valve may be selected. The pulsed output is suitable for 115V setting 99-132V
smaller boilers, where continuous valve operation may cause the Frequency 50-60Hz
boiler water level to fall excessively. As well as the relay output, the Fuse type 20mm cartridge 100mA anti-surge (T)*
BC 1100 has a 4-20mA (or 0-20mA) output.
If required, this output signal can be held low (4 or 0mA) when the Relay Load Rating
blowdown valve is closed. This switch-selectable feature is useful Lamp or Resistive @ 240V 3A
for in-line sensor installations to prevent a slowly falling signal Tungsten Filament @ 240Vac 1A
being transmitted when the blowdown valve is closed and the AC Motor@ 240Vac 1/4HP (2.9A)
blowdown line is cooling. AC Motor @ 120Vac 1/10HP (3A)
Control circuits & Coils (Pilot Duty) C300 (2.5A)
Limiting conditions
Relays and supply voltage must be protected with 3 Amp quick blow fuses.
• Enclosure protection rating: IP40
The burner input must be protected with a 1 Amp quick blow fuse.
• Indoor use only. Maximum power consumption 6VA
• Altitude: up to 2000 m. Flying leads: 18AWG, 105°C, 600V Copper
• Maximum relative humidity 80% for temperatures up to conductor
31°C decreasing linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40°C. Switching hysteresis 5% of set point
• Polution degree: 2 Purge time: 10, 20, 60, or 120 seconds
• Installation catagory (overvoltage category): II Time between purges Every 30 min or every 30 min of boiler
• Enclosure protection rating. firing
Blowdown Continuous or intermittent (10 seconds
• Ambient temperture range: 32 - 130°F (0 -55°C)
open, 20 seconds closed)
• Sensor operating temperature range: 212°F to 462°F (100°C Signal current output: 0-20 or 4-20mA representing controller
to 239°C) range.
• Minimum conductiviity: 40 uS/cm or ppm Blanking feature mA continuous or mA blanked (does
• Maximum resistance of 0/4-20mA (Negative is grounded to not operate when valve closed)
the boiler at the probe): 1KΩ *Replacement fuses to be UL recognized Components to retain the
integrity of the Approval.
1: 42
BC 1100 Controller
Controls
Boiler
Ranges
Ranges at 77°F (25°C) (µS/cm or ppm, switch selectable)
Boiler Blowdown
40 - 400
120 - 1200
& CCD
400 - 4000
1200 - 12000
Installation
WARNING:-
Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the controller as live
terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the controller base.
The controller must be installed in an enclosure or control panel to pro-
vide environmental protection. The controller may be mounted on a ‘top
hat’ DIN rail using the mounting clip provided or the clip may be
removed and the controller base screwed direct to a chassis plate. Weight (approx.) 1.0 lb (0.5 kg)
The controller is supplied with flying leads attached. A proprietary ter-
minal block is required to connect the controller to the field wiring.” Full How to specify
installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the con- DIN rail mounting conductivity/blowdown controller for on/off valve
troller. operation. Suitable for use with the sensor in the blowdown line, and
having adjustable range and purge settings. Controller to be approved
Materials by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed product.
Enclosure base and connector Noryl SE1 GFN 2
Enclosure cover and intermediate plate R-ABS 90.00 Approvals
UL UL 3121-1
How to order United States Standard Process Control Equipment, Electrical
Spirax Sarco BC1100 UL blowdown controller. E209497
ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1

Canadian Standard Process Control Equipment, Electrical
E209497
Field Wiring Terminal Block BC1100
3A max Black 3A max

Black
L 1 1 Select
Mains
White voltage
White
N 2 2 internally
1A max 1A max
Live burner input L Yellow Yellow
(max 264 V)
3 3
3A max Grey 3A max Grey
4 4
C1 High TDS
Brown Brown
3 L 1 5 5
6
2 N
N N 6 6 Low TDS
Solenoid valve 7 7
Y1 BCV1 / BCV20 Relay is
Links Orange Orange
21
8 8 + shown in
the power
O/4 - 20 mA output off position
BCV30 Blowdown 9 9
valve
10 10
Red Red
Red 11 11
Plug tail to
CP10 sensor Blue Blue
Blue
12 12
Screen
Junction box (If required)
TI-9-106-US 01.01
1: 43
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
& CCD
BC 3200 and BC 3210 Controllers

• Compact unit for TDS control on large or small boilers.
• Wall or panel mounted versions
• 4 digit LED display (ppm or µS/cm).
• 4-20mA output and high TDS alarm. Temperature
compensated.
• Probe conditioning circuit (UK Patent No. 2276943)
• No batteries - settings stored in non-volatile memory.
Safety Warning
This document does not give enough information to
install the equipment safely. For further information
see Installation and Maintenance Instructions
(IM-P403-53)
scaling is taking place. It should not, however, be regarded as a substi-

tute for adequate water treatment. The “cleaning (conditioning)” time can
be adjusted. The controller has adjustable set point, alarm, and calibra-
tion. The set point hysteresis is adjustable, providing a damping effect
where changes of water circulation at the probe may otherwise cause
over-frequent switching of the blowdown or dump valve. An additional fil-
ter can be selected to increase the damping effect where the TDS probe
is fitted directly in the boiler. A Pt100 temperature sensor may be con-
nected to the controller to provide temperature compensation (2% / °C)
Application where the boiler is working at varying pressures. For other applications
The BC 3200 and BC 3210 controllers are used to monitor the conductiv- such as condensate monitoring or coil boilers, where the temperature
ity of liquids. The BC 3200 is wall mounted, and the BC 3210 panel mount- may vary, a separate temperature sensor may be used.” For smaller
ed. As they are identical in nearly all other respects, the following informa- boilers where the capacity of the blowdown valve is relatively high
tion will, for clarity, refer to the BC 3200. The main application of the unit is compared to the boiler size, the blowdown may be set to pulsed,
for boiler blowdown control, where it monitors the level of total dissolved rather than continuous output, opening for 10 seconds, and closing
solids (TDS), causing a blowdown valve to open if the TDS rises above a for 20 seconds. This slows the rate at which the boiler water is
set point, and an alarm to be signalled at a higher TDS level. The TDS removed so that the level is not unduly affected, avoiding the risk of
probe may be mounted in the boiler or in the blowdown line. The controller triggering a low water alarm. A 0-20 or 4-20mA output is provided as
may also be used for monitoring condensate return, signalling a dump standard, and may be used for remote display of TDS level or as an
valve to open if the conductivity of the condensate exceeds a pre-set level. output to a computerised management system. A security feature
allows parameters to be viewed but not adjusted.
Description
The BC 3200 is a dual voltage controller for use with a blowdown valve or Probe in boiler shell
dump valve to monitor and control TDS levels, usually as part of a steam For systems where the TDS probe is fitted in the boiler shell, the
boiler installation. The front panel has a four digit LED display and two BC 3200 will open the blowdown valve if the conductivity of the boil-
push buttons to select, view, and change functions. A lockable er exceeds a certain level (set point). As the contaminated water in
cover assembly is available for the BC 3210. In normal operation the display the boiler is replaced by clean water from the feed tank, the TDS will
shows the actual TDS value. Voltage, ranges, and other operating parame- fall to the set point (less the hysteresis value), when the controller will
ters are set on installation using internal switches. The controller has a pro- close the blowdown valve.
grammable probe “cleaning (conditioning)” circuit (UK Patent No. 2276943),
which allows the system to maintain its accuracy even when some boiler
1: 44
BC 3200 and BC 3210 Controllers
Controls
Boiler
Probe in blowdown line Limiting conditions
For systems where the sensor is mounted in the blowdown line, the con- BC 3200 protection rating IP 65
troller periodically opens the blowdown valve to allow a sample of water BC 3210 protection rating IP 65 (Front panel only,
from the boiler to pass the sensor (purge). If the TDS is below the set case normally inside
point, the valve will close after the purge time has elapsed. The purge
Boiler Blowdown
boiler panel)
time is adjustable for different blowdown installations, to ensure that all Indoor use only
& CCD
water from the previous sample has been removed from the system, Altitude up to 2000 m
and that the sample is at a similar temperature to the water in the boil- Maximum relative humidity 80% for
er. The BC 3200 may be set to purge either half an hour from the last temperatures up to 31°C decreasing
purge, or for every half hour of boiler firing, (useful for standby boilers). linearly to 50% relative humidity at 40°C.
If the TDS level is above the set point, the blowdown valve will remain Pollution Degree: 2
open to allow the high TDS water to be replaced by clean water from the Installation category (overvoltage category): II
feed tank. The valve will close when the TDS level falls to the set point Minimum conductivity: 10uS/cm or ppm
(less the hysteresis value). When the valve is closed, the controller Protection rating for BC3200 enclosure IP 65, Type 1 or 12K
stores the TDS level in memory so that the last true value is always Ambient temperature range: 32 - 130°F (0-55°C)
shown on the display and is output as the mA signal. Maximum cable length 300ft (100m)
General Wiring Diagram (Probe to controller)
Maximum resistance of 0/4-20mA 500Ω
(Negative is grounded to boiler at the probe)
Technical data
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 20mm cartridge 100mA
anti-surge (T) **
Relay Load Rating

Grounded
to probe Lamp or Resistive @ 240Vac 3A
Grounded
body to boiler Solenoid valve Tungsten Filament @ 240Vac 1A
shell (BCV1 or BCV31)
AC Motor @ 240Vac 1/4HP (2.9A)
AC Motor @ 120Vac 1/10HP (3A)
7.5" 3.9" 0.3" Control circuits & Coils (Pilot Duty) C300 (2.5A)
(190) (100) (8)
BC3200 Relays and supply voltages must be protected with a 3 Amp quick blow
fuse.The burner input must be protected with a 1 Amp quick blow fuse.
6.2"
(158) Alarm hysteresis 3%
Probe cleaning (conditioning) frequency* Every 12 hours
2.1" Probe cleaning (conditioning) duration* 0-99 seconds
(53) Purge time 0-99 seconds or*
2.4" 0-0.99 hour
BC3210 (61)
Time between purges Every 30 min. or
5.7" 4.4"
(144) every 30 min. of boiler firing
(112)
Blowdown Continuous or intermittent -
2.8" 6.2" (off for 20s/on for 10s)
(72) (158)
* If the purge time is set to anything other than zero, cleaning
4.7" (conditioning) time is automatically limited to 9 seconds to avoid
(120) 0.5"
(13) bubbles forming on the probe.
BC3200 weight 1.8 lb (0.8 kg) (approx.)
BC3210 weight 1.7 lb (0.6 kg) (approx.)
** Replacement fuses UL recognized Components to retain the
BC3210 panel cut-out 5.4" x 2.6" (137mm x 67mm) (aprox.)
integrity of the Approval.
How to specify
Programmable TDS controller, wall/panel mounting (specify which), Ranges (µS/cm or ppm, switch selectable)
with digital display, high alarm, probe conditioning feature (Patented) 10-99
Approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed Product. 100-999
1000-9999
How to order
Spirax Sarco BC3200 UL Spirax Sarco BC3210 UL
Materials Approvals Field Wiring/terminals details
BC3200 UL UL 3121-1 Max wire gauge 14-22AWG
Case Polystyrene US Standard Process Control Conductor material Copper
Front panel Aluminum Equipment
Label Polyester Elec. E209497
BC3210 ULC C22.2 No. 1010.1 TI-9-107-US 02.01
Case Noryl (glass filled) Canadian Standard Process Control
Front panel Polyester Equipment, Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016
Elec. E209497 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222
1: 45
Controls
Boiler
LISTED
BCV1
Boiler Blowdown
120V 1/2" NPT

Version
& CCD
BCV 1 Solenoid Valve

• Normally closed operation
• For boiler blowdown duty
• Wide, non-critical voltage range
Safety
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet
IM-GCM-10, and, in the UK, to IEE Regulations (BS 7671).
Elsewhere, other regulations will normally apply.
Description
The BCV 1 is a small bore, normally closed solenoid valve with a brass
body and corrosion resistant internal components. It is primarily intended
for low and medium pressure boiler blowdown applications.
Valves are supplied complete with a mains connector and is suitable for
3 x lmm2 (18 AWG) cable.
Limiting Conditions
BCV1 BCV1 (UL/CSA)
Maximum boiler or 203 psig 130psig
steam pressure (14 barg) (9 barg)
Intermittent operation
Media -40 to 392°F -40 to 356°F
Temperature (-40 to 200°C) (-40 to 180°C)
Media Water and flash steam Water and flash stem
Maximum ambient 130°F 130°F
temperature (55°C) (55°C)
E
Response Times (ms)
A
Opening 10 - 20
Closing 20 - 30
Available Sizes and Connections

1/2" screwed NPT - 120 V version
1/2" screwed NPT - 120 V version (UL/CSA Listed BCV1)
B D
Electrical Data
Voltage range 108 V to 132 V
Frequency 50 — 60 HZ
Maximum power consumption 40 VA (inrush)
1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT
16 VA/12W (hold)
Protection Rating IP65 (Nema 4)
Dimensions inches and (mm)

A B C D E Weight C
1.6” 4.3” 2.9” 3.7” 2.9” 1.6 lb
(40) (110) (74.5) (94.5) (73) (0.73 kg)
Materials
Part Material
Body Brass
Seal PTFE
Internal components Stainless Steel
1: 46
BCV 1 Solenoid Valve
Controls
Boiler
Capacities Retaining nut
Orifice diameter 1/8" Mains
Spring washer connector
Cv = 0.29
Boiler Blowdown
For conversion Kv (UK) = Cv
1.17
‘O’ ring
Gasket
& CCD
Boiler Pressure psig Capacity lb/h Solenoid oil
14.5 385 Spring Bonnet

29 550 Nut
58 770 Armature with
87 847 PTFE valve seal
116 979 ‘O’ ring
145 1089
203 1298
Valve
seat
Installation
We recommend that a stainer is fitted upstream of the valve. Fit the
valve with the flow in the direction of the arrow, in a horizontal pipeline
with the solenoid vertically above the valve.
Do not overtighten screws, nuts, or pipework as this could damage
the valve body.
BCV1
Wiring
Caution: Do not apply power to
the coil unless it is fitted to the
valve.
The rated voltage is printed on
the nameplate. For ease of
installation the solenoid coil can
be moved through 360° by
slackening the solenoid nut. The cable socket may be fitted horizontal-
ly or vericaly by removing the central plastic screw and turning the
Ball valve connector through 90°. Ensure the cable socket gasket is slightly
compressed on refitting.
Strainer
Maintenance Wiring should be carried out using suitable 3 core, 18AWG (1mm2)
(If it becomes necessary to dismantle the valve, proceed as follows: high temperature (90°C minimum) cable.
1. Disconnect the mains supply. Ensure that sufficient cable length is provided to allow removal of the
2. Remove retaining nut and washer and withdraw solenoid coil. cable socket and to ensure that no strain is placed on the unit.
3. Remove the bonnet nut and withdraw armature and spring. The cable socket for the standard valve is fitted with a PG16 cable
4. Clean the valve and examine the seating surfaces for damage. gland. The cable socket (Type H) for the UL/CSA Listed valve is pro-
5. Replace the spring and armature if required. vided with a female 1/2" NPT thread for connection to a length of flexi-
6. Reassemble valve in the reverse order of dismantling. ble metal conduit. To retain the integrity of the approvals the valve
must be installed with the H type cable socket.
Caution: Care must be taken to ensure that any condensation which
Approvals might buildup in the conduit network, is prevented from accumulating
UL UL 429 in the valve cable socket.
United States Standard Electricially Operated Valve, Safety To unplug the cable socket, remove the central screw.
Valve (MH10752) To gain access to the connector block within the cable socket for the
ULC C22.2 139 standard valve, remove the plastic internal central screw and withdraw
Canadian Standard Electrically Operated Valve, Safety the connector block. For the UL/CSA Listed valve, simply remove the
Valve (157357) lid.
The connector block maybe rotated in 90° steps to facilitate wiring.
Electrical connection must be made before the socket and the gasket
Available Spares is fitted to the valve. Flat terminal = Ground connection
Armature and spring set (kit). Stock No. 4034080 Note: - To provide enviromental protection the valve is supplied with a
Coil 110 V / 120V Stock No. 4034082 gasket between the cable socket and the valve connector. To maintain
environmental integrity, ensure gasket is always present when recon-
How to specify necting cable socket and contact surfaces are undamaged and are
1 Spirax Sarco type BCV1 blowdown valve, screwed 1/2" NPT, 120V, clean.
60 Hz and approved by Underwriters Laboratory and CSA as a The tightening torque for the cable plug central retaining
Listed product. screw is 1 Nm.
TI-9-201-US 02.01
1: 47
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
(24v Version)
& CCD
3/4" BCV 30 Blowdown Control Valve

• Electrohydraulically actuated valve with manual override 1
• Cast steel body with stainless steel internals
2
• Articulated valve cone ensures tight shut-off and correct alignment
• Spring closure on power failure
• Valve position indicator
Description 26
The Spirax Sarco BCV30 is an electrohydraulically actuated control
valve for the blowdown of steam boilers or other high pressure
drop, low flowrate applications.
It is generally used with a blowdown controller as part of an auto-
matic TDS control system. 27
The flowrate is adjusted by limiting the spindle stroke to regulate
the number of orifices that are uncovered.
The valve, which is supplied adjusted to its low flowrate setting of
.4'' stroke, is especially designed to minimize seat erosion and
ensure consistent tight shut-off.
It can be adjusted to .6'' stroke for medium flowrates, or to .8''
stroke for high flowrates, by repositioning the internal cam. A valve 7
position indicator is provided.
The valve can be opened manually by turning the actuator hand-
wheel clockwise. 12
A 1/4'' BSP tapping is provided for a sample cooler.
25
Full installation, adjustment and maintenance information is provid- 11
ed with the valve.
10
Sizes and Pipe Connections
3/4'' Flanged ANSI 300
9
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position.
When power is applied to the actuator the valve opens to the posi- 3
tion set by the internal limit switch. 4
5 16
Limiting Conditions 6
Maximum pressure 464 psig (32 barg) 8
Maximum temperature 462˚F (239˚C)
22
Maximum ambient temperature 122˚F (50˚C)
Protection rating (IP54)
23
Outdoor installation is not recommended without additional protection.
No. Description No. Description
Electrical data 1 Actuator handwheel 12 Stuffing box
230 V version 187 V- 264 V 50-60 Hz
2 Manual indicator 13 Gasket
115 V version 99 V - 121 V 50-60 Hz
3 Seat 15 Plug
24 V version 19.2 V - 28 V 50-60 HZ
4 Washer (seat) 16 Gasket
Power consumption 15 VA
5 Cone 20 Guide bush
6 Cap 22 Gasket
Approval (24V Version) 7 Stem 23 Plug 1/4'' BSP
UL UL-429 8 Wave spring 25 Clamping screw
United States Standard Electrically operated 9 Gasket 26 Actuator (without limit
10 Spring switch assembly
ULC C22.2 No. 139-1982 11 Chevron seal set 27 Limit switch assembly
Canadian Standard Electrically operated valves
1: 48
Controls
Boiler
Materials Safety Information
Valve WARNING
Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25 Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10, as
Boiler Blowdown
Bonnet Forged steel carbon DIN 17234 C 22.8 well as to any National or Regional regulations. This product is
Stuffung box Martenistic stainless steel Type 431 designed and constructed to withstand the forces encountered during
& CCD
Bottom Cover Carbon steel BS 907 230 M07 normal use. Use of the product for any purpose other than a blow-
Internals Martenistic stainless steel Type 431 down control valve could cause damage to the product and may
(Valve cone and seat hardened) cause injury or fatality to personnel.
Actuator
Casing Die cast Aluminum Installation
Cover ABS This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
Cylinder/piston Aluminum product safely. See the Installation & Maintenance Instructions provid-
ed with every unit. Do not install the valve outside without additional
weather protection.
Dimensions/Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Size A B C D Weight Maintenance
3/4'' 6'' 15-3/8'' 5'' 1/4'' BSP 20 lb. It is recommended that the valve is examined annually and parts
replaced if necessary. For detailed maintenance instructions, see
Installation & Maintenance Instructions (IM-P403-15).
C
UL Listed
12
Valve Sealing
Arrangement
13
11
B 20
10
D Sample bake-off 45
A
How to order
Example: Spirax Sarco BCV30 blowdown valve, 24V, flanged 3/4"
ANSI 300, and approved by Underwriters Laboratory as a Listed
Product.
Spare parts
Spare parts are available as listed below. No other parts are
available as spares.
Gasket & packing set
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034480 4,9,10,11,12,13,16,20,22
115/230V Stock No. 4034482 4,9,13,16,22,41
Valve cone, seat & stem set
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034481 3,5,6,7,8,15
115/230V Stock No. 4034483 3,5,6,7,8,15,16,45 + Gasket
and packing set
Adjustable stuffing box kit Blowdown Valve Capacity in lb/h
115/230V Stock No. 4034484 40,42,43,44 + Gasket and Boiler Pressure Low Flowrates Medium flowrates High flowrates
packing set psig .4'' stroke (10mm) .6'' stroke (15 mm) .8'' stroke (20 mm)
Note: The adjustable graphite seal system is not currently Approved

80 880 1210 1900
for use on the UL Listed valve.
102 1015 1565 2540
Actuator with limit switch assembly 145 1260 2100 3310
115V Stock No. 4034466 218 1540 2540 3640
230V Stock No. 4034467 290 1720 2760 3750
24V (UL) Stock No. 4034468 464 2075 3090 3970
Actuator limit switch assembly: 24 (UL) /115/230V versions
Stock No. 4034419
TI-9-305-US 07.03
1: 49
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
& CCD
1-1/2" BCV 30 Blowdown Control Valve

• Electrohydraulically actuated valve with manual override
• Spring closure on power failure Cover
• Valve position indicator Casting
Description
The Spirax Sarco BCV30 is an electrohydraulically actuated control
valve for the blowdown of steam boilers or other high pressure
drop, low flowrate applications. Cylinder/
It is generally used with a blowdown controller as part of an auto- piston
matic TDS control system.
the size of the orifices that are uncovered.
The valve, which is supplied adjusted to a flowrate setting of 0.4''
stroke, is especially designed to minimize seat erosion and ensure
consistent tight shut-off.
It can be adjusted to give different flowrates by repositioning the
internal cam. A valve position indicator is provided.
The valve can be opened manually by turning the actuator hand-
wheel clockwise. Stem
A 1/4'' plug at the base of the valve may be removed to allow a Stuffing box
sample cooler to be fitted (available from Spirax Sarco). assembly
Sizes and Pipe Connections Bonnet

1-1/2'' Flanged BS1560 Class 300
Guide bush
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position. Body
When power is applied to the actuator the valve opens to the posi-
tion set by the internal limit switch. Stroking time for the full 0.8"
stroke is approximately 2 minutes to open and 8 seconds to close.
Materials
Valve Material
Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25
Bonnet Forged steel carbon DIN 17243 C 22.8 Internal
Stuffing box Martensitic stainless steel/ ASTM A276 components
Bottom cover
assembly graphite seals 316L
Bottom Cover Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
Internals Martensitic stainless steel Type 431
components (valve cone and seat hardened) Electrical data
Guide bush Phosphor bronze BS EN 12163 CW451K Supply 19 V - 28 V 50-60 HZ
Casing Die cast Aluminum Power consumption 16 VA
Cover ABS
Cylinder/piston Aluminum
Stem Martensitic stainless steel ASTM A276 431 Approval
UL UL-429
Limiting Conditions United States Standard Electrically operated
Maximum temperature 462˚F (239˚C) ULC C22.2 No. 139-1982
Maximum ambient temperature 122˚F (50˚C) Canadian Standard Electrically operated
Protection rating IP54 (NEMA 3S) valves
1: 50
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions/Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs. Spare parts
Spare parts are available as listed below.
Size A B C D Weight No other parts are available as spares.
1-1/2" 7.5" 18.9'' 7.0'' 1/4" BSP 49 Available spares
Boiler Blowdown
Gasket & stem seal set Stock No. 4034880 9, 13, 40, 41,
C
& CCD
42, 43, 44
Valve head, seat & stem set Stock No. 4034881 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 22
Actuator with limit Stock No. 4034768 24V (UL)

switch assembly
Actuator limit Stock No. 4034419

switch assembly
44
43
13
42
41
40
D Sample take-off
A
Capacity
Boiler Blowdown valve capacity lb/h
Presure 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 0.8" 9
(psig) stroke stroke stroke stroke
72.5 990 6394 7607 7827 7
3
101.5 1047 7276 9040 9922
145 1102 8158 10473 12017
4
217.5 1212 10032 14222 15765
290 1764 12678 17860 19073
464 2866 18522 22711 24365
8
Note: Intermediate flowrate strokes can be set on the 1-1/2 BCV30.
6
Safety Information
WARNING
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the
forces encountered during normal use. Use of the product for
any purpose other than a blowdown control valve could cause
damage to the product and may cause injury or fatality to per-
sonnel.
22
Installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
product safely. See the Installation & Maintenance Instructions provid-
ed with every unit. Do not install the valve outside without additional
weather protection.
Maintenance How to order spares

It is recommended that the valve is examined annually and parts Always order spares by using the description given above and
replaced if necessary. The gland may be adjusted if required as state the size and flange type of blowdown control valve.
described in the installation and Maintenance Instructions.
Example: 1 off Gasket and stem seal set Stock No. 4034880
How to order for Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" BCV30 blowdown control valve flanged
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" BCV30 blowdown control BS 1560 Class 300.
valve, 24 V, flanged BS 1560 Class 300
TI-P403-72-US 07.03
1: 51
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
& CCD

Pneumatically actuated-suitable for hazardous areas
Articulated valve cone ensures tight shut-off and correct alignment
Wide ambient temperature range: - 4°F to + 230°F (-20°C to + 110°C) 6
Cast steel body with stainless steel internals
Can be installed outdoors 7
Description
The Spirax Sarco BCV 31 is a pneumatically operated control valve for the
blowdown of steam boilers. It is normally used with a controller as part of
an automatic TDS control system, though it can also be used for other high
9
Actuator
pressure drop, low flowrate applications.
The flow rate is adjusted by limiting the spindle stroke to regulate the num-
ber of orifices that are uncovered.
The valve, which is specially designed to minimize seat erosion and ensure
consistent tight shut-off, is supplied adjusted to its low flow rate setting of
0.4" (10mm).
It can be adjusted to give 0.6" (15mm) stroke for medium flow rates, or to
0.8" (20mm) stroke for high flow rates. The actuator has a mechanical 8
stroke indicator and incorporates a rolling diaphragm.
A 1/4" NPT tapping at the base of the valve allows a sample cooler to be 10
fitted.
The BCV 31 requires a regulated and filtered air supply, (1/8" NPT), which
should be free of oil and water, and a solenoid valve.
Spirax Sarco can supply suitable equipment. Full installation, adjustment, 3
and maintenance information is provided with the valve.
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position (spring retract), and is also
held closed by the boiler pressure. When the solenoid valve opens, air is
admitted to the actuator causing the valve to open to the selected stroke. 2
Limiting Conditions
Maximum Pressure 464 psig (32 barg)
Maximum Temperature 482°F (250°C)
Valve
1
Ambient Temperature Range -4°F to 230°F (-20 to +110°C)
Air Pressure Range 30 psig to 90 psig (2 to 6 barg)
Air Consumption (0.8" - 20mm travel) 0.33 litres 5
The valve itself may be installed outdoors without additional protection.
The solenoid valve however, must be installed indoors, or adequately pro-
tected against outdoor conditions.
Available types 4
Flanged 3/4" ANSI 300
Construction Materials
Valve
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25
2 Bonnet Forged carbon steel DIN 17243 C 22.8 Actuator
3 Stuffing box Martensitic stainless steel Type 431 No. Part Material
4 Bottom cover Carbon steel or BS 970 230 M07 6 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel
Forged carbon steel DIN 17243 C22.8 7 Diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber
5 Internals Martensitic stainless steel Type 431 8 Yoke Aluminum
(Valve cone and seat are hardened) 9 Spindle Stainless steel
10 Connector Carbon steel
1: 52
Controls
Boiler
C
Capacities
Blowdown valve capacity lb/h
Boiler Low flow rates Medium flow rates High flow rates
Pressure 0.4" 0.6" 0.8"
Boiler Blowdown
psig (10mm) stroke (15mm) stroke (20mm) stroke
B 80 880 1210 1900
& CCD
102 1015 1565 2540
145 1260 2100 3310
218 1540 2540 3640
290 1720 2760 3750
464 2075 3090 3970
Available Spares
Valve
Gasket and packing set 4, 9 ,13 ,16 , 22, 41
A
Valve cone, seat, and stem set 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15
16, 20+ Gasket and packing kit
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimetres Adjusting stuffing box kit 40, 42
43, 44+ Gasket and packing kit
Size A B C D Weight
Actuator
3/4" 5.9" 14.9" 5.8" 1/4"NPT 20.3lb
Stem seal kit A, C, H
(150) (378) (147) (9.2 kg)
Diaphragm Kit D, E, F, H
Actuator withdrawal distance 3.2" (80 mm).
Travel indicators (2) G
Spring kit B, J
Maintenance
We recommend that the valve and actuator are examined annually
and parts replaced as necessary.
J
How to specify
J On/off pneumatically actuated blowdown control valve
B How to order
F Spirax Sarco BCV 31 blowdown control valve, flanged ANSI 300
E
D G
H
44
A
43
UL listed valve
13
42 sealing arrangement
41
C 40
J
J 5
16
20
9
3
4 7
15
8
22
6
TI-9-302-US 07.04
1: 53
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
& CCD

• Pneumatically actuated - suitable for hazardous areas
• High ambient temperature: 230°F
• Can be installed outside
Description Diaphram
The Spirax Sarco BCV31 is a pneumatically operated control valve housing
for the blowdown of steam boilers. It is normally used with a con-
troller as part of an automatic TDS control system, though it can
also be used for other high pressure drop flowrate applications.
the size of the orifice that is uncovered.
The valve, which is specially designed to minimise seat erosion and
ensure consistent tight shut-off, is supplied adjusted to a flowrate
setting of 0.4".
It can be adjusted to give different flowrates. The actuator has a
mechanical stroke indicator and incorporates a rolling diaphragm. Spindle
A 1/4" BSP plug at the base of the valve may be removed to allow
a sample cooler to be fitted (available from Spirax Sarco).
The BCV31 requires a regulated and filtered air supply (1/8" BSP), Yoke
which should be free of oil and water, and a solenoid valve, (avail-
Connector
able from Spirax Sarco).
Sizes and Pipe Connections
1-1/2'' Flanged BS1560 Class 300
Operation
The valve is spring loaded to the closed position (spring retract),
and is also held closed by the boiler pressure. When the solenoid Stuffing box
valve opens, air is admitted to the actuator causing the valve to assmbly
open to the selected stroke.
Materials
Part Material
Bonnet
Body Cast carbon steel DIN 17245 GS-C25
Bonnet Forged carbon steel DIN 17243 C 22.8 Guide
Stuffing box Stainless steel/ ASTM A276 bush
assembly graphite seals 316L
Bottom Cover Carbon steel BS 970 230 M07
Internal Stainless steel Type 431
components (valve cone and seat hardened)
Guide bush Phosphor bronze BS EN 12163 CW451K
Diaphragm housing Pressed steel
Diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber
Yoke Aluminum
Spindle Stainless steel
Connector Carbon steel
Cylinder/piston Aluminum
Stem Martensitic stainless steel ASTM A276 431 Internal components
Limiting Conditions Body Bottom cover

Maximum temperature 462˚F (239˚C)
Maximum ambient temperature 230˚F (110˚C)
Air pressure range 36 to 87 psig (2.5 to 6 barg)
Air consumption 0.035 ft3 (0.99 litres)
(0.8" travel)
1: 54
Controls
Boiler
Dimensions/Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs. Spare parts
The spare parts vailable are shown in solid line. Parts shown in broken line
Size A B C D Weight
are not supplied as spares.
1-1/2" 7.5'' 16.7" 8.5" 1/4" BSP 49
Gasket & stem seal set Stock No. 4034880 9, 13, 40, 41,
Boiler Blowdown
Actuator - withdrawal distance 3.9". 42, 43, 44
& CCD
Valve head, seat & stem set Stock No. 4034882 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 22
C
Available spares for actuator
Stem seal kit Stock No. 3573181 A, C, H

(piston guide bearing and ‘O’ rings)
Diaphragm kit Stock No.3570484 D, E, F, H

(Diaphragm, Nyloc nut and washer and ‘O’ ring)
Travel indicators (2 off) Stock No. 3570486 G
Spring kit Stock No. 3570483 B, J

B
J
J
B
F
E
D
D Sample take-off
A H
Capacity A
Boiler Blowdown valve capacity lb/h

Presure 0.2" 0.4" 0.6" 0.8" C
44
(psig) stroke stroke stroke stroke
72.5 990 6394 7607 7827 J 43
101.5 1047 7276 9040 9922 J 13
42
145 1102 8158 10473 12017 41
217.5 1212 10032 14222 15765 G 40 7
290 1764 12678 17860 19073
464 2866 18522 22711 24365
G
Note: Intermediate flowrate strokes can be set on the 1-1/2 BCV31.
8
Safety Information 6
9
WARNING
This product is designed and constructed to withstand the 3
forces encountered during normal use. Use of the product for
4
any purpose other than a blowdown control valve could cause
damage to the product and may cause injury or fatality to per-
sonnel.
Installation
This document does not contain sufficient information to install the
product safely. See the Installation & Maintenance Instructions provid-
ed with every unit. The valve itself may be installed outside without
22
additional protection. The solenoid valve however, must be installed
indoors, or adepquately protected against outside conditions.
Maintenance
We recommend that the valve and actuator are examined annually How to order spares
and parts replaced as necessary. The gland may be adjusted if Always order spare by using the description given above and state
required as described in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions. the size and flange type of blowdown control valve.
How to order Example: 1 off Gasket and stem seal set Stock No. 4034880
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" BCV31 blowdown control for Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" BCV31 blowdown control valve flanged BS
valve, flanged BS 1560 Class 300 1560 Class 300.
TI-P403-74-US 07.03
1: 55
Boiler Blowdown Boiler
& CCD Controls
1: 56
Controls
Boiler
Boiler Blowdown
MS1 Conductivity Meter
& CCD
• Automatic temperature compensation
• Wide selectable range
• Automatic switch-off
General description
The Spirax Sarco MS 1 is a battery powered conductivity meter
designed for use with liquids. It is particularly suitable for measuring
the conductivity of boiler water, feed water, or condensate samples
in order to estimate the level of Total Dissolved Solids, or TDS.
The instrument is fitted with a permanently wired carbon electrode
sensor with integral temperature sensor.
A plug-in extension lead is also provided to allow ac resistance
measurements to be made on installed conductivity probes in order
to check their condition. Calibration to a master instrument or
standard solution is possible using the adjustment screw on the side
of the case. The instrument is supplied in a protective wallet.
Limiting conditions
Maximum recommended sensor
operating temperature 113°F (45°C).
Specification
Ranges 0 to 199.9µS/cm, 0 to 1.999mS/cm,
0 to 19.99mS/cm.
Range indication Decimal Point and LED above selection key.
Temperature Automatic, 2%/°C.
compensation Reference temperature 77°F (25°C).
Resolution 0.1µS/cm.
Accuracy +/-1.5% or +/-3 digits (whichever is greatest) at
77°F (25°C).
Calibration range +/-20%. 20 turns (approx).
On/off Auto-off timer.
Sensor PVC cell with carbon electrodes.
Extension cable Twin core, jack plug and crocodile clips.
Battery PP3 or equivalent. A low battery warning
indicator is fitted.
Dimensions (approx in inches and millimeters)

Instrument 3.2" x 5.8" x 1.5" (80 x 147 x 39)
Sensor cable 36" (1000)
Extension cable 36" (1000)
Weight 1lb (430g) with case
How to specify
1 - Spirax Sarco MS 1 Conductivity Meter.
1: 57
Controls
Boiler
Blowdown
Bottom
BT1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer
• For time controlled blowdown of steam boilers
• Purpose designed unit with adjustable blowdown interval and duration
• Programmable delay prevents boilers blowing down in rapid succession
• Timer checks for correct operation of blowdown valve
• No batteries – settings and elapsed time stored in non-volatile memory
Description
The Spirax Sarco BT 1000 blowdown timer is a dual voltage, purpose-designed
cyclic timer for the control of blowdown intervals and their duration on steam boil-
ers.
For multiple boiler installations, up to nine timers can be linked, preventing more Clamping
than one boiler blowing down at a time. A time delay can be programmed to prevent screw
different boilers blowing down in rapid succession. This feature avoids the possibil-
ity of overloading a blowdown vessel or pit which could lead to water being dis-
charged to drain at too high a temperature. The timer can be wired to a switch box
on the blowdown valve actuator to monitor valve operation and release an alarm
relay if the blowdown valve fails to close within a certain period.
Display
The BT 1000 may also be used to open a small bore valve, e.g. a solenoid valve,
on a timed basis to control TDS for those situations where a conductivity system is
not wanted or is not possible.
The timer front panel has a four digit LED display and two push buttons to select
functions and set parameters. In ‘run’ mode, the display will normally show a con-
tinuous display of the time to the next programmed blowdown in hours and minutes Push
with a decimal point flashing at two second intervals. buttons
An external key switch may be mounted on the boiler panel and wired to lock the
blowdown valve off or to open it ‘manually’. The BT 1000 can also be used as a
cumulative timer by wiring it to operate only when the boiler is actually firing, and so
can be used where boilers only operate intermittently, as in the case of standby boil-
ers. Full commissioning and operating information is supplied with each unit.
Limiting conditions
Maximum cable lengths 300ft (100m)
Clamping
Technical data screw
Frequency 50-60Hz
Fuse type 100mA anti-surge
Time between blowdowns 0-99 hours
Accuracy (typical) 5 seconds/day
Time of each blowdown:-
Main blowdown 0-99 seconds
Small bore blowdown 0-0.99 hours.
Pause time
(Minimum interval between blowdowns from different boilers)
0-9.9 hours
1: 58
BT1000 Boiler Blowdown Timer
Controls
Boiler
Materials Dimensions (approximate) in inches and millimeters
Case Polystyrene
Baseplate ABS (Reinforced)
Blowdown
2.1" 4.2"
Bottom
Installation (52) (106)
WARNING:-Isolate the mains supply before unplugging the timer
as live terminals at mains voltage will be exposed in the con-
troller base.
The BT 1000 should be installed in an enclosure or control panel to
enclosures. The timer may be mounted on a ‘top hat’ DIN rail using the 4.4"
mounting clip provided or the clip may be removed and the timer base (112)
screwed direct to a chassis plate.
General wiring diagram
2.0"
(24)
L 4.7"
1 (120)
Mains Select Voltage Internally Weight 1lb (0.5kg) (approx).
N 2
L 3 How to specify
Programmable blowdown timer with digital display, valve malfunction
4 alarm, and linking capability.
Blowdown
Valve
How to order
5 Spirax Sarco BT 1000 blowdown timer
L 6
Alarm 8
9
Valve 10
Switch
11 Optional Connections
Link to
other timers
12
Relays shown in power off position.

Valve switch shown in valve closed position.
TI-9-301-US 09.97
1: 59
Controls
Boiler
Blowdown
Bottom
KBV 20 Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve

• Purpose designed for boiler blowdown applications
• Suitable for boiler pressures up to 250 psig at 410°F
(17.25 barg at 208°C)
• Wide size range 1" to 2-1/2" with ANSI 300 Flanges
• Key removable only when valve closed
• Can be pneumatically actuated retrospectively
General description
The key operated boiler blowdown valve consists of a carbon steel ball
valve with reinforced PTFE seats and a key operated mechanism in stain-
less steel. Two types of key are available, one standard length, and an
extended ‘T’-bar type for use where access to the valve is limited. The key
cannot be removed when the valve is open, to ensure compliance with boil-
er regulations.
Applications
The valve is specifically designed for boiler blowdown applications, and is
particularly suitable for use where a timed blowdown system is not
required. See separate literature for timed systems.
Limiting conditions
Maximum allowable pressure 250 psig at 410°F (17.25 barg at 208°C)
Cold hydraulic test pressure 1130 psig (78 barg - class 300)
Materials
Part Material
Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Seats Carbon reinforced PTFE
Ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Stem Stainless steel AISI 420 or 316
Housing Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
Adaptor Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
Key Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316L
‘T’ bar Carbon steel
Note: Key and ‘T’ bar supplied separately
Sizes and pipe connections

Sizes 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
Flange ANSI 300
1: 60
KBV 20 Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valve
Controls
Boiler
Size A B C D E F Weight lb (kg)
1" 6.5" (165) 4.5" (114) 1.4" (35) - - 0.8" (21) 13.2 (6.0)
1-1/2" 7.5" (190) 5.0" (126) 1.4" (35) - - 1.2" (31) 21.8 (9.8)
Blowdown
2" 8.5" (216) 5.3" (134) 1.4" (35) - - 1.5" (38) 26.5 (12.0)
Bottom
2-1/2" 9.5" (241) 5.7" (146) 1.4" (35) - - 2.0" (51) 39.7 (18.0)
Standard key 1.3" (32) 10.2" (258)
T bar key 19.7" (500) 14.8" (375)
* Keys supplied separately
How to specify
Key operated blowdown valve with Austenitic Stainless Steel interlock mechanism.
How to order
2 - Spirax Sarco Key Operated Boiler Blowdown Valves KBV 20, flanged ANSI 300
1 - Standard key for KBV 20
T-bar Key
D
C
Standard Key
F
TI-9-303-US 09.97
1: 61
Controls
Boiler
Blowdown
Bottom
ABV 20 Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valve

• Automatic timed blowdown-avoids wasted heat
• Suitable for boiler pressures up to 250 psig

at 440°F (17.25 barg)
• Spring return for fail-safe operation Switch box
• Pneumatic actuator for fast response
Description Actuator
The Spirax Sarco ABV 20 is a ball valve with a 90° rotary spring return body
Actuator
pneumatic actuator, for boiler blowdown duties. end cover
It is used in conjunction with a Spirax Sarco blowdown timer to provide Port ‘A’
timed control of bottom blowdown, ensuring that the recommended boiler
blowdown cycles occur with minimum heat loss, avoiding duplication or
omission.
The pneumatic actuator, (which can also be operated with other non-cor-
rosive gases), moves through 90° to open the valve, and has a spring
return action to the closed position for fail-safe operation.
A switch box is mounted on the actuator, and may be used to signal valve
open and closed positions.
A solenoid valve is required, and may be directly mounted to the
"NAMUR" (VDI/VDE 3845) interface on the actuator.
*A suitable valve, complete with adaptor plate, may be selected from the
Spirax Sarco MV range. Alternatively, an air supply may be connected
directly to the actuator port "A" (1/4" NPT), where it is necessary to install Valve body
the solenoid valve remote from the actuator.
A standard 1/4" NPT 3-way solenoid valve could also be used.
The ABV 20 may be installed with the flow in either direction.
Limiting Conditions
Maximum operating pressure 250 psig (17.25 barg)
Maximum operating temperature 410°F (208°C)
Valve cold hydraulic test pressure (Class 300) 1130 psig (78 bar g)
(MV series solenoid 120°F-(50°C)
Minimum air supply pressure 90 psig (6 barg)
Maximum air supply pressure 150 psig (10 barg)
RB 11 switch rating 3A 250Vac * Note: The BT1000 blowdown timer uses one switch only to indi-
Protection rating NEMA 13 (IP65) cate 'valve fully closed' or 'valve not fully closed' positions, and
does not indicate that the valve has fully opened.
Technical Data
Available sizes 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2"
Available flanges ANSI 300
Operating time (Full stroke) 1 to 3 seconds
Operating media Clean compressed air
Non-corrosive gas
Air consumption Inches 3/Stroke-(dm3/stroke=litres/stroke)
1" (DN 25) (BVA 6i actuator) 16 in3 (0.27 dm3)
1-1/2", 2" (DN 32, 40, 50) (BVA 15i actuator) 37 in3 (0.6 dm3)
2-1/2" (DN 65) (BVA 28i actuator) 92 in3 (1.5 dm3)
1: 62
ABV 20 Air Actuated Boiler Blowdown Valve
Controls
Boiler
Materials
Valve
Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Seats Carbon reinforced PTFE
Blowdown
Ball Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Bottom
Spindle Martensitic stainless steel AISI 420 or
Austenitic stainless steel AISI 316
Actuator
Body, piston, end cover Aluminium alloy
Drive shaft Carbon steel
"O" ring seals Nitrile rubber
Dimensions (approximate) in inches/millimeters

Valve Size Flange Actuator A B C D E F G Valve
Type Type bore
1" Cl. 300 BVA 6i 4.0" (101) 7.2" (183) 4.2" (107) 14.4" (365) 6.5" (165) 4.9" (124) 4.0" (102) 0.8" (20.6)
1-1/2" Cl. 300 BVA 15i 5.3" (135) 8.6" (218) 5.6" (141) 16.9" (430) 7.5" (191) 6.1" (156) 4.6" (118) 1.2" (31)
2" Cl. 300 BVA 15i 5.3" (135) 8.6" (218) 5.6" (141) 17.5" (444) 8.5" (216) 6.5" (165) 5.0" (126) 1.5" (38)
2-1/2" Cl. 300 BVA 28i 6.3" (159) 11.9" (302) 7.0" (178) 19.3" (490) 9.5" (241) 7.5" (191) 5.4" (138) 2.0" (50.8)
Air connection 1/4" NPT.
B Weight (approximate) in lb (kg)

1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
21 (9.5) 37 (16.5) 42 (19.0) 66 (30.0)
Port A
How to Specify
Ball valve, 1" Flanged ANSI 300 with carbon reinforced
PTFE seats, 90° rotary pneumatic actuator and switch box.
NAMUR compatible solenoid valve 240V.
F
How to Order
Spirax Sarco ABV 20 Actuated boiler blowdown valve
1", ANSI 300.
MV 11 Solenoid valve 240V.
E TI-9-304-US 09.99
1: 63
Flowmeters
for steam, liquids and gases.
The Spirax Sarco range of flowmeters is suitable for

accurate measurement of saturated and superheated
steam at pressures up to 2900 psig and temperatures
up to 842°F. When pressures and temperatures vary,
full density compensated systems are available.
Flowmeters Index
Flowmeters
INDEX
TI-8-005-US Gilflo Flowmeters - Spool Pipeline Unit 2: 66
TI-8-006-US Gilflo Flowmeters - B Pipeline Unit
wmeters 2: 68
TI-8-008-US Gilflo Flowmeters - System Overview
o Flo 2: 71
TI-8-009-US Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters Gilfl 2: 72
TI-8-010-US Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters System Overview 2: 74
TI-P377-17-US DIVA Saturated Steam Flowmeter 2: 76
TI-P377-19-US DIVA Flowmeter - System Overview DIVA 2: 79
TI-8-200-US Orifice Plate Flowmeters M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly 2: 80
TI-8-202-US lates
Orifice Plate Flowmeters Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (densityPcompensated)
e
2: 82
TI-8-201-US Orifice Plate Flowmeters Orifice Plate Flowmetering System ific compensated)
Or(non 2: 84
TI-8-203-US Orifice Plate Flowmeters Customer Data Sheet 2: 85
rs
TI-8-300-US M240G Series Steam Flow Computer
pute 2: 86
TI-8-301-US M250G Series Gas Flow Computer
w Com 2: 88
TI-P332-08-US M750 Display Unit Flo 2: 90
TI-P335-10-US M610 SERIES II DP Transmitter Assembly 2: 92
TI-8-401-US Model F50C Isolating Valve s 2: 93
mitter
TI-8-404-US M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter ns 2: 94
TI-8-402-US EL2270 & EL2271 Temperature Probes Tra 2: 96
TI-8-403-US EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and ‘U’ Syphons 2: 98
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'Spool' Pipeline Unit
Flowmeters
Low DP
Tapping
Flowmeters
Gilflo
Note: 12'' flowmeter incorporates an additional shaft support

together with a revised spring location.
High DP
Tapping
Description • M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter

The Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter is installed in the pipeline and produces a • M750 Flow Computer
differential pressure which is related to the rate of flow. It can be used • Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
with most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated • M240G Steam Flow Computer
steam. • M250G Gas Flow Computer
Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo

Sizes and Pipe Connections accuracy is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
3", 4", 6", 8" and 12" For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will be
Flanges available to ANSI B.16.5 class 300 better than ± 1% FSD.
Repeatability
Limiting Conditions The Gilflo is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Minimum operating pressure 9 psig
Maximum operating pressure 740 psig
Minimum operating temperature -58˚F Pressure Drop
Maximum operating temperature 842˚F Less than 140 inches H2O (349 mbar) at rated capacity
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise
Flow Capacity
Turndown To determine the maximum flow capacity of a Gilflo 'Spool', it is
The Gilflo will provide accurate measurement over a flow range of necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (Qe). See under
100:1. the section ‘’Sizing the Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter".
Accuracy Materials of Construction

To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo meters must be used Body Carbon Steel ASTM A105/A106/A234
in conjunction with a device capable of performing electronic Internals Mostly Stainless Steel S304/S316
linearism such as: Spring Inconel X750
2: 66
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'Spool' Pipeline Unit
Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs Maintenance
SIZE A B Weight There are no user serviceable parts within the 'Gilflo' Spool flowmeter.
3" 13 3.5 37 Mechanical checks to confirm correct operation are described in the
4" 21 4.5 81 manuas that accompanies the flowmeters.
6" 28 6.6 167
8" 31 8.6 191 Sizing the Gilflo 'Spool' Flowmeter
12" 40 13 240
1. Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) in U.S. gpm using
H.P. and L.P. pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT (female). formulas:
Liquids:
Installation
Flowmeters
A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo 'Spool' Qe = m De or Qe = Ql Dl
flowmeter. The following main points are given for guidance: 500 公 Dl 公 De
Qe = equivalent flow rate of water at 70°F (U.S. gpm)

m = maximum flow rate of service liquid (lb/hr)
De = density of water at calibration (62.305 lb/ft3)
Dl = density of service liquid (lb/ft3)
Flowmeters
Ql = maximum flow rate of service liquid (US gpm)
Gilflo
Gases:
(0.0158) x m
Qe = D x Pf x Ts
1. The Gilflo should be installed with a minimum of 6 straight pipe 公 Ps Tf
diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes permitted within these pipe lengths. or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D x Ps x Tf
Where an increase in pipe diameter is necessary upstream of a 公 Pf Ts
Gilflo flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to
12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo flowmeter is installed
downstream of two 90° bends in two planes, a pressured Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 pipe diameters should m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
be allowed. D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
2. The Gilflo flowmeter should normally be mounted horizontally. Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
Vertical installation (with flow vertically downward) is also Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
permissible and must be specified when ordering. Ensure flow is Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
in the correct direction and avoid reverse flow. Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
3. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practice Steam:

should be followed:-
• Ensure all pipework is adequetly insulated. Qe = (0.0158) x m 公v
• Ensure correct line drainage through adequate trapping.
• Where practicable, fit a steam separator upstream of the Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
flowmeter. This should be drained using a float trap set. m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
• Ensure good alignment and support of all associated pipework. v = specific volume of steam at normal
• Achieve line size reduction by the use of eccentric reducers. pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
• Avoid close installation (less than 25 pipe diameters) upstrem or
downstream of a pressure reducing valve or modulating valve. 2. Select from the table below the meter with a Qe max. that most
closely matches (but exceeds) the application Qe determined in
See the "Gilfo flowmeters - system overview" TIS 8.008 which step 1.
provides information of a Gilflo metering system.
Note: These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differencial
pressure of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). For saturated steam flow mea-
surement, the table below gives flow capacities in lb/h.
size Qe max (gpm) 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig
3'' 97 1671 2419 2825 3184 3794 4321 6007
4'' 249 4302 6230 7276 8199 9771 11129 15469
6'' 440 7598 11002 12849 14479 17255 19653 27318

8'' 1045 18033 26113 30498 34366 40954 46646 64838
12'' 1958 33777 48912 57125 64371 76711 87373 121448
Note: These capacities are based on a differential pressure across How To Order
the meter of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). 1 - 6'' Spirax Sarco Gilflo 'Spool' flowmeter flanged to
Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown). ANSI B-16-5 class 300.
TI-8-005-US 04.04
2: 67
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'B' Pipeline Unit
Flowmeters
Flowmeters
Low DP
Tapping
Gilflo
Note: 8", 10", 12'' and 16" flowmeter incorporates an additional shaft
support together with a revised spring location.
High DP
Tapping
Description • M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter

The Gilflo 'B' flowmeter is installed in the pipeline and produces a dif- • M750 Flow Computer
ferential pressure which is related to the rate of flow. It can be used with • Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
most industrial fluids, gases and both saturated and superheated • M240G Steam Flow Computer
steam. • M250G Gas Flow Computer
Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo

Sizes and Pipe Connections accuracy is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12" and 16" For flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will be
Flanges available to ANSI B.16.5 class 300 better than ± 1% FSD.
Repeatability
Limiting Conditions The Gilflo is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Minimum operating pressure 9 psig
Maximum operating pressure 740 psig
Minimum operating temperature -58˚F Pressure Drop
Maximum operating temperature 842˚F Less than 140 inches H2O (349 mbar) at rated capacity
Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise
Flow Capacity
Turndown To determine the maximum flow capacity of a Gilflo 'B', it is
The Gilflo will provide accurate measurement over a flow range of necessary to calculate the equivalent water flowrate (Qe). See under
100:1. the section ‘’Sizing the Gilflo 'B' flowmeter".
Accuracy Materials of Construction

To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo meters must be used Body Carbon Steel ASTM A105/A106/A234
in conjunction with a device capable of performing electronic Internals Mostly Stainless Steel S304/S316
linearism such as: Spring Inconel X750
2: 68
Gilflo Flowmeters - 'B' Pipeline Unit
Dimensions / Weights (approximate) in inches and lbs Maintenance
SIZE A B Weight There are no user serviceable parts within the 'Gilflo' Spool flowmeter.
2" 19 3.5 31 Mechanical checks to confirm correct operation are described in the
3" 21 4.5 48 manuals that accompanies the flowmeters.
4" 28 6.6 105
6" 31 8.6 191 Sizing the Gilflo 'B' Flowmeter
8" 39 12.7 270
10" 57 16 565 1. Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) in U.S. gpm using
12" 63 18 748 formulas:
16" 79 24 1980
Liquids:
H.P. and L.P. pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT (female).
Flowmeters
On 16" meter, the pressure tappings are on the body. Qe = m De or Qe = Ql Dl
500 公 Dl 公 De
Flowmeters
Gilflo
Gases:
(0.0158) x m
Installation Qe = D x Pf x Ts
A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo 'B' 公 Ps Tf
flowmeter. The following main points are given for guidance:
or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D x Ps x Tf
1. The Gilflo should be installed with a minimum of 6 straight pipe 公 Pf Ts
diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes permitted within these pipe lengths.
Where an increase in pipe diameter is necessary upstream of a Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
Gilflo flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo flowmeter is installed D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
downstream of two 90° bends in two planes, a pressured Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 pipe diameters should Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
be allowed. Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
2. The Gilflo flowmeter should normally be mounted horizontally. Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
Vertical installation (with flow vertically downward) is also
permissible and must be specified when ordering. Ensure flow is Steam:
in the correct direction and avoid reverse flow.
Qe = (0.0158) x m 公v
3. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering practice
should be followed: Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
• Ensure all pipework is adequetly insulated. m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
• Ensure correct line drainage through adequate trapping. v = specific volume of steam at normal
• Where practicable, fit a steam separator upstream of the pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
flowmeter. This should be drained using a float trap set.
• Ensure good alignment and support of all associated pipework. 2. Select from the table below the meter with a Qe max. that most
• Achieve line size reduction by the use of eccentric reducers. closely matches (but exceeds) the application Qe determined in
• Avoid close installation (less than 25 pipe diameters) upstream step 1.
or downstream of a pressure reducing valve or modulating valve.
Note: These equivalent water flowrates are based on a differencial
See the "Gilfo flowmeters - system overview" TIS 8.008 which pressure of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). For saturated steam flow mea-
provides information of a Gilflo metering system. surement, the table below gives flow capacities in lb/h.
size Qe max (gpm) 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig
2" 94 1625 2353 2748 3096 3690 4203 5842
3'' 97 1671 2419 2825 3184 3794 4321 6007
4'' 249 4302 6230 7276 8199 9771 11129 15469
6'' 440 7598 11002 12849 14479 17255 19653 27318

8'' 1045 18033 26113 30498 34366 40954 46646 64838
10" 2950 50894 73700 86075 96993 115587 131651 182995
12'' 1958 33777 48912 57125 64371 76711 87373 121448
16" 8319 143530 207845 242744 273534 325972 371275 516072
Note: These capacities are based on a differential pressure across How To Order
the meter of 140 inches H2O (349 mbar). 1 - 6'' Spirax Sarco Gilflo 'B' flowmeter flanged to ANSI B-16-5 class 300.
Minimum flow is 1% of maximum (100:1 turndown). TI-8-006-US 04.04
2: 69
Gilflo Flowmeters
Flowmeters
2: 70
Gilflo Flowmeters - System Overview
Description High DP Low DP

The Spirax Sarco Gilflo flowmetering system consists of 2 major parts:-
Flowmeters
1. The Gilflo pipeline unit. This may be a Gilflo ‘B’ or ‘Spool’
design. This is installed in the line where the flow is to be Gilflo
measured. Using impulse pipework, this is connected to:-
2.The M610 DP Transmitter Assembly. This measures the
differential pressure across the Gilflo pipeline unit and F50C
converts it to a 4-20 mA output signal. This output signal can Isolating Valves
be used in a number of ways:- Impluse Pipework
Flowmeters
a- To drive a suitable chart recorder or act as an input to
Gilflo
an EMS/DCS. This gives a non-compensated signal High Low
proportional to rate of flow.
b-To supply an M750 Display Unit. This gives a non-
compensated display of totalized flow and rate of flow. M610 DP
c-To supply an M240G or M250G series Flow Computer, Temperature Transmitter Assembly
Transmitter or gas applications the
whose keypad allows the user to select the parameters
to be viewed as well as allowing access to the DP cell is mounted
above the pipework.
numerous facilities available. The diagram shows these
configurations.
Note:- The Gilflo pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of Pressure Chart
most industrial liquids, gases and vapors within the pressure and Transmitter Recorder
temperature limits detailed in the TIS's.
Full density compensation from pressure and temperature transmit-
ters is available when using the M240G series Flow Computer for
steam applications or the M250G Series Flow Computer for gas EMS/DCS
applications. See TIS’s for details.
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation M750
and Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment. Display/Unit
Installation points to watch:-
1. Ensure all pipework is adequately supported and properly
aligned. M240G
2. The Gilflo pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather Computer
(steam)
than line size. Where pipe size reduction on steam systems is Outputs,
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid waterlogging. Alarms, etc.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe are 6D M250G
upstream and 3D downstream. Computer
(gas)
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by
the arrow on the meter body.
5. Take precautions to avoid reverse flow through the meter.
6. Avoid installing the meter downstream of a pressure reducing
Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards.
valve (especially on steam systems) as this may cause inaccu-
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
racies and/or possible damage. Similarly avoid installing the
meter downstream of a partially open valve.
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure fluc-
How to specify
For details of how to specify each part of your chosen system refer to
tuations which could cause damage.
individual TIS's listed in the Associated Equipment section.
8. On steam or liquid systems take care to ensure that all impulse
lines remain full to prevent damage to the DP transmitter through Associated Equipment
contact with steam or high temperature liquid. M610 DP Transmitter Assembly TI-P335-10 US
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure ade- M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter TIS 8.404
quate line drainage, trapping etc., so as to avoid condensate slugs Gilflo 'B' Pipeline Unit TIS 8.006
impacting the meter. Where practical, steam separators should be Gilflo 'Spool' Pipeline Unit TIS 8.005
fitted. These should be drained using a float trap set. M750 Display Unit TI-P332-08 US
10. For gas applications ensure that the DP cell and impulse lines are F50C Isolating Valve TIS 8.401
positioned above the pipework. Also ensure that the impulse lines M240G Steam Flow Computer TIS 8.300
allow free drainage of moisture away from the DP cell and back M250G Gas Flow Computer TIS 8.301
into the pipeline.
2: 71
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters
Description
The Gilflo ILVA flowmeter operates on the spring loaded variable area
Flowmeters
principle and produces a differential pressure related to the rate of flow.

It can be used with both saturated and superheated steam, gases and
most industrial fluids.
Limiting Conditions
The maximum pressure and temperature limitations are the same as
Flowmeters
the specified flange ratings with an overall maximum temperature of

Gilflo
842°F. Minimum operating temperature -58°F. Minimum operating

pressure 9 psig. Maximum viscosity 30 centipoise.
Turndown
The Gilflo ILVA will provide accurate measurement over a flow range of
100:1.
Accuracy
To achieve accuracy of a ± 1% of reading, all Gilflo ILVA meters must
be used in conjunction with a device capable of performing electronic
linearism such as:
• M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
• M750 Flow Computer
• Customer's EMS, DCS or equivalent
• M240G Steam Flow Computer
• M250G Gas Flow Computer
Note: When used with M240G/M250G flow computers, Gilflo ILVA accu-
racy is +/- 1% of reading from 5% to 100% of maximum rated flow. For
flows from 1% to 5% of maximum rated flow, accuracy will be
better than ± 1% FSD.
Repeatability
The Gilflo ILVA is repeatable to better than 0.25%.
Pressure Drop
The pressure drop across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is 200 inches
water gauge at maximum rated flow. Sizes and Pipe Connections
2", 3", 4", 6", and 8"
Suitable for fitting between the following flanges
Flow Capacity ANSI B 16.5 class 150, 300, 600.
To determine the capacity of the Gilflo ILVA for different fluids, it is
necessary to calculate the Equivalent Water Flowrate Qe (in U.S. gpm)
as described under the section “sizing the Gilflo ILVA” then selecting the How to Specify
appropriate size of meter from the table. 6" Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA flowmeter for installation between ANSI
150 flanges. Body material 316 stainless steel. Flow medium
saturated steam at 150 psig, maximum flow 20,000 lb/h.
Body Stainless Steel S.316
Internals 431 S29/S303/S304/S316 For a general description of the Gilflo ILVA metering system, see
Spring Inconel X750 or equivalent TIS 8.010 which also gives details of associated equipment.
2: 72
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and lbs. Sizing the Gilflo ILVA Meter
Size A B C D E Weight (lb) In order to determine the flow capacity of a Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit, it is
2" 1.38 2.48 5.51 4.06 .69 4.4 necessary to calculate the Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) based on
3" 1.77 3.07 5.91 5.43 .89 8.6 the anticipated actual flow.
4" 2.36 4.06 8.07 6.38 1.48 18.3 Figure 2 is then used to select the appropriate unit.
6" 2.95 5.28 11.81 8.58 1.48 31.3
8" 3.35 6.34 14.17 10.75 1.67 52.0 1. Determine Equivalent Water Flowrate (Qe) in U.S. gpm:
Note: Pressure tappings are threaded 1/4" NPT
Liquids:
Qe = m De or Qe = Ql Dl
Note: Pressure tappings 500 公 Dl 公 De
(2 located at 180°)
Flowmeters
Gases:
Flowmeters
(0.0158) x m
Gilflo
Qe = D x Pf x Ts
Installation 公 Ps Tf
A separate installation booklet is supplied with each Gilflo ILVA
flowmeter. The following main points are given here for guidance: or Qe = (0.948) x Qg D x Ps x Tf
1. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight 公 Pf Ts
pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings
or cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe
lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
required upstream of the meter, the length of straight pipe m = maximum flow rate of gas (lb/hr)
should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Gilflo D = gas density at 14.7 psia, 520°R (60°F) (lb/ft3)
ILVA is installed downstream of two 90 degree bends in two Pf = flowing pressure of gas (psia)
planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partially open valve, 12 Ps = standard atmospheric pressure (14.7 psia)
upstream pipe diameters should be allowed. Ts = standard absolute temperature (520°R)
2. Care should be taken to install the Gilflo ILVA concentrically in Tf = flowing temperature of gas (°R=°F + 460)
the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur. Qg = maximum flow rate of gas (SCFM)
3. The Gilflo ILVA should be mounted horizontally. For vertical
installations, consult Spirax Sarco. Steam:
4. For steam applications, good basic steam engineering
practices should be followed: Qe = (0.0158) x m 公v
Correct line drainage through adequate trapping.
Good alignment and support of associated pipework. Qe = water equivalent flow rate at 70°F (U.S. gpm)
Line size changes achieved by the use of eccentric reducers. m = maximum flow rate of steam (lb/hr)
5. See TIS 8.010 which provides an overview of the Gilflo ILVA v = specific volume of steam at normal
metering system and further installation details. pressure and temperature (ft3/lb)
2. Select from the table below the Gilflo ILVA meter with a maximum
Maintenance
Qe that closely matches (but exceeds) the application Qe
There are no user serviceable parts in the Gilflo ILVA. A visual
determined in step 1.
check together with confirmation that the orifice/cone reference
dimension is within tolerance is possible. Full details are included in
the manual that accompanies the meter. Meter size Max. Qe Max. DP
04.04 © Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2004
U.S. gpm ins Wg

2" 40 200
Sizing the Gilflo ILVA for Saturated Steam - lb/h 3" 158 200
Maximum flow rates in lb/h at different pressures (psig) 4" 485 200
Note: Maximum steam flow rates are calculated at a 6" 781 200
differential pressure across the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit of 200 ins H2O. 8" 1,535 200
Size 15 psig 50 psig 75 psig 100 psig 150 psig 200 psig 400 psig 600 psig
Maximum flow 682 988 1153 1299 1549 1764 2451 3009
2"
Minimum flow 7 10 12 13 15 18 25 30
TI-8-009-US
Maximum flow 2677 3877 4528 5103 6081 6926 9627 11815
3"
Minimum flow 27 39 45 51 60 69 96 118
4" Maximum flow 8238 11930 13933 15700 18710 21310 29621 36355
Minimum flow 82 119 139 157 187 213 296 363
6" Maximum flow 13273 19220 22448 25295 30144 34333 47723 58571
Minimum flow 132 192 224 252 301 343 477 585
8" Maximum flow 26088 37778 44121 49718 59249 67483 93801 115123
Minimum flow 260 377 441 497 592 674 938 1151
2: 73
System Overview
Description
The Spirax Sarco Gilflo ILVA metering system consists of 2
Flowmeters
major parts:
Temperature
Transmitter Gilflo
1. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit. This is installed in the
line where the flow is to be measured. Using impulse ILVA
pipework, this is connected to:
2. The M610 DP transmitter assembly. This measures

the differential pressure across the Gilflo ILVA
Flowmeters
pipeline unit and converts it to a 4-20mA output

Gilflo
signal. This output signal can be used in a number

of ways:
a- To act as a suitable input to an EMS/DCS

which can be programmed by the user to
carry out the linearizing of the output signal
based on the calibration data that is supplied F50C Isolation Valves
with each Gilflo ILVA meter. Additional inputs
from the pressure and temperature transmit-
ters can be used to carry out density com-
pensation for compressible flow applications.
b- To supply an M750 Display Unit. This gives a

Pressure
non-compensated display of rate of flow and M610 DP
Transmitter
totalized flow. It is suitable for liquid, gas and Transmitter Assembly
steam applications where density compensa- (for gas applications the
tion is not required. M610 DP Transmitter
is mounted above the
c- To supply an M240G (steam) or M250G Gilflo ILVA)
(gas) Flow Computer. Use of the pressure
and temperature transmitters enables auto-
matic density compensation to be carried out
for compressible flow applications. See rele-
vant TIS’s for details of pressure/temperature EMS
limits for M240G/M250G Flow Computers. DCS
The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the

flow of most industrial liquids, gases and vapors within the
pressure and temperature limits detailed in the TIS’s.
Outputs
Installation M750
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Display Unit
Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are included
with the equipment.
Outputs,
Alarms, etc.
M240G
Flow Computer
(steam)
Outputs,
Alarms, etc.
M250G
Flow Computer
(gases)
2: 74
Gilflo ILVA Flowmeters - System Overview
Installation points to watch:

1. Ensure that all pipework is adequately supported and properly aligned.
Specialcare should be taken to ensure that the Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit is con-
centrically mounted in the line. (Special installation kits area available to order for
sizes 2" to 8").
2. The Gilflo ILVA pipeline unit should be selected on capacity rather than line size.
Where line size changes on steam systems are necessary, use eccentric reducers
to avoid buildup of condensate.
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream
Flowmeters
are 6D and 3D respectively. See TIS (ref TIS 8.009) for Gilflo ILVA for more details.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the
meter body.
5. Take care to avoid reverse flow through the meter.
6. Avoid installing the meter downstream of a pressure reducing valve (especially on
steam systems) as this may cause inaccurate readings. Similarly, avoid installing
the meter downstream of a partially open valve.
Flowmeters
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure fluctuations which could
Gilflo
cause damage.
8. On steam or liquid systems, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is mounted below
the meter. Take care to ensure that all impulse lines remain full to prevent damage
to the DP transmitter through contact with steam or high temperature liquid.
9. For steam applications, care should be taken to ensure adequate line drainage,
trapping etc. so as to avoid condensate slugs impacting the meter. Where practi-
cal, steam separators should be fitted. These should be drained using a float trap
set.
10. For gas applications, the M610 DP transmitter assembly is installed above the
pipework. Ensure that the impulse lines allow free drainage of moisture away from
the DP transmitter and back into the pipeline.
Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate standards.
Full wiring interconnection details are included with the equipment.
Associated equipment
Item Description Technical literature
M610 DP transmitter assembly TI-P335-10 US
Gilflo ILVA Pipeline unit TIS 8.009
M750 Display unit TI-P332-08 US
F50C Isolation valve TIS 8.401
M240G Steam flow computer TIS 8.300
M250G Gas flow computer TIS 8.301 © Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2004
TI-8-010-US 04.04
2: 75
DIVA
Saturated Steam Flowmeter
Description
The Spirax Sarco DIVA flowmeter is designed for use on
Flowmeters
saturated steam only and operates by measuring the strain

produced on a moving cone by an instantaneous flowrate. This
strain is then converted into density compensated mass
flowrate and is transmitted via a single loop powered 4 -20 mA
and pulsed output.

2", 3" and 4"
DIVA
The DIVA is of wafer design, suitable for fitting between ANSI B

16.5 class 150 and 300 flanges
Note:
The Spirax Sarco DIVA flowmeter should be installed in
pipework manufactured to BS1600 or ANSI /ASME B 36.10
Schedule 40. For systems with different standards / schedules,
spool pieces manufactured from BS 1600 or ANSI/ASME B
36.10 Schedule 40 pipe should be used.
Limiting Conditions
Minimum operating pressure: 2" 12.5 psig
3" and 4" 9 psig
Maximum operating pressure: Horizontal flow 464 psig
Vertical flow 160 psig
Minimum operating temperature: 217°F
Maximum operating pressure (saturation): 462°F
Technical data
IP rating IP65 with correct cable glands
Maximum allowable temeprature: 482°F
Power supply Loop powered nominal 24 Vdc
Maximum electronic ambient temperature: 131°F
Outputs 4 - 20 mA (proportional to mass flow)
Maximum electonics humidity level: 90 RH (non condensing)
Pulsed output (Vmax 28 Vdc Rmin 10 k)
Communication port EIA 232C (RS 232)
Operating Range
482 Performance
462 The Spirax Sarco DIVA flowmeter has inbuilt electronics which gives
Temperature °F
392 a density compensated output. A LCD display is incorporated within

302 Steam the electronics head, which is accessible via the screw cap.The M750
saturation
212 curve display unit can be used to provide a remote display if required, utilis-
ing the linear output.
122
System uncertainty, to 95% confidence (2 STD):
32 (in accordance with ISO 17025)
0 145 290 435 464* 580
Pressure psig
± 2% of measured value from 10% to 100% of maximum rated flow.
± 0.2% FSD, from 2% to 10% of maximum rated flow.
The product must must
not be used
not in
bethis region.
The product used in this region. Turndown : up to 50:1
The
Theproduct should
product not be used
should not in
bethis region
used indue to software
this region limitations.
due As the DIVA is a self contained unit the uncertainty quoted is for the
to software limitations. complete system. Many meters claim a pipeline unit uncertainty and
*PMO Maximum operating pressure for steam service. for a true system uncertainty, the individual uncertainty values of any
associated equipment, such as DP cells, need to be added to the
pipeline value.
Materials
Body Stainless steel S.316
Internals 431 S29/S303/S304/S316 Pressure drop
Spring Inconel X750 or equivalent The pressure drop across the DIVA is nominally 300 inches water
Stem Stainless steel 431 S29 gauge (10.8 psig) at maximum rated flow for the 2" unit, and 200
Housing Aluminum HE30 inches water gauge (7.2 psig) for the 3" and 4" units.
2: 76
DIVA Saturated Steam Flowmeter
Sizing the DIVA flowmeter for saturated steam - capacities lb/h
Horizontal flow applications
Pressure in psig 14.5 29 43.5 58 72.5 87 101.5 116 130.5 145 159.5 174 188.5 203 217.5 232
Min. flow lb/h 32 39 45 50 55 59 63 66 70 73 76 79 82 85 88 90
2" Max. flow lb/h 1048 1395 1670 1905 2113 2304 2477 2637 2793 2938 3076 3207 3330 3452 3576 3684
Min. flow lb/h 70 85 98 109 119 128 137 145 152 160 167 173 179 185 192 197
3" Max. flow lb/h 2780 3648 4341 4934 5461 5944 6383 6789 7187 7554 7907 8240 8554 8864 9181 9454
Min. flow lb/h 108 131 151 168 183 197 210 222 234 245 256 266 275 285 294 303
4" Max. flow lb/h 4968 6199 7206 8082 8867 9592 10254 10868 11472 12032 12569 13079 13559 14033 14520 14939
Flowmeters
Pressure in psig 246.5 261 275.5 290 304.5 319 333.5 348 362.5 377 391.5 406 420.5 435 449.5 464
Min. flow lb/h 93 96 98 101 103 105 108 110 112 114 116 118 121 123 125 127
2" Max. flow lb/h 3808 3904 4008 4117 4223 4321 4419 4520 4609 4701 4790 4881 4969 5052 5138 522
Min. flow lb/h 204 208 214 219 225 230 235 240 245 249 254 258 263 267 272 276
3" Max. flow lb/h 9770 10017 10280 10558 10830 11078 11328 11587 11815 12049 12277 12508 12733 12945 13164 13380
Min. flow lb/h 313 320 328 337 345 353 360 368 375 383 390 397 404 410 417 424
4" Max. flow lb/h 15426 15805 16210 16638 17058 17440 17826 18226 18578 18938 19291 19649 19996 20324 20662 20996
DIVA
Vertically up flow applications
D
Pressure in psig 14.5 29 43.5 58 72.5 87 101.5 116 130.5 145 159.5
A
Min. flow lb/h 35 46 56 63 70 77 83 88 93 98 103
2" Max. flow lb/h 1048 1395 1670 1905 2113 2304 2477 2637 2793 2938 3076
Min. flow lb/h 93 122 145 164 182 198 213 226 240 252 264 B
3" Max. flow lb/h 2780 3648 4341 4934 5461 5944 6383 6789 7187 7554 7907
Min. flow lb/h 166 207 240 269 296 320 342 362 382 401 419
4" Max. flow lb/h 4968 6199 7206 8082 8867 9592 10254 10868 11472 12032 12569
Vertically down flow applications C
Pressure in psig 14.5 29 43.5 58 72.5 87 101.5 116 130.5 145 159.5
Min. flow lb/h 35 39 45 50 55 59 63 66 70 73 76
2" Max. flow lb/h 1048 1395 1670 1905 2113 2304 2477 2637 2793 2938 3076
Min. flow lb/h 93 85 98 109 119 128 137 145 153 160 167
3" Max. flow lb/h 2780 3648 4341 4934 5461 5944 6383 6789 7187 7554 7907
Min. flow lb/h 108 131 151 168 183 197 210 222 234 245 256
4" Max. flow lb/h E
4968 6199 7206 8082 8867 9592 10254 10868 11472 12032 12569
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs DIVA flow capacities and pressure drops
Size A B C D E Weight Size Maximum QE Maximum DP
2" 1.4 4.1 10.4 6.1 5.7 7.4 US Gal/min "wg mbar
3" 1.8 5.4 11.2 5.9 5.7 11.6 2" 80 300 750
4" 2.4 6.4 12.4 8.1 5.7 18.1 3" 203 200 498
4" 317 200 498
Safety Information, installation and maintenance

For full details see the Installation and Maintenance Instructions (IM-P337-18 and IM-P337-21) supplied with the product
The following main points are given for guidance only:
1. The DIVA flowmeter should be mounted with a minimum of 6 straight pipe diameters upstream and 3 downstream. No valves, fittings or
cross sectional changes are permitted within these pipe lengths. Where an increase in nominal pipe diameter is required, upstream of the
flowmeter, the length of straight pipe should be increased to 12 diameters. Similarly, where a Spirax Sarco DIVA is installed downstream of
two 90° bends in two planes, a pressure reducing valve or a partly open valve, 12 upstream pipe diameters should be allowed.
2. It is important that the internal upstream and downstream diameters of pipe are smooth. Ideally seamless pipes should be used and there
should be no intrusive weld beads on the internal diameter. It is also recommended that slip-on flanges are used to avoid this.
3. Care should be taken to install the DIVA flowmeter concentrically in the line. If this is not done, flow measurement errors may occur.
4. As for all steam flowmetering installations, good basic steam engineering practices should be followed.
How to Order
Example: 1 of Spirax Sarco 4" DIVA saturated steam flowmeter for installation between ANSI 300 flanges.
For use on saturated steam at 145 psig, maximum flow 12,059 lb.hr.
Note: For details of the optional remote display see the relevant Spirax Sarco M750 literature. TI-P337-17-US 04.04
2: 77
DIVA Flowmeters
2: 78
DIVA
Flowmeter - System Overview
Description Note:
The Spirax Sarco DIVA pipeline unit is a complete flowmetering This drawing is schematic only, please see the Installation
Flowmeters
system. It provides a fully density compensated 4-20 mA output and Maintenance Instructions for specific installation
proportional to mass flow as well as a digital pulsed output. The information.
system comprises of:
The DIVA pipeline unit is installed in the line where the flow is
to be measured. There is no requirement for impulse lines or
additional equipment. The DIVA measures the force caused by
Flow
the deflection of a precision made cone due to the flowrate and
converts it to a 4 - 20 mA and digital pulsed output signals
DIVA
proportional to mass flow. These output signals can be used in
a number of ways:-
a- To act as a suitable input to an EMS/BEMS which can be
programmed by the user with the linear 4-20 mA scale.
Additional inputs from pressure and temperature transmitters,
generally used to carry out density compensation, are not
required as the DIVA output is proportional to mass flow.
DIVA
b- To supply an M750 display unit. This gives a display of rate Flowmeter
of mass flow and totalised flow. The M750 can also supply the
24 Vdc loop power for the DIVA.
The DIVA pipeline unit can be used to measure the flow of
saturated steam within the pressure and temperature limits 4-20 mA output Pulsed output
detailed in the Technical Information sheet Tl-P337-17 US.
Installation
Care must be taken to meet all the requirements of the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions that are included with the equipment.
Some installation points to watch are noted below:
1. Ensure that all pipework is adequately supported and
properlyaligned. Special care should be taken to ensure that the
DIVA flowmeter is concentrically mounted in the line.
2. The DIVA flowmeter should be selected on capacity rather than EMS//BEMS
EMS BEMS
line size. Where line size changes on steam systems are
necessary, use eccentric reducers to avoid build-up of or
condensate. M750
Display unit
3. The minimum recommended lengths of straight pipe are 6D
upstream and 3D downstream.
4. Take care to ensure the correct direction of flow as indicated by
the arrow on the flowmeter body.
5. Take care to avoid reverse flow through the flowmeter. Electrical wiring
All electrical wiring must be carried out to the appropriate
6. Avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a pressure standards. Full wiring interconnection details are included with the
reducingvalve as this may cause inaccurate readings. Similarly, equipment.
avoid installing the flowmeter downstream of a partially open
valve.
How to order
7. Remember that actuated valves may cause rapid pressure For details of how to specify system components refer to the
fluctuations, which could cause damage. relevant TI documents.
8. Care should be taken to ensure adequate line drainage, trapping
etc, so as to avoid condensate slugs impacting the flowmeter. Associated equipment
Steam separators should be fitted. These should be drained using DIVA Flowmeter TI-P337-17 US
a float trap set. M750 Display unit TI-P332-08 US
2: 79
Orifice Plate Flowmeters
M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly
Description
The M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier assembly is a primary flow element
Flowmeters
consisting of a tab handled square edged orifice plate and optional

carrier. The orifice plate is designed and manufactured to meet the M410 Orifice Plate
requirements of ASME-MFC-3M in all respects and is suitable for the
measurement of the rate of flow of most liquids, gases and steam. The
tab handled orifice plate can be used:
a: on its own fitted between flanges with pressure tappings in the

users pipework or flanges.
Orifice
Plates
or
b: fitted into a carrier with integral flange tappings designed to fit
between customer flanges.
Limiting Conditions
The pressure and temperature limitations of both the tab handled plate
and the carrier assembly are the same as the specified flange ratings.
Performance
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly
influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below are for
guidance only:
Accuracy: typically +/- 3% of actual flow.
(equivalent to +/- 1.5% full scale deflection at 50%
of rated maximum flow).
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%.
Turndown: typically 4:1.
M410 Orifice Plate
Pipe Sizes Available and Carrier Assembly
Tab handled plates with or without carriers are available to suit the
following pipe sizes:
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 5", 6", 8", 10", 12", 14", 16", 18", 20", 24"
Connections
Tab handled plates and carriers are available to suit the following flange
specifications:
ANSI B 16.5 class 150, 300, 600.
Tab handled orifice plate Stainless Steel Grade 316
Carrier passivated zinc plated carbon steel
Gaskets exfoliated graphite
Pressure tappings
When the tab handled orifice plates are used without the optional
carrier, it is the responsibility of the user to provide appropriate
presssure tappings in either the flanges or upstream and downstream
pipework in line with ASME-MFC-3M.
The optional carrier assembly incorporates upstream and downstream
pressure tappings threaded 1/2" NPT. These tappings are 1 inch either
side of the orifice plate face in line with the requirements of
ASME-MFC-3M
2: 80
M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly
Associated Equipment Dimension (approximate) in inches
M240G series steam flow computer TIS 8.300
M250G series gas flow computer TIS 8.301 ANSI ANSI ANSI Maximum
M750 display unit TI-P332-08 US 150 300 600 Weight
M610 DP transmitter assembly TI-P335-10 US Inches A A A Lb
F50C isolation valve TIS 8.401 1 2.63 2.87 2.87 5.20
EL2270 temperature sensor TIS 8.402 1-1/2 3.37 3.75 3.75 8.20
EL2271 temperature sensor & transmitter assy. TIS 8.402 2 4.12 4.37 4.37 10.82
EL2810 temperature transmitter TIS 8.402 2-1/2 4.87 5.13 5.13 13.69
EL2600 pressure transmitter TIS 8.403 3 5.37 5.88 5.88 17.44
Flowmeters
M640 steam mass flow transmitter assembly TIS 8.404 4 6.87 7.13 7.63 30.31
5 7.75 8.5 9.5 46.25
For a general description of Spirax Sarco orifice plate flowmetering 6 8.75 9.88 10.5 51.83
systems, see TIS 8.202 (density compensated system) and TIS 8 11 12.13 12.62 68.89
8.201(non density compensated system). 10 13.37 14.25 15.75 105.71
12 16.13 16.62 18 129.50
Installation 14 17.75 19.12 19.37 132.72
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME-MFC- 16 22.61 21.25 22.25 189.58
Orifice
Plates
3M. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that must be 18 21.62 23.5 24.12 208.07
present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate guide, 20 to 30 20 23.87 25.75 26.87 259.46
pipe diameters upstream and 5 downstream should be adequate but it is 24 28.25 30.5 31.13 322.69
recommended that reference is made to the relevant standard. A
summary of the basic requirements is included with the M410 equipment.
Maintenance
A visual inspection of the orifice plate should be made at regular intervals
to check for dirt buildup, damage or a loss of sharpness of the upstream
edge of the plate. Replacement orifice plates and gaskets are available
from Spirax Sarco.
How to Specify
Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice plate primary element with/without optional
carrier assembly conforming to ASME-MFC-3M.
How to Order
1- Spirax Sarco M410 orifice plate and carrier assembly.
Important note: In order that a correctly sized orifice plate can be
supplied, it is essential that full details of the installation and estimated
flow rates are supplied to Spirax Sarco. This is best done using an orifice
plate customer data sheet (TIS 8.203) info available from Spirax Sarco.
Notes:
1: Dimension C is 1 inch for all sizes.
2: For line sizes 1" to 10", orifice plate thickness T is 3mm, 12" and
above, T is 6mm.
3: Gaskets are 1.6 mm thick.
4: For line sizes up to 14", carrier assembly thickness B is 82mm, 16"
and above, B is 85mm.
5: Maximum weights shown are based on ANSI 600 flanges.
TI-8-200-US 04.04
2: 81
Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (density compensated)
Description
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering system is suitable for measuring M410 Orifice plate and Carrier assembly
Flowmeters
the rate of flow of steam, liquids and most gases. For steam and gas
flowmetering applications, it is important to take account of changes in F50C Isolation Valve
flowing density due to flowing pressure and temperature variations. If
ignored these changes in flow density will cause significant measurement
errors. Liquids being non- compressible do not suffer from this problem
and generally density compensation is not required. Compatible Flow
Computers, Pressure and Temperature Transmitters are listed in the
Associated equipment section. Pressure
Orifice
Plates
Transmitter
Options available:
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering package is available in a number
of options to suit most requirements. For applications requiring density
compensation, select one of the four basic options and add a flow Temperature
Transmitter
computer and pressure/temperature measuring equipment as required:
Option 1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets
Option 2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets and M610 DP transmitter
assembly
Option 3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly and
F50C isolation valves
Option 4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly and
F50C isolation valves and M610 DP transmitter
assembly
M410 orifice plate. This is installed in the line at the point where the flow Transmitter
is to be measured. It produces a differencial pressure proportional to the Assembly
rate of flow.
F50C isolation valves. These are used to isolate the impulse lines close
to the orifice plate.
M610 DP transmitter assembly. This is installed close to the orifice plate
and converts the differential pressure to a 4-20mA signal for retransmis-
sion to other equipment. The M610 is supplied ready fitted with a 3 way
manifold which acts as secondary isolation and pressure equalization
valve.
Associated Equipment
EL2600 Pressure transmitter. This is installed in the impulse piping (high
pressure side) and provides a pressure signal for density compensation.
EL2271 Temperature sensor and transmitter assembly. This is
installed in the line upstream of the orifice plate and provides a
temperature signal for density compensation. (Suitable for temperatures M240G Series
up to 482°F). Flow Computer
EL2270 Temperature sensor. This is a Pt100 temperature sensor that is
installed in the line to provide a temperature signal to the remote EL2810
temperature transmitter. (Suitable for temperatures up to 932°F).
EL2810 Temperature transmitter. This is a remote temperature
transmitter for use in conjunction with the EL2270 temperature sensor for
applications with temperatures between 482°F and 932°F.
M240G Series Steam flow computer. This flow computer is suitable for Outputs
use with orifice plates on saturated and superheated steam flow Alarms etc.
applications. It uses the flow, pressure and temperature signals to carry
out necessary density compensation calculations for all steam conditions
up to a maximum of 609 psig/932°F. Outputs to drive the DP, pressure and Typical configuration shown here is for a superheated
temperature transmitters are standard steam application. Gas applications will differ slightly.
M250G Series Gas flow computer. Details as for the M240G series flow
computer except that the M250G series flow computer is for gas
applications.
2: 82
Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (density compensated)
Connections from orifice plate assembly to
Density Compensated System Requirements 3-way manifold is via 2 impulse lines to be
In addition to a M410 assembly (Option 1 - 4), the following components kept as short as possible but of minimum
length of 40 inches, minimum 1/2" bore
are required: pipe of suitable pressure rating.
Saturated Steam
Either a EL2600 pressure transmitter or a EL2271 temperature
transmitter (substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above
482°F), and a M240G series steam flow computer. M610 DP
Superheated Steam Transmitter
Assembly
Both a EL2600 pressure transmitter and a EL2271 temperature
transmitter (substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above
Flowmeters
482°F), and a M240G series steam flow computer.
Gases
Both a EL2600 pressure transmitter and a EL2271 temperature transmit-
Typical M610
ter (substitute with EL2270 & EL2810 for temperatures above 482°F), installation for
and a M250G series gas flow computer. steam applications
Performance
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly
Orifice
Plates
influenced by installation variables, so the figures given below are for
guidance only: M410 orifice Wiring from pressure
Accuracy: typically +/- 3% of actual flow. plate and carrier transmitter to
(equivalent to +/- 1.5% full scale deflection at assembly computer (1650 ft.
50% of rated maximum flow). maximum length) by
user/installer.24 AWG
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%. cable or similar
Turndown: typically 4:1.
Installation
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME-MFC-
3M. Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that must be
present upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate guide, 20 to 30
pipe diameters upstream and 5 downstream should be adequate but it is
recommended that reference is made to the relevant standard. A Wiring from the temperature F50C Isolation Valve
summary of the basic requirements is included with the M410 equipment. transmitter to computer (1650 ft.
maximum length) by
user/installer. Configuration showing M410
How to Specify 24 AWG cable or similar. orifice plate with carrier for
1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice plate flowmeter system with automatic steam applications
density compensation to meet requirements of ASME-MFC-3M.
How to Order This pin should never be 4-20mA output

1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice Plate Steam Metering System to include removed unless the internal RS 232 Communication interface
tab handled plate and carrier, F50C isolation valves, M610 DP transmit- ribbon cables are unplugged.
ter assembly, EL2600 pressure transmitter and M240G Steam Flow
Computer. (Full details as specified on Customer Data Sheet TIS 8.203)
Wiring from pipeline

sensors (maximum
1650 5ft. length)
supplied by
user/installer.
24 AWG cable
or similar
Fused/Switched
M240 supply from
Series mains
Computer
panel or
Alarm
wall mounted
signals/Pulsed
output
TI-8-202-US 04.04
2: 83
Orifice Plate Flowmetering System (non-comopensated)
Description
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering system is suitable for
Flowmeters
measuring the rate of flow of steam, liquids and most gases. For steam
and gas flowmetering applications where the operating pressure and M410 Orifice Plate and Carrier Assembly
temperature are steady, it is not necessary to incorporate any means of
automatic density compensation. Liquids, being non compressible, are
not significantly affected by pressure and temperature variations and so
density compensation is not normally required.
Options Available:
Orifice
Plates
The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate Metering package is available in a F50C Isolation Valve
number of options to suit most requirements. For non density
compensated applications,the following options are available :
Option 1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets
Option 2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets and M610 DP transmitter
assembly
Option 3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assbembly and Impluse lines
F50C isolation valves
Option 4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier ring assembly, F50C
isolation valves and M610 DP transmitter assembly
Description
M410 orifice plate. This is installed in the line at the point where the
flow is to be measured. It produces a differential pressure proportional
to the rate of flow.
F50C isolation valves: These are used to isolate the impulse lines M610 DP
close to the orifice plate. Transmitter Assmbly
M610 DP transmitter assembly: This is installed close to the orifice
plate and converts the differential pressure to a 4-20mA signal for
retransmission to other equipment. The M610 is supplied ready fitted
with a 3 way manifold which acts as secondary isolation and pressure
equalization valve.
Associated Equipment
M750 Display Unit. This is a panel mounting flow indicator that displays
flow rate and total flow, with analog and digital outputs available. The
M750 supplies 19v DC to power the M610 DP transmitter.
M750 Display unit
Performance
The performance of an orifice plate metering system can be greatly influenced
by installation variables, so the figures given below are for guidance only:
Accuracy: typically +/- 3% of actual flow (equivalent to +/-
1.5% full scale deflection at 50% of rated
maximum flow).
Repeatability: typically +/- 0.3%.
Turndown: typically 4:1. How to Specify
1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice plate flowmeter system conforming to
Installation ASME-MFC-3M.
It is important that all details of the installation conform to ASME-MFC-3M.
Of special note, is the long, straight lengths of pipe that must be present How to Order
upstream of the orifice plate. As an approximate guide, 20 to 30 pipe diam- 1- Spirax Sarco M410 Orifice Plate Steam Metering System to
eters upstream and 5 diameters downstream should be adequate but it is include tab handled plate and carrier, F50C isolation valves, M610
recommended that reference is made to the relevant standard. A summa- DP transmitter assembly and M750 Display Unit. ( Full details as
ry of the basic requirements is included with the M410 equipment. specified on Customer Data Sheet TIS 8.203)
2: 84
Customer Data Sheet
This Customer Data Sheet is intended to gather together all relevant Please provide a sketch showing all details of pipework including any
Flowmeters
information necessary to size and specify a Spirax Sarco Orifice valves, bends, fittings etc in the area where the M410 orifice plate is to be
Plate Flowmetering System. All equipment will be supplied to the fitted. This is important as the performance of all orifice plates can be
customer based on the information received. affected greatly by installation factors. Using the information from
sections A and B, Spirax Sarco will size the correct orifice plate.
Company Name
Section C: M410 Kit Options
Address The Spirax Sarco Orifice Plate is available in 4 basic kits. To create a com-
plete metering system, additional components should be selected. The
Orifice
composition of the system is dependent on whether or not density com-
Plates
pensation is required.
Contact Note: Check all items required.
Option Check
Project reference 1 M410 orifice plate and gaskets
Notes 2 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, M610 DP

transmitter assembly
3 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier rings
Please complete all sections and supply drawings, and 2 F50C isolation valves
sketches etc. where appropriate. 4 M410 orifice plate, gaskets, carrier rings,
2 F50C isolation valves and M610 DP
Section A: Working Fluid Details transmitter assembly
Name of fluid (e.g. steam, water, air )
State of fluid (e.g. liquid, vapor, gas)
Section D: Associated Transmitters Required
Min value Normal value Max value Units
for Density Compensated Systems
Range Insert Check See
Flowing Item length TIS #
Pressure El 2600 pressure 8.403
Flowing transmitter
Temperature EL2270 temperature 8.402
Flowing transmitter
Density EL2271 temperature 8.402
Estimated rate sensor & transmitter
of flow Temperature 8.402
Sensor Pocket
Notes: EL2810 temperature 8.402
The pressure drop at specified maximum rate of flow will be 100 transmitter
inches water gauge unless otherwise stated. Below 25% of M640 steam mass 8.404
specified maximum rate of flow, system accuracy cannot be flow transmitter
guaranteed due to turndown limitations of orifice plates.
Section E: Associated Flow Computers
Section B: Pipeline Details Supply Check See
Item
(volts) TIS #
Value
Nominal pipe size (inches) M750 uncompensated TI-P332-08
Pipe inside diameter (inches) panel mtd. display
Pipe schedule M241G steam flow 8.300
Flange rating (ANSI) computer, wall mtd. *
Number of straight pipe diameters upstream M242G steam flow 8.300
Number of straight pipe diameters downstream computer, panel mtd. *
Pipe material M251G gas flow 8.301
DP Trapping position* computer, wall mtd. *
M252G gas flow 8.301
*If ordering plate only (no carrier) specify tapping position computer, panel mtd. *
(corner, flange, D & D/2, or 2.5D & 8D). *Provide density compensation
2: 85
M240G Series Steam Flow Computer
Flowmeters
Computers
Flow
Description A 4-20 mA analog output channel is provided, for flow rate in mass or
The steam flow computer receives signals from the various pipeline energy units programmable from the keypad.
transmitters and converts them to display flowrate, total flow, An EIA232C compatible serial communication port is provided.
temperature and pressure. It can handle inputs from a single flowmeter Customer selectable security code is provided to avoid casual
which may be a Gilflo, Orifice Plate or Vortex Meter. With suitable inputs tampering. Weatherproof box provided as standard. Panel and Wall
from Pressure and/or Temperature Transmitters it can be used on Mounting versions available:-
saturated or superheated steam. M241G - Wall Mounted : M242G - Panel Mounted.
Display parameters and other features Technical data

Languages English, French, German, Spanish Temperature Range 212 to 932°F (100 to 500°C)
Totalized Flow kg, lb, MJ, KWH Pressure Range 0 to 1448 psig (0 to 99 barg)
Flow Rate kg/h, lb/h, Btu/h, KW 230V, 110V or 24V
Supply Voltage
Temperature °C or °F +10% to 50 -60 HZ
Pressure bar g, psig, kPag Power consumption 15 Watts maximum.
Time Ambient Temperature Limits 32 - 104°F ( 0 - 40°C )
Date 80% up to 31°C decreasing
linearly to 50% at 40°C
Operator settable alarm limits are provided to give warning when the Maximum altitude 2000m above sea level
flow rate temperature and/or pressure go above or below specified Maximum voltage 24 Vac/dc
limits. The two relay outputs provided are 24 V ac, 0.5 amp rated for high Relay rating Maximum current 0.5 A
and low limit alarms. The low limit alarm can be programmed to give a Maximum power 10 W
pulsed/digital output, pulse duration 20-260 ms, each pulse equivalent IP65 (NEMA4)
to 1, 10, 100 or 1000 mass or energy units. Enclosure rating (with correct cable glands)
Four independent timers are provided, each capable of being Not panel mounted version.
programmed for a single event and to store peak rate and totalized flow Charcoal Grey ABS and light grey
for that specific timer. One timer is also capable of repeating the Enclosure colors and materials plastic with steel hinge pins and
readings for the specified identical period each day, on an 8 day basis recessed rubber sealing gaskets.
until cancelled. Battery Reserve 10 years
2: 86
M240G Series Steam Flow Computer
C F
Wall Mounting (M241G) A J
K
B G
H K
E J
D Position of fixing
Knock-outs
Panel Mounting (M242G) F C
A E
Flowmeters
B D
Computers
Flow
A B C D E F G H J K Weight
7.3 5.4 6.7 2 5.1 6.7 3.9 0.8 3.6 2 4.4lb
Panel Mounting
A B C D E F Weight
7.6 5.7 6.7 5.5 7.3 1.6 4.4lb
Maintenance
There are no user serviceable parts.
Installation
Wall mounting: 4 x 0.2" keyhole shaped knock-outs,
in each corner of base.
Panel mounting: Panel mounting in-fill piece with back clips.
Cable Entries: Drilled in positions shown on instructions.
Cable entry fittings and seals to suit appropriate
regulations. Total length connecting wire
between M240G Series Computer and pipeline
transmitters must not exceed 1312 feet. Cable
(supplied by installer) 24AWG. (see wiring
diagram) or equivalent. Full Installation,
Operating and Commissioning Instructions are
supplied with each unit.
How to specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Steam Flow Computer, 110V 50/60 Hz ac supply,
M241G Wall Mounting.
4 - 20 mA output
EIA232C Communications Interface
This pin should never
be removed unless
the internal ribbon Wiring from
cables are unplugged Pipeline Sensors
to Computer
1312 feet maximum
length supplied by
user/installer.
24 AWG wire, PVC
insulated or
equivalent. See
wiring diagram.
Fused/switched
supply from mains
Alarm signals/
Pulsed Output
TI-8-300-US 04.04
2: 87
M250G Series Gas Flow Computer
Flowmeters
Computers
Flow
Description A 4-20 mA analog output channel is provided, for flow rate in mass or
The gas flow computer receives signals from the various pipeline volumetric units, programmable from the keypad.
transmitters and converts them to display flowrate, total flow, tempera- An EIA232C compatible serial communication port is provided.
ture and pressure. It can handle inputs from any Gilflo, Orifice Plate or Customer selectable security code is provided to avoid casual tam-
Vortex Meter. With suitable inputs from Pressure and/or Temperature pering. Weatherproof box provided as standard. Panel and Wall
Transmitters it will provide full density compensation. Mounting versions available:-
Note: The flow computer will always display the volumetric flowrate at M251G - Wall Mounted : M252G - Panel Mounted.
reference conditions.
Technical data
Temperature Range -200 to 999.9°C
Display parameters and other features Pressure Range 1.013 to 99.9 barg
Languages English, French, German, Spanish Supply Voltage 230V, 110V or 24V
Totalized Flow kg, lb, m3, ft3 +10% to 50 -60 HZ
Flow Rate kg/h, lb/h, m3/h, C.F.M. Power consumption 15 Watts maximum.
Temperature °C or °F Ambient Temperature Limits 32 - 104°F ( 0 - 40°C )
Pressure barg, psig, kPag 80% up to 31°C decreasing
Time linearly to 50% at 40°C
Date Maximum altitude 2000m above sea level
Maximum voltage 24 Vac/dc
Operator settable alarm limits are provided to give a warning when Maximum current 0.5 A
the flow rate temperature and/or pressure go above or below speci- Maximum power 10 W
fied limits. The two relay outputs provided are 24 V ac, 0.5 amp rated IP65 (NEMA4)
for high and low limit alarms. The low limit alarm can be programmed Enclosure rating (with correct cable glands)
to give a pulsed/digital output, pulse duration 20-260 ms, each pulse Not panel mounted version.
equivalent to 1, 10, 100 or 1000 mass or volumetric units. Charcoal Grey ABS and light grey
Four independent timers are provided, each capable of being pro- Enclosure colors and materials plastic with steel hinge pins and
grammed for a single event and to store peak rate and totalized flow recessed rubber sealing gaskets.
for that specific timer. One timer is also capable of repeating the read- Battery Reserve 10 years
ings for the specified identical period each day, on an 8 day basis
until cancelled.
2: 88
M250G Series Gas Flow Computer
Wall Mounting (M251G) C F
A J
K
B
G
H K
E J
D
Panel Mounting (M252G) A F C E
Flowmeters
B D

A B C D E F G H J K Weight
Computers
7.3 5.4 6.7 2 5.1 6.7 3.9 0.8 3.6 2 4.4lb
Panel Mounting
Flow
A B C D E F Weight
7.6 5.7 6.7 5.5 7.3 1.6 4.4lb
24 Volt Supply, 20mA

Maintenance
There are no user serviceable parts.
Installation
Wall mounting: 4 x 0.2" keyhole shaped knock-outs,
in each corner of base.
Panel mounting: Panel mounting in-fill piece with back clips. EIA232C
Cable Entries: Drilled in positions shown on instructions.
Cable entry fittings and seals to suit appropriate
regulations. Total length connecting wire
between M250G Series Computer and pipeline
transmitters must not exceed 1312 feet. Cable
4-20 mA Output
(supplied by installer) 24AWG. (see wiring
diagram) or equivalent. Full Installation,
Operating and Commissioning Instructions are
supplied with each unit.
4-20 mA Output
How to specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Steam Flow Computer, 110V 50/60 Hz ac supply,
M251G Wall Mounting.
4 - 20 mA output To Pressure Transmiter
EIA232C Communications interface
This pin should never
be removed unless
the internal ribbon
Wiring from To Differential
cables are unplugged
Pipeline Sensors Presure Transmitter
to Computer
1312 feet maximum
length supplied by
user/installer.
24 AWG wire, PVC
insulated or
equivalent. See HI / LO Alarm
wiring diagram. Pulse Output
Fused/switched
supply from mains
Fuse
Alarms signals/ (T1A)
Pulsed Output L 220-240V/
110-120V/24V
N
50-60 HZ
TI-8-301-US 04.04
2: 89
M750 Display Unit
Description
The Spirax Sarco M750 is an intelligent digital panel display unit that
Flowmeters
888888
can accept inputs from a wide variety of sensors and digitally process
and display the signal. In addition, it has the facility to accept up to two
'Option pods', which can be either isolated 4-20 mA retransmission or
two normally open alarm relays. The M750 is fully programmable for
any specific application from the front panel.
The M750 totaliser function enables non-volatile storage of the 12 34
integrated total to be maintained within the unit, even after loss of
Computers
power. The output option pods can be selected to operate on either Vac Tag No
Flow
Process Variable (rate) or Total.

The M750 is ideally suited as a display unit for use with Spirax Sarco
flowmeters. It can provide an indication of flowrate and totalized flow for
Gilflo, ILVA, DIVA, orifice plates and vortex flowmeters as well as
providing a 19 Vdc loop power supply where required. Rear elevation
The unit can be used 'stand-alone' or, utilizing the Modbus serial
communications, as part of a larger system.
Technical data
See overleaf.
Weight
0.5 lbs (230 grams) Front elevation
3.78" (96 mm)
Dimensions approximate in inches (millimeters)
Side elevation 8 8 8 8 8 8
Panel cut out
5.5" 1.89"
3.62" (92 mm) x 1.77" (45 mm) 1234
(140 mm) (48 mm)
0.39" (10 mm) )

*!!
(Maximum panel thickness)
Option pod
0.63" 0.53"
Clamping screw (16 mm) (13.5 mm)
Panel clamp 2.11"
(53.5 mm)
0.43" 1.71"
Plan elevation (43.5 mm)
(11 mm)
5.16" (131 mm)
(Behind bezel)
0.77"
(19.5 mm)
How to specify:
M750 panel mounted digital display unit that accepts all commonly
used process signals, designed to allow current retransmission or dual
relay output option pods to be easily installed without the need for
dismantling or recalibration.
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M750 display unit complete with dual relay
and current retransmission option pods.
2: 90
M750 Display Unit
Technical data at 68°F (20°C)
90-264 Vac 50/60 Hz
90-253 Vac 50/60 Hz for compliance with LVD and UL
Power supply BS EN 61010-1 for connection to an installation over-voltage
Category II supply
Pollution degree 2
Power consumption 10 VA (worst case)
500 V
Isolation (tested to)
Supply to I/O 3750 V
BS EN 61010-1 for connection to an installation over-voltage
Relay supply Category II supply
Pollution degree 2
Sealing to panel NEMA 4 (IP65)
Ambient operating temperature -22°F to +140°F (-30 to +60°C)
Flowmeters
Environmental Ambient storage -58°F to +185°F (-50 to +85°C)
Ambient humidity 10 to 90% RH
EMC: Emissions and immunity BS EN 61326
Safety BS EN 61010-1
Universal input types Sensor Sensor range and linearisation

mA 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, 0-10 mA
Computers
RTD Pt 100, NI 120, custom
Sensor and T/C K, J, T, R, S, B, N, L, B, E, Custom*
Flow
Sensor range mV ± 100 mV
and linearisation Volts 0-10v, 0-5v, 1-5v, 0-1v
Minimum span Any span within the range can be selected, but the recommended
span is > 10% of range.
Basic accuracy 0.05% FS plus +/ - 0.05% of reading
Current input Thermal drift 200 ppm/°C
Input impedance 20 Ω
Linearity Linear, X1/2, X3/2, X5/2,Custom*
A 19 V @ 25 mA isolated power supply is provided to power the current loop.
* Custom can be up to 60 co-ordinate pairs or up to 7 segments of 15th order polynomial.
Option pods
The M750 has interchangeable output pods that are automatically recognised by the unit. The dual relay pod has two independent mains rated relays that
can be configured for high or low alarms or pulse output. The isolated re-transmission pod provides 0-10 mA, 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA active or passive out-
puts.
Output options
Dual relay alarm pod
Two independent mains rated relay outputs, which can operate as alarms or pulsed output
Contacts 2 x changeover relays with common
Ratings ac dc
Maximum load 5 A@250 V 5 A@30 V (inductive load 2 A)
Maximum power 1 250 VA 150 W
Maximum switching 253 volts 125 volts
Termination Standard 5 way tension clamp connector
Isolated 4-20 mA re-transmission pod

Isolated analogue retransmission for use with chart recorders, Building Management Systems, etc.
Ranges 0-10 mA (Active or Passive), 0-20 mA (Active or Passive), 4-20 mA (Active or Passive)
Minimum current output 0 mA
Maximum current output 23 mA
Accuracy 0.07% FS
Active 1 K Ω
Maximum output load
Passive [(Vsupply - 2)/20] K Ω
Maximum external supply voltage 30 V (Passive mode)
Isolation 500 Vac
Termination 5-way tension clamp connector
Communications
RS485 Modbus communications The M750 is available with RS485 serial communications using MODBUS RTU protocol as standard.
Physical layer 4 wire or 2 wire half duplex RS485
Protocol Modbus RTU format
Isolation 500 Vac
Maximum fan out 32 units (this can be increased with repeaters)
Termination standard RS485
TI-P332-08-US 04.04
2: 91
M610 Series II
DP Transmitter Assembly
Description
The M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly is designed to accept a
Flowmeters
differential pressure input from a primary flow element such as an

orifice plate or Gilflo flowmeter and convert it into an analogue 4-20 mA
output signal. The standard version comes with digital communications
in the form of HART ® 5.2 which is superimposed on the 4-20 mA
output. The 3-way manifold which is supplied already assembled to the
DP transmitter acts as a means of secondary isolation and as a
pressure equalisation valve to check the zero of the DP transmitter.
Transmitters
The M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly consists of two items: A

- A high accuracy (0.1%) differential pressure transmitter.
- A 3-way carbon steel isolation manifold.
Note: These items are supplied already assembled.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3-way manifold are threaded 1/2" NPT
at 2.126" (54mm) centers.
Electrical connections
M20 x 1.5 screwed terminals.
M610 Series II technical data

0 - 52.2" H2O (0 -13 kPa) minimum B
Span
0 - 522" H2O (0 -130 kPa) maximum
Output 4 - 20 mA dc and HART® protocol 5.2
16 V to 45 Vdc (for non-certified application)
Power supply
16 V to 28 Vdc (for E Ex ia 11c T4 / T5)
Pressure limits -14.5 to 2030 psig
Temperature limits -40°F to +185°F (ambient for non-certified application)
-40°F to +212°F (process)
± 0.1% of calibrated span to include effects of
Acuracy C
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability.
Body - Stainless steel.
Materials of Diaphragm - Austenitic stainless steel 316L
construction 3-way manifold - Carbon steel
Fluid fill - Silicone oil
Intrinsic safety ATEX Ex II 1GD - E EX ia 11c T4/T5
Enclosure rating NEMA 6/6P (IEC IP67)
EMC emissions To BS EN 61326:1997
and immunity
Note: If HART ® communications are required in intrinsically safe
applications, barriers must be used which are designed to pass the Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
HART ® signal. DP 3-Way M610
A B C transmitter manifold assembly
Calibration 8.7" 7.6" 6.9" 14.3 lb 2.2 lb 16.5 lb
The M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly is supplied with a span
factor set to suit a particular application. However, should load
conditions and/or details of actual installation change, the range of the
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly
M610 can be adjusted within the limits 0 - 52.2" H2O (0 - 13 kPa) and
calibrated to give an output of 20 mA at an applied differential pressure
0 - 522" H2O (0 - 130 kPa) as described in the Installation and
of specified value.
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Installation Associated equipment

Full installation details are given in the literature that accompanies the Orifice plate flowmeter.
M610 Series II DP transmitter assembly. Gilflo flowmeter system.
2: 92
Model F50C Isolating Valve
Description
The F50C is a needle type isolating valve designed for primary
Flowmeters
isolation in flow metering applications with steam and other
industrial fluids.
Material
No Part Materials
1 Body Carbon steel zinc plated and passivated
Transmitters
2 Seals Graphoil (not shown)
Maximum operating pressure: 5990 psig

Maximum operating temperature: 806 degrees F

A B C Weight
2.6 1.1 3 1.1 lb
Connections
0.5" NPT female (both ends).
How To Specify
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Model F50C Isolating Valve.
2: 93
M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Description
The M640 measures the mass flowrate of saturated steam at pres-
Flowmeters
sures up to 1088 psig.

The M640 transmitter assembly consists of two items:
• A high accuracy (0.1%) steam mass flow transmitter.
• A 3 way carbon steel isolation manifold.
These are supplied already assembled.
Function
The M640 measures differential pressure and static pressure from
the Gilflo or orifice plate via impulse lines. It uses this information to
Transmitters
calculate the corrected mass flowrate of saturated steam. The result

is transmitted via a single loop powered 4 - 20 mA output.
Configuration
It is normally supplied fully configured for a specific flow application
using either a meter from the Spirax Sarco Gilflo family or a Spirax
Sarco M410 orifice plate.
The M640 can be configured using a 'HART' communicator which
is programmed with the correct protocol.
Pipe connections
The process ports on the 3 way manifold are threaded 1/2" NPT at
2-1/8" centers.
Electrical connections
M20 x 1.5 (Non approved and BASEEFA / CENELEC units)
1/2" NPT (FM / CSA units)
Installation
Full installation details are given in the installation manual that
accompanies the M640. M640 Technical data
Minimum 0 - 10 inches H2O (24.9 mbar)
Range
How to specify Maximum 0 - 450 inches H2O (1122 mbar)
Spirax Sarco M640 steam mass flow transmitter configured for use 4 - 20 mA dc (2 wire)
with 3" Gilflo flowing 5000 lb/hr of saturated steam 100 psig. Output Maximum loop impedance 600 W with
Associated equipment 24 Vdc supply
• M410 orifice plate flowmeters • M750 flow indicators Power supply 10 V to 42 Vdc
• Optional local display • Gilflo flowmeters Pressure limits 0 to 1088 psig (saturated steam)
-40˚F to +185˚F (electronics)
Temperature limits
Dimensions (approximate) in inches 32˚F to +257˚F (diaphragm)
± 0.1% of calibrated span to include the
Accuracy effects of linearity, hysteresis and
repeatability
E Ex ia IIc T4 / T5
Groups A,
DIV I CLASS I
Approvals B, C and D
CSA and FM
Groups E, F
8.66" DIV I CLASS II
(open)
and G
DIV I CLASS III
Enclosure rating IEC IP65 NEMA 13
Materials
Enclosure Aluminum
Body 316 Stainless steel
Diaphragm Hastelloy C
9.25"
(open) 3 way manifold Carbon steel (zinc plated)
Fluid fill Silicone oil
Weights (approximate) in lbs.
DP transmitter 3 way manifold M640 assembly
14.5 2.5 17
2: 94
M640 Steam Mass Flow Transmitter
Installation ILVA or orifice pipeline unit
Flowmeters
Flow
Transmitters
M700
or
BMS/DCS
or
SCADA system
The following information will allow us to uniquely configure the M640 for each application prior to dispatch.
Parameter Range of values Customer Requirements Notes
Flowmeter type Gilflo or orifice plate Specify meter type
Gilflo serial number - Required for existing meters only
Analogue output units kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Specify required units
Analogue output scaling (4 mA) kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Normally zero
Analogue output scaling (20 mA) kg/h, lb/h, Btu or kJ/h Normally maximum required flowrate
10" to 450" H2O
Maximum meter ∆p From Gilflo or orifice plate sizing sheet
(24.9 to 1122 mbar)

Steam quality (dryness fraction) 0.7 to 1.0 Set at 1 unless otherwise specified
TI-8-404-US 04.04
2: 95
EL2270 and EL2271 Temperature Probes
Description
Flowmeters
This range of temperature probes offers a range of Pt100 platinum resis-

tance sensors and a range of 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitters. All Enclosure
probes are available in several insertion lengths and separate pockets
are available for applications that require the probe to be removed from
the pipe without depressurising the process.
The EL2270 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor designed

for general industrial use. The sensing device is a three wire device that
Transmitters
meets BS EN 60751:1996 Class B (DIN 43760 Class B). This sensor can
be connected directly to any temperature indicator or controller that has
a three wire Pt100 input.
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly. The
sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets
BS EN 60751:1996 Class A (DIN 43760 Class A) and the transmitter out-
puts 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to
any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that has a 4 - 20
mA input.
The EL2810 is a stand alone 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitter for gen- Pocket
eral industrial use. The transmitter accepts a Pt100 input and converts it
to a 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to
any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that has a 4 - 20 Probe
mA input.
Technical data
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in applica-
tions where process temperature is within the following limits. Where
greater temperatures and pressures are present, the temperature probe
should be fitted with an additional pocket.
Operating range
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe.
932
Temperature ˚F
752
572 Steam saturation
curve
392
212
0
-58
0 147(10) 294(20)441(30) 588(40) 735(50)
Pressure psig (barg)
The product must not be used in this region.
Pressure and temperature limits of additional pocket.

932 EL2810
Temperature ˚F
752 Remote
curve temperature
392
transmitter
212
0
-58
0 294(20) 588(40) 882(60) 1176(80) 1470(100)
2: 96
Technical data
Mechanical data EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminium alloy Epoxy coated aluminium alloy ABS plastic
Probe 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel
Process connection 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT - 1/2" NPT
Electrical connection M20 with cable gland fitted M20 with cable gland fitted M20 -
Enclosure rating NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) -
Maximum ambient
158˚F (70˚C) 131˚F (55˚C) 158˚F (70˚C) -
temperature
Electrical data 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C)
32˚F TO 302˚F (0˚C to 150˚C)
32˚F TO 392˚F (0˚C to 200˚C)
Flowmeters
-58˚F TO 122˚F(-50˚C to +50˚C) 32˚F TO 482˚F (0˚C to 250˚C)
Available ranges -58˚F TO 662˚F (-50˚C to +350˚C) 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C)
-58˚F TO 932˚F(-50˚C to +500˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C) 212˚F TO 752˚F (100˚C to 400˚C) -
302˚F TO 572˚F (150˚C to 300˚C)
392˚F TO 622˚F (200˚C to 350˚C)
392˚F TO 932˚F (200˚C to 500˚C)
482˚F TO 752˚F (250˚C to 400˚C)
Transmitters
Output Pt100 to BS EN 60751: Loop powered 4 - 20 mA Loop powered 4 - 20 mA -
1996 Class B
Output on sensor failure - 23.5 mA 30 mA -
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc 10 to 30 Vdc -
Maximum loop resistance - 700 Ω at 24 Vdc 700 Ω at 24 Vdc -
Accuracy - ±(0.36˚F + 0.2 % of reading) ±(0.18˚F + 0.1 % of reading) -
Approvals - - EEX ia. iic. T5 -
EMC emmissions - BS EN 50081-1 BS EN 50081-1 -
EMC susceptibility - BS EN 50082-2 BS EN 50082-1 -
EL2270 and EL2271

➤
➤
A
➤
EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
A 3.5 3.5 2.3 -
B 5 5 4 - B
C 3 3 2.8 -
D 1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5 M20 .059 1,2,4,8,
9, 28.5 8, 27.5
E .25 .25 - -
Note: Pocket should be 1" shorter than

Pocket
➤
the EL2270/EL2271.
➤
Example: EL2270=9", Pocket=8"
C
EL2810
➤
➤
➤
A
➤
D
D
➤
D
➤
C ➤
➤
B ➤
➤
➤
➤ ➤
➤
E B
TI-8-402-US 07.99
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd, Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222
2: 97
EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and 'U' Syphons
Safety EL2600
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
Flowmeters
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general industrial use.
It has a 2 wire 4-20 mA current loop, and a 1/4" NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 362.5 psig and one with a
Transmitters
maximum design pressure of 1160 psig.
Available Ranges psig

0-14.5 0-145 0-1450 *
0-23.2 0-232 0-2320 *
0-36.25 0-362.5 0-3625 *
0-58 0-870
0-87 0-580
*No 'U' syphon available for these ranges, therefore maximum
operating temperature is limited to 158°F.
Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even
of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If
pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend
the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure
transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of
signal resolution.
Limiting conditions
Pressure/ temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature 32°F
Maximum operating temperature
(without syphon tube) 158°F
Low pressure syphon tube/ valve
Maximum design pressure 362.5 psig
Maximum design temperature 500°F
Maximum working conditions 304.5 psig and 422.6°F
High pressure syphon tube
Maximum design pressure 1160 psig Materials
EL2600
Maximum working conditions 870 psig and 842°F
Part Material
Process connection
Body Stainless steel 316L WS 1.4435
For fluids below 158°F the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its
1/4" NPT connection. Connector Moulded plastic Polyamide PA 66
Above 158°F, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted between *Low pressure syphon tube assembly
the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline.
Part Material
Technical data Tube Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B. Phosphated
Pressure Overpressure Burst pressure Accuracy Valve Body Brass
range (psig) (psig) (+/-%FSD at 68°F) Valve Handle Phenolic
up to 29 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5
29 - 362.5 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5 High pressure syphon tube assembly
362.5 - 362.5 3 x full scale 12.325 > 0.5
Part Material
Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360
Supply voltage 9 to 33 V dc (zinc plated/ passivated)
Supply voltage influence < 0.1% full scale Valve Body Carbon steel
Enclosure rating NEMA4
Valve Seat PEEK/ Polymain
Approvals * Valve ordered separately
EMC emissions BS EN 50081 - 1
EMC susceptibility BS EN 50082 - 2
Maximum loop resistance (ohms) Supply voltage - 9 Volts
0.02 Amps
2: 98
Wiring details
Powered current loop input:-
Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
EL2600 Screen
A B C D E Weight 1+ +
2.6" 1.9" 1.1" 0.5" 1.4" 0.2 4-20 mA
2- -
'U' Syphon and isolating valve
F G H J K L Weight
4 Any powered
6.3" 2" 5.9" 6.3" 2.3" 5.9" 1.1 Ground 4-20 mA input
EL2600
Flowmeters
Unpowered current loop input:-
D A C 24 Vdc Power
+ -
supply
Screen
E
Transmitters
B 1+ -
1/4" NPT
2- +
4 Any unpowered
Ground
4-20 mA input
1/4" NPT F EL2600
1/4" NPT
Parallel Installation
(NPSM) The EL2600 pressure sensor must be installed as described in the
H Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit. It
is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above
158°F to avoid damage to the unit. The syphon tube must be
filled with water before fitting the EL2600.
Maintenance
Low Pressure No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection
of the transmitter and its connector at least once a year. The
EL2600 can be re-calibrated - see Installation and Maintenance
1/4" NPT Instructions.
J
Cable requirements
• 2 core cable with screen if noise expected.
• Maximum cable length is dependent upon the driving voltage and
K
cable resistance.
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range 0-232 psig
with 'U' syphon and valve.
1/4" NPT
parallel
(NPSM)
High Pressure
TI-8-403-US 07.02
2: 99
Control Valves
for temperature, pressure and flow control.
Control
Valves
Getting maximum productivity from any fluid control

system requires accurate and reliable control of pressure,
temperature and flow to obtain optimum conditions.
3:100
Control Valves Index
TI-1-618-US Steam Sizing Chart 3: 104

TI-1-432-US L Series Cast Iron Valves 3: 106
TI-1-433-US L Series Control Valve Options 3: 108
TI-1-434-US L Series Control Valve Spares 3: 111
TI-1-431-US K Series Ductile Iron Control Valves 1/2" to 4" 3: 112
TI-P305-09-US K Series Ductile Iron Control Valves 6" and 8" 3: 114
TI-1-429-US K Series Cast Steel Control Valves 1/2" to 4" 3: 116
TI-P305-07-US K Series Cast Steel Control Valves 6" and 8" 3: 118
Control Valves
TI-1-427-US K Series Stainless Steel Control Valves 1/2" to 4" 3: 120
s
alve
INDEX
TI-P305-08-US K Series Stainless Steel Control Valves 6" and 8" 3: 122
trol V
TI-P305-04-US K Series Valves Options
be Con 3: 124
TI-P305-05-US K Series Valves Spares Glo 3: 126
TI-F12-20-US CE83 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100) Alloy Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 128
TI-F12-21-US CE43 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100) Carbon Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 130
TI-F12-24-US CE43 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200) Carbon Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 132
TI-F12-25-US CE83 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200) Alloy Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 134
TI-F12-33-US CE63 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200) Stainless Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 136
TI-F12-34-US CE63 1" (DN125) to 8" (DN200) Stainless Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves 3: 138
TI-F12-22-US C Series Valve Spares 3: 141
TI-F12-23-US C Series Valve Options 3: 142
TI-1-515-US PN3000 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuators for L & K Series Valves 3: 144
TI-1-516-US PN4000 Series Fail Open Pneumatic Actuators for L & K Series Valves 3: 146
ar
TI-1-517-US PN3000 & PN4000 Pneumatic Actuator Spares
Line ors 3: 149
at
Actu
TI-1-512-US PN5000 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuator for L & K Series 3: 150
TI-P357-17-US PN5700 Series Fail Closed Pneumatic Actuator 6" & 8" K Series Valves 3: 152
TI-1-513-US PN6000 Series Fail Open Pneumatic Actuator for L & K Series Valves 3: 154
TI-1-514-US PN5000 & PN6000 Series Pneumatic Actuator Spares 3: 156
TI-P320-57-US PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators for 2-1/2" to 4" L & K Series Valves 3: 158
TI-P320-56-US PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators for 6" and 8" K Series 3: 160
TI-P357-23-US PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators (for C Series) 3: 162
TI-P357-21-US PN2000 Series Spring Retract Pneumatic Actuators (for C Series) 3: 164
TI-P357-22-US PN1000 and PN2000 Pneumatic Actuators Closing Pressures C Series Valves 3: 166
TI-P357-25-US PN1000 and PN2000 Pneumatic Actuators Closing Pressures for 5" to 8" C Series 3: 168
TI-P357-20-US PN1000 and PN2000 Actuator Spares 3: 171
3:101
Control Valves Index (continued)
TI-P321-13-US EL3500 Series Electric Actuator for 1/2" to 2" K & L Series Valves 3: 172
TI-P358-07-US EL5600 Series Electric Actuator for 1/2" to 4" K & L Series Valves 3: 174
rs
TI-P358-09-US EL5650 Series Electric Actuators 6" to 8" K Series Valves
Actuato 3: 176
ar
TI-P358-06-US Accessories for EL5600 Series Actuators Line 3: 178
TI-1-522-US EL5060/5061 Series Electric Actuators Spring Extend 1/2" to 3" K & L Series Valves 3: 180
TI-1-610-US PP5 Pneumatic / Pneumatic Positioner 3: 182
TI-1-611-US EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner ISP5 Intrisically Safe E/P Positioner 3: 184
TI-P343-17-US SP2 Electro Pneumatic Smart Valve Positioner
oners & 3: 186
ti
Posi itches
Control Valves
TI-1-612-US IPC 4A Convertor 3: 189

S w
INDEX
TI-1-609-US MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air Filter Regulator 3: 190

TI-1-616-US Stonel Position Transmitter 3: 192
TI-1-617-US Stonel Limit Switch 3: 193
TI-1-613-US PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers 3: 194
itters
TI-P323-24-US SX25 Process Controller 3: 196
ns m
s, Tra rs
TI-1-614-US EL2300 Single Loop Controller 3: 198
ller
TI-1-615-US EL3300 Multi-Loop Controller tro nso 3: 200
TI-8-402-US EL2270 & EL2271 Temperature Probes
Con & Se 3: 202
TI-8-403-US EL2600 Pressure Transmitter and ‘U’ Syphons 3: 204
TI-P373-10-US Type PF51G-NC Piston Actuated On/Off Valves 3: 206
TI-P373-08-US Type PF51G-NO Piston Actuated On/Off Valves 3: 208
TI-P373-09-US Type PF51G-BD (Bi-directional Normally Closed) Piston Acuated On/Off Valves 3: 210
TI-P373-02-US Type PF61G-NC (Normally Closed) Piston Actuated On/Off Valves 3: 212
Type PF61G-NO (Normally Open) Piston Actuated On/Off Valves Pis
ton es
TI-P373-03-US lv 3: 214
a te d Va
Actu
TI-P373-01-US Type PF61G-BD (Bi-directional normally closed) 3: 216
TI-P373-04-US Type DM Solenoid Valves for use with Piston Actuated Valves 3: 219
TI-8-500-US Typed MDM Banked Pilot Valves for use with Piston Actuated Valves 3: 220
3:102
Control Valves Index (continued)
TI-P133-06-US M10S Ball Valves 1/4" to 2-1/2" 3: 222

TI-P133-12-US M10S ISO Ball Valves 1/4" to 2-1/2" 3: 224
TI-P133-07-US M10F Ball Valves 1/4" to 2-1/2" 3: 226
TI-P133-11-US M10F ISO Ball Valves 1/2" to 2-1/2" uarter 3: 228
Q rn
TI-P133-13-US M10H ISO Ball Valves 1/4" to 2" Tu es 3: 230
TI-P133-08-US M10V Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2" Valv 3: 232
TI-P133-49-US M10T Ball Valve DN1/4" to 2-1/2" 3: 234
TI-P133-54-US MT10T ISO Ball Valve DN1/4" to DN2-1/2" 3:236
Control Valves
TI-P133-02-US M20 Ball Valves 1" to 6" 3: 238
INDEX
TI-P133-09-US M40 ISO Ball Valves 1" to 6" 3: 240
TI-P182-01-US M60 Stainless Steel Ball Valve for Clean Steam Systems 3: 242
TI-P372-09-US Series 200 BVA Pneumatic Actuator with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves 3: 244
TI-P372-05-US BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M10S ISO, M10T ISO or M10F ISO Ball Valves 3: 246
TI-P372-04-US BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M10H ISO Ball Valve
ua rter 3: 248
TI-P372-03-US BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M20 Ball Valve Q rn 3: 250
TI-P372-08-US BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M40 ISO Ball Valve
Tu tors 3: 252
ua
TI-P372-10-US Limit Switch Box Actuator for Actuated Spirax Sarco Ball Valves Act 3: 254
TI-P372-07-US BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator with M10V, M10S or M60 Ball Valves 3: 256
3:103
Steam Sizing Chart
Determining the Value Cv

Cv calculation is an interactive process requiring knowledge of valve
dynamics, piping geometry factors, and outlet velocities. In practice, this This chart is for example only. A complete chart for
sizing chart is based on emperical values and will cater for most applica- sizing is overleaf.
tions.
How To Use the Chart

Example 1. To find Cv value for critical flow application.
Steam Demand 1500 lb/hr

Upstream Pressure 55 psi guage
70 psi absolute
Refer to Selection Chart Opposite.
1) Draw 1500 lb/hr flow line (A-B)
2) Draw a horizontal line from 70 psi absolute to critical pressure drop
line (C-D). At this
intersection drop a vertical line.
3) At the crossing point of these two lines, read off the Cv value
required, i.e. Cv 13
Control
Valves
4) Select valve size required from the appropriate valve type technical
information sheet.
Example 2. To find Cv value for non critical flow application.
Steam Demand 500 lb/hr

Globe Control
Upstream Pressure 85 psi guage

100 psi absolute
Valves
Downstream Pressure 65 psi quage

85 psi absolute
1) Draw 500 lb/hr flow line.
2) Draw a horizontal line from 100 psi absolute
At the intersection with 20 psi pressure drop, draw a vertical line.
3) At the crossing point with the 500 lb/hr horizontal line read off the
Cv value required, i.e. Cv 3.8
4) Select valve size required from the appropriate valve type technical
information sheet.
How to Use Formula
Proceed by calculating the required Cv from given flow data, having
prior determined whether the flow is critical or sub-critical. The following
equations have been adapted from the ISA S75.01 standard to allow for
practical everyday use without significant sacrifice in accuracy.
For Steam Service

Subcritical Flow Critical Flow
When ∆P is less than When ∆P is greater than
.81 (P1/2) .81 (P1/2)
For Saturated Steam

w w
Cv= Cv=
2.1 公∆P (P 1 +P 2 ) 1.647 (P 1 )
CV = Valve Coefficient
P1 = Upstream Pressure, psia
P2 = Downstream Pressure, psia
∆P = Pressure drop P1 - P2, psia
w = Flow Rate, lb/h
3: 104
Steam Capacity Chart
Control
Valves
Globe Control
Valves
TI-1-618-US 3.03
3: 105
L Series
Cast Iron Control Valves
Description
A range of two port cast iron single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standard in sizes 1/2" to 4" (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with
a pneumatic or electric linear actuator they provide characterised
modulating or on/off flow control. For close control with pneumatic
actuators a valve positioner should additionally be used.
Sizes and pipe conections

L_A31 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
L_A33 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” flanged ANSI 125.
Options
Trim Equal %, reduced Cv, fast opening and soft seal.
Stern seal PTFE chevrons, and graphite packing.
Technical data
Control
Valves
Plug Design 1/2" to 2-1/2" (DN15 to DN65) Contoured

3" and 4" (DN80 and DN100) Vee port
Leakage Metal-to metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV
PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI L_A 33
Flow LEA valves Equal percentage (modulating) 3" and 4" plug and seat
Globe Control
LFA valves Fast opening (on/off)

Valves
Rangeability 50/1
1/2" to 2" (DN15 to DN50) LEA 3/4" (20mm)
Travel LFA 9/16" (15mm)
2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 to DN100) LEA 1-3/16" (30mm)
LFA 3/4" (20mm)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B
Limiting Conditions 2 Bonnet Ductile Iron ASTM A395
Body design conditions ANSI 125 3 Valve Plug Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 450˚F (232°C) 4 Valve Seat Stainless Steel ASTM A276
temperature Graphite packed seals 450˚F (232°C) 5 Valve Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14˚F (-10˚C) 7 Gland Nut Gasket Semi-Rigid Graphite Laminate
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 300 psig (20.7 barg) 8 Lock Nut Stainless Steel
Maximum differential pressure see actuator TIS. 9 Gland Nut Stainless Steel ASTM A276 A276 Gr. 431
10 Mounting Nut Mild Steel Zinc Plated
11 Gland Seals PTFE Chevrons
Operating Range 12 Gland Spring Stainless Steel
13 Bonnet Gasket Semi-Rigid Graphite Laminate
Pressure barg
14 Bonnet Studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 13.8
450 232
15 Bonnet Nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
400 200 1/2" to 3/4" (DN 15 to 20) 3/8" UNC
Temperature °F
Temperature °C
e
am Curv 1" to 2" (DN 25 to DN40 1/2" UNC
300 rated Ste 150
Satu DN 50 5/8" UNC
200 100 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
100
50 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
0 18 Bonnet guide Stainless steel AISI 440B hardened
0
0 40 80 120 160 200
Pressure psig
3: 106
L Series
Cast Iron Control Valves
C v Values
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2"(DN50) 2-1/2"(DN65) 3"(DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage trim for details see TIS 1.433 L Series Control Valve Options.
Control
Valves
Globe Control
Valves
How to order
Example: 1 of 2" LEA Cv 42 control valve
flanged ANSI 125.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430
Compatible actuators and positioners

Electric EL3500 and EL5600 series.
Pneumatic PN5000, 6000, 3000, 4000, 1000 Series
Positioners PP5 (pneumatic) EPS (electropneumatic)
and SP2 (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevent TIS for further details.
TI-1-432-US 08.03
3: 107
L Series Control Valve Options
Description
Options of trim design, stem sealing and valve seating are available Typical Flow Characteristic Curves
for the L Series range of two port cast iron valves. Details of the
standard L Series valve range are given in TIS 1.432. 100
Valve Characteristics
Equal Percentage (E)
Fast Opening Equal Percentage
The standard characteristic for a modulating control valve. Matches the character-
sitics of most processes and provides good control at low flowrates.
Flow %
Cv Values 50
Size inches 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel inches 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1-3/16" 3/4" 1-3/16" 3/4" 1-3/16
Control
Valves
Equal % Cv 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 - 74 - 117 - 187

Reduced Cv 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42* - - 74 - 117
Equal % Cv 1.2 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3* - 42* - - 74
Trims Cv 0.5 1.2 1.9 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7* - 29.3* - 42* - 0
0 50 100
Kvs Values
Globe Control
Valve Opening %
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100
Valves
Travel mm 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 20 30 20 30
Equal % Kvs 4 6.3 10 16 25 36 - 63 - 100 - 160
Reduced Kvs 1.6 4 6.3 10 16 25 36* - - 63 - 100
Equal % Kvs 1 1.6 4 6.3 10 16 25* - 36* - - 63
Trims Kvs 0.4 1 1.6 4 6.3 10 16* - 25* - 36* -
* For product compatibility 1-3/16" (30 mm) travel pneumatic actuators must be
used. It is therefore recommended to use a positioner with all 2-1/2", 3" and 4"
(DN65, DN80 and DN100) valves having 3/4" (20mm) travel reduced Cv (Kvs)
trims to obtain the desired signal span to travel relationship.
Fast Opening (F)

A non-characterized valve plug intended for on-off applications only.
Stem Sealing
Graphite Packing (H)
Design Temperature Up to 450 ˚F (232 ˚C)
Cv Values
Material Braided graphite packing
Size inches 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" Note: Differential pressures specified as acturator TIS’s do not
Travel inches 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" apply for valves having graphite packed gland seals unless
clearly indicated. Contact Spirax Sarco for correct actuator siz-
Fast Opening Cv 4.7 7.4 12 21 32.8 59 99 137 211
ing information.
Kvs Values Seat Sealing
Size DN 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 Soft Seal (G)
Travel mm 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 Design Temperature Up to 392 ˚F (200 ˚C)
Material PTFE
Fast Opening Kvs 4.0 6.3 10 18 28 50 85 117 180 Leakage IEC 534-4 ANSI, Class VI
For product compatibility with pnuematically actuated valves 3/4" (20mm) travel
pneumatic actuators must be used for valve sizes 1/2" to 2" (SDN15 to DN50), Connection Options
and 1-3/16" mm) travel actuators for valve sizes 2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 to DN100) Refer to the valve Technical Instruction Sheet TIS 1.432
for details of valve options.
3: 108
L Series Control Valve Options
Control Valve Selection Guide

1/2" to, 4" 2"
Valve Size
(DN15 to DN100)
Valve Series L series - 2 Port L
E = Equal Percentage E
Valve Characteristic
F = Fast Opening
Body Series A= ANSI A
Body Material 3 = Cast Iron 3
1 = Screwed 3
Connections
3 = Flanged
Gland Sealing Option H = Graphite packaging
Seating Option G = Soft Seal (PTFE) G
Cv (US) To be specified Cv 42
Connection Type To be specified ANSI 125
2" L E A 3 3 G Cv 42 ANSI 125
Control
Valves
How To Order
Example: 1 - of 2" LEA 33 Cv 42 with ANSI 125 flanges.
Spare Parts
Globe Control
See TIS 1.434 for L Series control valve spares.
Valves
TI-1-433-US 08.03
3: 109
Globe Control Control
Valves Valves
3: 110
L Series Control Valve Spares
Note: When placing an order for spares please indicate clearly the
product date code (found on the label of the valve body e.g. F9) to
ensure that the correct parts are supplied.
A A
Spare parts 1/2" - 2" 2-1/2" - 4"
The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken (DN15 - DN50) (DN65 - DN100)
line are not supplied as spares.
These spares are for sizes 1/2" to 4" (DN15 to DN100).
Available spare
Actuator clamping nut A
Gland seal kit for 1/2" to 2" only B
(gasket, chevrons, spring,
upper and lower bearings, 'O' ring and gland nut)
Gland seal kit for 2-1/2" to 4" only B1
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush and spring)
Graphite gland seal kit C C B B1
(graphite stem seals and stuffing box gasket)
Note: The graphite gland seal kit is suitable for stuffing box and
Control
bonnet designs.
Valves
Stem, plug and bonnet gasket D, E
Bonnet gasket (set of 3) E
Seat, seat gasket and bonnet gasket F, G, E
Valve sizes
How to order spares 1-1/4" - 1-1/2"
Globe Control
Always order spares by using the description given in the column head- (DN40 - DN100)
ed 'Available spares', stating the following information and the date
Valves
code of the product.
Control valve selection guide
1/2" to 4"
Valve size 1"
(DN15 to DN100)
Valve series L = 2-port L
Valve sizes
E = Equal percentage 1/2" - 1-1/4"
Valve characteristic E
F = Fast opening (DN15 - DN32)
Design series A =ANSI/ASTM A
D
Body material 3 = Cast iron 3
1 =Screwed NPT F
Connections 3
3 = Flanged ANSI 125
Stem sealing option H = Graphite packing
G
Sealing option G = Soft seal (PTFE)
Cv To be specified Cv 11.7
Connection type To be specified ANSI 125
1" L E A 3 3 Cv11.7 ANSI 125

Date code location
Example: 1 - Gland seal kit for 1" LEA33 Cv 11.7 flanged to
ANSI 125. Date coded F9.
How to fit spares

Full fitting instructions are given in the Installation and
Maintenance Instructions supplied with the spare.
3: 111
K Series
1/2" to 4" Ductile Iron Control Valves
Description K_A73 1/2” to 1-1/4”
A range of two port ductile iron single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a
pneumatic or electric linear actuator, they provide characterized modu-
lating or on/off flow control. For close control with pneumatic actuators, a
valve positioner should be used.

K_A71 1/2”, 3/4,1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
K_A73 1/2”,3/4”,1”,1-1/2”,2”,2-1/2”,3”and 4” flanged ANSI 125 and
ANSI 250.
Options
Trim Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off)
soft seal, hard faced, low noise and anti-cavitation.
Control
Valves
Stem seal PTFE chevrons or graphite packing.
Refer to TIS for further details
Technical data
Plug design 1/2” to 1-1/4” (DNI5 to DN32) Caged parabolic
Globe Control
1-1/2” to 4” (DN40 to DN100) Vee port

Valves
Leakage Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV K_A

PTFE soft seal ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI 1-1/2” to 4” plug and seat
Flow KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating)
characteristic KLA valves Linear (modulating)
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off)
Rangeability 50 to 1
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20mm) Materials
2-1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 1-3/16” (30mm) No. Part Material
1 Body Ductile iron ASTM A395
Limiting conditions 2 Bonnet Ductile iron ASTM A395
Body design conditions ANSI 125 and ANSI 250 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFF chevron seals 450°F (232°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
temperature Graphite packed seals 450°F (232°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
Maximum cold hydraulic ANSI 125 300 psig (20.7 bar g) 8 Locknut Stainless steel
test pressure ANSI 250 750 psig (51.7 bar g) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
Operating range 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Pressure bar g 13 Bonnet gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 34.5 14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
450 232 15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
400 200 1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/16” UNC

300 Steam 150 1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
Saturation 1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 3/16” UNC
200 Curve ANSI 250 100
16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
100 50 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
ANSI 125 0 18 Bonnet guide Stainless steel AISI 440B Hardened
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 *Note: Part No.18 ‘bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and
Pressure psig valves having soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
3: 112
K Series
1/2" to 4" Ductile Iron Control Valves
Description
A range of two port ductile iron single seat globe valves conforming to ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear actuator, they provide characterized mod-
ulating or on/off flow control. For close control with pneumatic actuators, a valve positioner should be used.

K_A71 1/2”, 3/4,1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
K_A73 1/2”,3/4”,1”,1-1/2”,2”,2-1/2”,3”and 4” flanged ANSI 125 and ANSI 250.
Options
Dimensions Weights
(approximate) in inches (mm) (approximate) in pounds (kg)
Valve size A B (ANSI 125) B (ANSI 250) C D Valve size KEA41 KEA43
1,2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 1,2” (DN15) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 3/4” (DN20) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 1” (DN25) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 1-1/4” (DN32) 17.6 (8.0) -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 1-1/2” (DN40) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 2” (DN50) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - 2-1/2” (DN65) - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - 3” (DN80) - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN100) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - 4” (DN100) - 103.6 (47.0)
Control
Valves
K_A71 1/2” to 2”
Sizing
For steam see TIS 1.618
Globe Control
Installation
Valves
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipline with the direction
of flow arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. If neces-
sary, the actuator should be commisioned in accordance with the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off 2” KEA73 Cv 42 control valve flanged ANSI 250.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430
K_A73 1/2” to 4”
Electric EL3500, EL5060 and EL5600 series.
Pneumatic PN3000, PN4000, PN5000, PN6000 and PN1000
series.
Positioners PP5 (pneumatic), EP5 (electropneumatic) and
SP2 (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevent TIS for further details.

TI-1-431-US 08.03
3: 113
K Series
6" and 8" Ductile Iron Control Valves
Description K_A73 6" and 8"
Two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to ANSI/ASTM
standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available with flanged
connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear
actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off flow control. For
close control with pneumatic actuators, a valve positioner should be used.

Electric EL5650 series
Pneumatic PN5700, 6700, 1000 series
PP5 (pneumatic)
Positioners EP5 and ISP5 (electropneumatic)
SP2 (smart electropneumatic)
Refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet for further details.

K_A73 6" and 8" (DN150 and 200) flanged ANSI 125 and ANSI 250.
Control
Options
Valves
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off) soft

Trim
seal, hard faced, low noise and anti-cavitaiton.
Stem seal PTFE chevrons and graphite packing.
Refer to TI-P305-04 for further details.
Globe Control
Technical data
Valves
Plug design 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) Vee port
Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class IV
Leakage
PTFE soft seal ANSI/FCI 70/2 Class VI
KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating)
Flow characteristic KLA valves Linear (modulating) Materials
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) No Part Material
Rangeability 50 to 1 1 Body Ductile iron ASTM A395
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 2 Bonnet Ductile iron ASTM A395
3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Limiting conditions 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Body design conditions ANSI 125 and ANSI 250 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 450°F (232°C) 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 302
temperature Graphite packed seals 450°F (232°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Design for a maximum ANSI 125 300 psig (20.7 barg) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .431
cold hydraulic test pressure of: ANSI 250 750 psig (51.7 barg) 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TI 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Operating range 13 Bonnet gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
Pressure barg
15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 34.5
450 232
6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
A 8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
400 200
Saturated 150
300
Steam Curve 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
200 100 18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel AISI 440B Hardened
100 50 19 Valve post Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
C B 20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Pressure psig
The product must not be used in this region
A - B Flanged ANSI 300 A - C Flanged ANSI 150
3: 114
K Series
6" and 8" Ductile Iron Control Valves
Cv values K_A73 6" and 8"
Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
Equal % and linear trim 351 550
On/Off trim 383 630
Three reductions in Cv are availabe for equal percentage and linear

trims, for details see TI-P305-04 KEA valve options.
For conversion Cv (UK) = Cv x 0.833 Kvs = Cv (US) x 0.855
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches (mm) and lbs (kg)

A B B Weight A
Valve size
(ANSI 125) (ANSI 250)
6" (DN150) 11.6 (283) 17.8 (451) 18.6 (473) 162 (74)
8" (DN200) 13.0 (330) 21.4 (543) 22.4 (568) 244 (111)
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction
of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body.
If necessary the actuator should be commissioned in accordance with
the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the valve.
Control
Valves
How to order
Example: 1 off 6" KEA73 Cv 351 control valve flanged ANSI 250
B
Spare parts
Globe Control
See TI-P305-05.
Valves
TI-P305-09-US 09.03
3: 115
K Series
1/2" to 4" Cast Steel Control Valves
K_A 1/2” to 1-1/4”
Description
A range of two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN100) available
with screwed or flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a
pneumatic or electric linear actuator, they provide characterized modu-
lating or on/off flow control. For close control with pneumatic actuators,
a valve positioner should be used.

K_A41 1/2”, 3,4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
K_A43 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” (DN15, 20, 25, 40,
50, 65, 80 and 100) flanged ANSI150 and ANSI 300.
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv. fast opening (on/off)
Trim
soft seal, hard faced, low noise, and anti-cavltation.
Control
Valves
Refer to TI-P305-04 US for further details.
Technical data
1/2” to 1-1/4” (DN15 to DN32) Caged parabolic
Plug design
Globe Control

Valves
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating)
Flow KLA valves Linear (modulating)
characteristic
K_A
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20 mm)
2-1/2” to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 1-3/16” (30 mm) 1-1/2” to 4” plug and seat
Materials
1 Body Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
Limiting conditions 2 Bonnet Cast steel ASTM A216 WCB
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
Maximum cold hydraulic ANSI 150 450 psig (31.0 bar g) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
test pressure ANSI 300 1125 psig (77.6 bar g) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr.431
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
Operating range 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
13 Bonnet gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
Pressure bar g 14 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 B7
0 10 20 30 40 51 15 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 2H
800 426
Temperature °C
1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/8” UNC

Temperature °F
600 ANSI 150

300 1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
2-1/2”to 4” (DN65 to DN100) 5/8”UNC
400 200
ANSI 300
Steam 100 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
200 Saturation
Curve 18 Bonnet quide Stainless steel AISI 440B Hardened
0 0
Note: Part No.18 ‘Bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and valves hav-
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 740
ing soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
Pressure psig
3: 116
K Series
1/2" to 4" Cast Steel Control Valves
C v Values
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2" (DN50) 2-1/2" (DN65) 3" (DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % and 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
linear trim
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage and linear trims, for details see TIS KEA valve options.
For conversion Cv(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv(US) x 0.855
Dimensions Weights
Valve size A B (ANSI 150) B (ANSI 300) C D Valve size K_A41 K_A43
1/2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 1/2” (DN15) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 3/4” (DN20) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 1” (DN25) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 1-1/4” (DN32) 17.6 (8.0) -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 1-1/2” (DN40) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 2” (DN50) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - 2-1/2” (DN65) - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - 3” (DN80) - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN100) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - 4” (DN100) - 103.6 (47.0)
Sizing K_A41 1/2" to 2"
Control
Valves
For steam see TIS 1.618.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430.
Installation
Globe Control
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direction of flow
Valves
arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. If necessary the actuator
should be commissioned in accordance with the Installation and Maintenance
Instructions supplied with the valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off - 2” KEA43 Cv (US) 42 control valve flanged ANSI 300.

Pneumatic PN5000, 6000, 3000, 4000, 1000 Series K_A43 1/2” to 4”
Positioners PP5 (pneumatic), EPS (electropneumatic) and
Sp2 (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevant TIS sheet for further details

TI-1-429-US 9.03
3: 117
K Series
6" and 8" Cast Steel Control Valves
Two port cast steel single seat globe valves conforming to ANSI/ASTM
standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available with flanged
connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear
actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off flow control. For
close control with pneumatic actuators a valve positioner should be used.

Electric EL5650 Series
Pneumatic PN5700, 6700, 1000 Series
PP5 (pneumatic)

KEA43 6" and 8" (DN150 and 200) flanged ANSI 150 and ANSI 300.
Control
Valves
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off) soft
Trim
Globe Control
Technical data
Valves
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating) Materials
Flow characteristic KLA valves Linear (modulating) No Part Material
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) 1 Body Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB
Rangeability 50 to 1 2 Bonnet Cast Steel ASTM A216 WCB
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Limiting conditions 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 431
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 302
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Minimum design temperature 14°F (-10°C) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .431
Design for a maximum ANSI 150 450 psig (32.0 barg) 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
cold hydraulic test pressure of: ANSI 300 1125 psig (77.6 barg) 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TI 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Operating range 14 Bonnet studs Steel ASTM A193 B7
Pressure barg 15 Bonnet nuts Steel ASTM A194 2H
0 10 20 30 40 51
800 426 6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
A
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC

600 300
18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel AISI 440B Hardened
Steam
saturation
curve C B 20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 740
Pressure psig
3: 118
K Series
6" and 8" Cast Steel Control Valves
Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
On/Off trim 383 630

trims, for details see TI-P305-04.
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs

A B B Weight
Valve size
(ANSI 150) (ANSI 300) A
6" (DN150) 11.1 17.8 18.6 165
8" (DN200) 13.0 21.4 22.4 249
Installation
Control
Valves
How to order
Example: 1 of 6" KEA43 Cv 351 control valve flanged ANSI 150
B
Spare parts
Globe Control
See TI-P305-05
Valves
TI-P305-07-US 09.03
3: 119
K Series
1/2" to 4" Stainless Steel Control Valves
K_A63 1/2” to 1-3/4”
Description
A range of two port stainless steel single seat globe valves
contorming to ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 1/2” to 4” (DN15 to
DN100) available with screwed or flanged connections. When used in
conjunction with a pneumatic or electric linear actuator,they provide
characterized modulating or on/oft flow control. For close control with
pneumatic actuators, a valve positioner should be used.

KEA61 1/2”, 3,4”, 1”, 1-1/4”, 1-1/2” and 2” screwed NPT.
KEA63 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2”, 2”, 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” flanged ANSI
150 and ANSI 300
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv. fast opening (on/off)
Trim
soft seal, hard faced, low noise, and anti-cavltation.
Stem seal PTFE chevrons or graphite packing.
Control
Valves
Refer to TI-P305-04 US for further details.
Technical data
1/2” to 1-1/4” (DN15 to DN32) Caged parabolic
Plug design
Globe Control

Valves
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating) K_A
Flow KLA valves Linear (modulating) 1-1/2” to 4” plug and seat
characteristic
Travel 1/2” to 2” (DN15 to DN50) 3/4” (20 mm)
2-1/2” to 4” (DN15 to DN50) 1-3/16” (30 mm)
Materials
Limiting conditions 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Minimum design temperature -148°F (-100°C) 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 316L
Maximum cold hydraulic ANSI 150 425 psig (29.3 bar g) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
test pressure ANSI 300 1100 psig (75.8 bar g) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TIS 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 31 6L
10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
Operating range 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Pressure barg
14 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 B8 M2
0 10 20 30 40 49.6 15 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 8M
800 426
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
1/2” to 3/4” (DN15 and DN20) 3/8” UNC

600 1” to 2” (DN25 to DN50) 1/2” UNC
ANSI 150 300
2-1/2”to4” (DN65 to DN100) 5/8”UNC
400 200 16 Seat gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
200
Steam
100 17 Guide bush Glass reinforced PTFE
Saturation
Curve ANSI 300 18 Bonnet guide Stainless steel Stellite
0 0
200 300 400 600 720 Note: Part No.18 ‘Bonnet guide’ used on all valves above 1-1/2” and valves hav-
0 100 500
ing soft seat and hard faced trims in smaller sizes.
Pressure psig
3: 120
K Series
1/2" to 4" Stainless Steel Control Valves
C v Values
Size 1/2" (DN15) 3/4" (DN20) 1" (DN25) 1-1/4" (DN32) 1-1/2" (DN40) 2"(DN50) 2-1/2"(DN65) 3"(DN80) 4" (DN100)
Equal % and 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
linear trim
On/Off trim 4.7 7.4 11.7 21.0 32.8 59 99 137 211
Three reductions in Cv are available for equal percentage and linear trims, for further details see TIS 1.427 .
For conversion Cv(UK) = Cv(US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv(US) x 0.855
Dimensions Weights
Valve size A B (ANSI 150) B (ANSI 300) C D K_A61 K_A63
1,2” (DN15) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.5 (191) 3.3 (84) 1.69 (43) 8.4 (3.8) 10.6 (4.8)
3/4” (DN20) 6.5 (165) 7.3 (184) 7.6 (194) 3.4 (87) 1.7 (44) 8.8 (4.0) 13.2 (6.0)
1” (DN25) 7.8 (197) 7.3 (184) 7.8 (197) 3.8 (96) 2.0 (51) 12.1 (5.5) 18.1 (8.2)
1-1/4” (DN32) 8.5 (216) - - 4.0 (101) 2.3 (58) 17.6 (8.0) - -
1-1/2” (DN40) 9.3 (235) 8.8 (222) 9.3 (235) 4.0 (101) 2.5 (64) 19.9 (9.0) 30.9 (14.0)
2” (DN50) 10.5 (267) 10.0 (254) 10.5 (267) 4.2 (106) 3.0 (76) 23.2 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
2-1/2” (DN65) - 10.9 (276) 11.5 (292) 5.4 (136) - - 59.5 (27.0)
3” (DN80) - 11.8 (298) 12.5 (318) 5.6 (141) - - 72.8 (33.0)
4” (DN1OO) - 13.9 (353) 14.5 (368) 6.5 (165) - - 103.6 (47.0)
Control
Valves
Sizing
For steam see TIS 1.618.
Globe Control
Valves
Installation
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
tion of flow arrow as indicated by the arrow on the valve body. If
necessary the actuator should be commissioned in accordance
with the Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the
valve.
How to order
Example: 1 off - 2” KEA63 Cv (US) 42 control valve flanged ANSI
300.
Spare parts
See TIS 1.430.

Pneumatic PN5000, 6000, 3000, 4000, 1000 Series.
Positioners PP5 (pneumatic), EPS (electropneumatic) and
SP2 (smart electropneumatic).
Refer to relevant TIS sheet for further details
TI-1-427-US 09.03
3: 121
K Series
6" and 8" Stainless Steel Control Valves
Two port stainless steel single seat globe valves conforming to
ANSI/ASTM standards in sizes 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN 200) available
with flanged connections. When used in conjunction with a pneumatic or
electric linear actuator they provide characterized modulating or on/off
flow control. For close control with pneumatic actuators a valve positioner
should be used.

Electric EL5600 Series
Pneumatic PN5700, 6700, 1000 Series
PP5 (pneumatic)

K_A63 6" and 8" (DN150 and 200) flanged ANSI 150 and ANSI 300.
Control
Valves
Options
Equal %, linear, reduced Cv, fast opening (on/off soft
Trim
Globe Control
Technical data
Valves
Leakage
KEA valves Equal percentage (modulating) Materials
Flow characteristic KLA valves Linear (modulating) No Part Material
KFA valves Fast opening (on/off) 1 Body Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Rangeability 50 to 1 2 Bonnet Stainless Steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Travel 6" and 8" (DN150 and DN200) 2" (50 mm) 3 Valve plug Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
4 Valve seat Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
Limiting conditions 5 Valve stem Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr. 316L
Body design conditions ANSI 150 and ANSI 300 6 Pin Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum design PTFE chevron seals 482°F (250°C) 7 Gland nut gasket Semi-rigid graphite laminated
temperature Graphite packed seals 800°F (426°C) 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel
Minimum design temperature -148°F (-100°C) 9 Gland nut Stainless steel ASTM A276 Gr .316L
Design for a maximum ANSI 150 450 psig (29.3 barg) 10 Mounting nut Mild steel zinc plated
cold hydraulic test pressure of: ANSI 300 1100 psig (75.8 barg) 11 Gland seals PTFE chevrons
Maximum differential pressures see actuator TI 12 Gland spring Stainless steel
Operating range 14 Bonnet studs Stainless Steel ASTM A193 B8 M2
Pressure barg 15 Bonnet nuts Stainless Steel ASTM A194 8M
0 10 20 30 40 49.6
800 426 6" (DN150) 5/8" UNC
A
Temperature °C
Temperature °F
8" (DN200) 3/4" UNC

600 300
Steam
18 Bonnet guide Stainless Steel Stellite
saturation
curve C B
0
20 Plug lock-nut Stainless steel
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 720
Pressure psig
3: 122
K Series
6" and 8" Stainless Steel Control Valves
Size 6" (DN150) 8" (DN200)
On/Off trim 383 630

trims, for details see TI-P305-04.
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs

A B B Weight A
Valve size
(ANSI 150) (ANSI 300)
6" (DN150) 11.1 17.8 18.6 167
8" (DN200) 13.0 21.4 22.4 251
Installation
Control
Valves
How to order
Example: 1 off 6" KEA63 Cv 351 control valve flanged ANSI 300
B
Spare parts
Globe Control
See TI-P305-05
Valves
TI-P305-08-US 09.03
3: 123
K Series
Valve Options
Description Typical flow characteristic curves
Options of trim design, stem sealing and valve seating are available for
the K Series of two port valves. Details of K two port valves are given
in the following TI documents:
Control
Valves
351 550
Globe Control
351 550
281 351
Valves
281
300 470
300 470
240 300
240
383 630
327 538
3: 124
K Series Valve Options
ANSI/FCI 70-2 Class VI
Control
Valves
Typically reduces noise by 10dBA.
Globe Control
Valves
possibility of damage caused by cavitating liquids. Can also be used
TI-P305-04-US 09.03
3: 125
K Series
Valve Spares
B
B1
Available spares C
Gland seal kit for 1/2" to 2" only (gasket, chevrons, spring, B
upper and lower bearings, 'O' ring and gland nut)
Gland seal kit for 2-1/2" to 4" only B1
(gasket, chevrons, guide bush and spring)
Graphite gland seal kit (graphite stem seals and stuffing box gasket) C
Note: The graphite gland seal kit is suitable for stuffing box and bonnet designs.
Control
Valves
Standard plug (equal percentage, linear, or fast opening) and stem

assembly with bonnet gasket
Soft seated plug and stem assembly with bonnet gasket D, E
Bonnet gasket (set of 3) E
Seat, seat gasket and bonnet gasket F, G, E
Globe Control
Valves
3: 126
K SeriesValve Spares
Control
Valves
Globe Control
Valves
TI-P305-05-US 09.03
3: 127
CE83 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
Alloy Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves
Description
The CE83 series is a range of alloy steel two port, cage trim, control
valves conforming to ANSI B16.34, ASME VIII standards in sizes 1" to 8
4" (DN25 to DN100) available with ANSI and PN flange connections. 15
When used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C' 19 16
series valve will provide characterised modulating or on/off control. 20 18
21 9
Compatible actuators and positioners: 11
Pneumatic actuators PN1000 series, spring-to-close 10
PN2000 series, spring-to-open 13
PP5 (pneumatic) 17 14
Positioners EP5 (electropneumatic)
2 6
12
Refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet for further details. 1 4
7
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4" (DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 and 100)
3
Flanged to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600 (Raised face or ring type
Control
Valves
joint), PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, and PN100 (Raised face with ANSI
face-to-face dimension). 1", 1-1/2", and 2" socket weld.
5
Options
Equal %, linear, fast opening (on/off)
Trim characteristics, soft seat, hard faced, low noise
Globe Control
and anti-cavitation (single and multi-cage).

Stem seal PTFE chevron, graphite packing and bellows. Materials
Valves
Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI No. Part Material

Plug
shut-off. 1 Body Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
See 'C' series valve options Technical Information Sheet TI-F12-23-US. 2 Bonnet Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
Technical data 3 Valve plug Stainless steel AISI 431 hardened
Unbalanced plug 4 Valve cage Stainless steel AISI 316 ENC
Plug design PTFE sealed balanced plug 5 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 431
Graphite sealed balanced plug 6 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
7 Valve plug sealing rings PTFE and graphite or graphite
Trim design Cage trim with equal percentage, linear and fast
opening flow characteristic options. 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Class IV Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 9 Mounting nut Zinc plated carbon steel
Leakage Class IV & V Hard face stellite ANSI/FCI 70-2 10 Gland spring Stainless steel AISI 302
Class VI PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 11 Gland seal PTFE chevron or graphite
CE valves Equal percentage 12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Flow CF valves Fast opening 13 Bonnet studs Alloy steel ASTM A 193 B16
characteristic CL valves Linear 14 Bonnet nuts Alloy steel ASTM A194 GRD4
CM valves Modified equal characteristic (special) 15 Stuffing box studs Alloy steel ASTM A 193 B16
16 Stuffing box nuts Alloy steel ASTM A194 GRD4
Rangeability 50:1 Equal percentage
30:1 Linear 17 Stem scraper Glass filled PTFE
1" and 1-1/2" (DN25 and 40) 3/4" (20 mm) 18 Stuffing box bush Stainless steel AISI 316
Travel
2" (DN50) 1-3/16" (30 mm) 19 Stuffing box ring Stainless steel AISI 316
2-1/2" and 3" (DN65 and 80) 1-1/2" (38 mm) 20 Valve stem wiper Fluoelastomer
4" (DN100) 2" (50 mm) 21 'O' ring Fluoelastomer
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions ANSI 600
Standard PTFE chevron stem seals 14°F to +482°F (-10°C to +250°C)
Standard bonnet 14°F to +572°F (-10°C to +300°C)
Graphite packing stem seals
Design temperature Extended bonnet 14°F to +1004°F (-10°C to +540°C)
Graphite sealed balanced plug (Class IV) 1004°F (540°C)
PTFE sealed balanced plug (Class VI) 356°F (180°C)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: (ANSI 600) 2250 psi g (155 bar g)
Maximum differential pressure See relevant actuator TI
TI-F12-20-US 10.04
3: 128
CE83 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
Operating range for body material and flange type only. Valve flow coefficients at 100% lift
Note: See limiting conditions for stem and plug limitations. Cv (US) for single stage trims (Kvs shown in brackets).
Size Equal % Cv (Kvs) FL
Pressure bar g 1" (DN125) 18.00 (15.00) 0.94
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1-1/2" (DN125) 36.00 (31.00) 0.94
1004 540 2" (DN150) 60.00 (51.00) 0.94
A
Temperature ° C
Temperature ° F
800 400 2-1/2" (DN125) 99.00 (85.00) 0.92

600 A 3" (DN200) 136.00 (116.00) 0.90
300
4" (DN200) 223.00 (191.00) 0.89
400 200
Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
200 100 trims, for further details see TI-F12-23-US 'C' series valve options.
C H D E J F G
0 0 For conversion Cv (UK) = Cv (US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv (US) x 0.855
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Pressure psi g Sizing
Please consult Spirax Sarco, Inc.
The product must not be used in this region. Installation
A-C PN16 A-D PN25 A-E PN40 A-F PN63 A-G PN100 The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
B-H ANSI 150 B-J ANSI 300 B-K ANSI 600 tion of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve name-plate. The
actuator position will depend on the type fitted to the valve. Full
instructions are supplied with the product.
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and (mm)
1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4" 'C' series valve selection guide
Valve size
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4" 2"
ANSI 300 7-3/4" 9-1/4" 10-1/2" 11-1/2" 12-1/2" 14-1/2" Valve size
DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 & 100
PN25 - PN40 (197) (235) (267) (292) (317) (368)
Control
A Valve series C = Cage trim C
Valves
ANSI 600 8-1/4" 9-7/8" 11-1/4" 12-1/4" 13-1/4" 15-1/2"
PN63 - PN100 (210) (251) (268) (311) (337) (394) E = Equal percentage
2-1/2" 3" 3" 4-3/4" 4-1/8" 5" Valve F = Fast opening E
B characteristic L = Linear
(62) (80) (80) (95) (105) (128)
M = Modified equal percentage
C 5-1/2" 7" 7-3/16" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 9-3/4"
Body material 8 = Alloy steel 8
Globe Control
(141) (179) (183) (209) (209) (247)
Extended 10" 11-1/2" 11-5/8" 13-1/2" 13-1/2" 15" 3 = Flanged
Valves
Connections 3
C1 bonnet (255) (293) (296) (344) (344) (382) 4 = Socket weld (1", 1-1/2", 2")
Bellows sealed 15" 16-1/2" 18-14/16" 20" 20" 25" P = PTFE chevron
bonnet (380) (419) (480) (506) (506) (634) Stem sealing H = Graphite P
options
B = Bellows
T = AISI 431 hardened
Seating options G = PTFE soft seat T
W = Hard face AISI 316
C1
C = Standard cage
Type of trim P = Noise reducing perforated cage C
A = Anti-cavitation cage
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two
stages 3 = Three 1
Other = To be specified
B = Balanced
C Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
S = Standard
Bonnet type H = Extended for high temperature S
L = Extended for low temperature
0 = No reduction
1 = 1 reduction
Reduced trim 1
B 2 = 2 reductions
3 = 3 reductions
Cv To be specified Cv 35
A Connection type To be specified ANSI 300
2" C E 8 3 P T C 1 U S 1 Cv 35 ANSI 300

Weights (approximate) in lbs and (kg)
1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4"
Valve size
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100
How to order
Example: 1 off 2" CE83 PTC1US1 Cv 35 flanged to ANSI 300.
29 48 59 92 130 213
Weights
(13) (22) (27) (42) (59) (97) Spare parts See TI-F12-22-US
TI-F12-20-US 10-04
3: 129
CE43 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
Carbon Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves
Description
The CE43 series is a range of carbon steel two port, cage trim, control
When used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C' 16
19
series valve will provide characterised modulating or on/off control. 18
20
9
Compatible actuators and positioners: 21 11
PN1000 series, spring-to-close
Pneumatic actuators 10
PN2000 series, spring-to-open
Positioners EP5 (electropneumatic) 14
SP2 (smart electropneumatic) 2 6
Refer to the relevant Technical Information Sheet for further details. 12
1 4
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4" (DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 and 100) flanged 7
to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600 (Raised face or ring type joint), 3
Control
Valves
PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, and PN100 (Raised face with ANSI face-to- 5
face dimension). 1", 1-1/2" and 2" socket weld.
Options
Globe Control

Valves
Stem seal PTFE chevron, graphite packing and bellows.

Plug Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI Materials
shut-off. No. Part Material
See 'C' series valve options Technical Information Sheet TI-F12-23-US. 1 Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
2 Bonnet Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Cage trim with equal percentage, linear and fast 7 Valve plug sealing rings PTFE and graphite or graphite
Trim design
opening flow characteristic options. 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Flow CF valves Fast opening 13 Bonnet studs Carbon steel ASTM A 193 B7
characteristic CL valves Linear 14 Bonnet nuts Carbon steel ASTM A 194 2H
CM valves Modified characteristic (special) 15 Stuffing box studs Carbon steel ASTM A 193 B7
Rangeability 50:1 Equal percentage 16 Stuffing box nuts Carbon steel ASTM A 194 2H
30:1 Linear 17 Stem scraper Glass filled PTFE
Travel 2" (DN50) 13/16" (30 mm) 19 Stuffing box ring Stainless steel AISI 316
Limiting conditions
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of: (ANSI 600) 2220 psi g (153 bar g)
Maximum differential pressure See relevant actuator TI TI-F12-21-US 10.04
3: 130
CE43 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
Pressure barg 1" (DN25) 18.00 (15.00) 0.94
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1-1/2" (DN40) 36.00 (31.00) 0.94
797 B 2" (DN50) 60.00 (51.00) 0.94
425
Temperature ° C
A 2-1/2" (DN65) 99.00 (85.00) 0.94
Temperature ° F
600 300 3" (DN80) 136.00 (116.00) 0.90

200 4" (DN100) 223.00 (191.00) 0.89
400 Steam
saturation Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
200 curve 100 trims, for further details see TI-F12-23-US 'C' series valve options.
C H D E J F G K
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Pressure psig Sizing
Please consult Spirax Sarco.
Installation
A-C N16, A-D PN25, A-E PN40, A-F PN63, A-G PN100, The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the
B-H ANSI 150, B-J ANSI 300, B-J ANSI 600, direction of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve name-plate.
The actuator position will depend on the type fitted to the valve.
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and (mm) Full instructions are supplied with the product.
Valve size 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" ‘C’ series valve selection guide
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4"
A ANSI 300 7-3/4" 9-1/4" 10-1/2" 11-1/2" 12-1/2" 14-1/2" Valve size 2"
DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 and 100
PN25 - PN40 (197) (235) (267) (292) (317) (368)
Valve series C = Cage trim
Control
C
Valves
ANSI 600 8-1/4" 9-7/8" 11-1/4" 12-1/4" 13-1/4" 15-1/2"
PN63 - PN100 (210) (251) (286) (311) (337) (394) L = Linear
B 2-1/2" 3" 3" 3-3/4" 4-1/8" 5" Valve E = Equal percentage
characteristic F = Fast opening E
(62) (80) (80) (95) (105) (128)
C 5-1/2" 7" 7-3/16" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 9-3/4" M = Modified equal percentage
(141) (179) (183) (209) (209) (247) Body material 4 = Carbon steel 4
Globe Control
C1 Extended 10" 11-1/2" 11-5/8" 13-1/2" 13-1/2" 15" Connections 3 = Flanged
Valves
bonnet (255) (293) (296) (344) (344) (382) 3
4 = Socket weld (1", 1-1/2" and 2")
Bellows sealed 15" 16-1/2" 18-7/8" 20" 20" 25" P = PTFE chevron
bonnet (380) (419) (480) (506) (506) (634) Stem sealing H = Graphite
options
P
B = Bellows
C1 C = Standard cage
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two
1
stages 3 = Three
B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
C U = Unbalanced
S = Standard
0 = No reduction
Reduced trim 1 = 1 reduction
1
2 = 2 reductions
B
3 = 3 reductions
2" C E 4 3 P T C 1 U S 1 Cv 35
Valve size 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"

DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 How to order
Weights 29 48 59 92 130 213 Example: 1 of 2" CE43 PTC1US1 Cv35 flanged to ANSI 300.
(13) (22) (27) (42) (59) (97)
Spare parts See TI-F12-22-US
TI-F12-21-US 10-04
3: 131
CE43 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Description
The CE43 series is a range of carbon steel two port, cage trim, control
When used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C' 19 16
series valve will provide characterised modulating or on/off control. 20 18
21 9
PP5 (pneumatic) 17
14
1 4
Sizes and pipe connections 7
5", 6" and 8" (DN125, 1500 and 200)
3
Control
Valves
joint), PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, and PN100 (Raised face with ANSI 5
face-to-face dimension).
Options
Globe Control
and anti-cavitation (single and multi-cage). Materials

Valves
Stem seal PTFE chevron, graphite packing and bellows. No. Part Material
Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI 1 Body Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Plug
shut-off. 2 Bonnet Carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
See 'C' series valve options Technical Information Sheet TI-F12-23-US. 3 Valve plug Stainless steel AISI 431 hardened
4 Valve cage Stainless steel AISI 316 ENC
Technical data 5 Valve seat Stainless steel AISI 431
Unbalanced plug 6 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Plug design PTFE sealed balanced plug 7 Valve plug sealing rings PTFE and graphite or graphite
Graphite sealed balanced plug 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Trim design Cage trim with equal percentage, linear and fast 9 Mounting nut Zinc plated carbon steel
opening flow characteristic options. 10 Gland spring Stainless steel AISI 302
Class IV Metal-to-metal seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 11 Gland seal PTFE chevron or graphite
Leakage Class IV & V Hard face stellite ANSI/FCI 70-2 12 Bonnet gasket Reinforced exfoliated graphite
Class VI PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 13 Bonnet studs Carbon steel ASTM A 193 B7
CE valves Equal percentage 14 Bonnet nuts Carbon steel ASTM A 194 2H
Flow CF valves Fast opening 15 Stuffing box studs Carbon steel ASTM A 193 B7
characteristic CL valves Linear 16 Stuffing box nuts Carbon steel ASTM A 194 2H
CM valves Modified equal precentage 17 Stem scraper Glass filled PTFE
Rangeability 50:1 Equal percentage 18 Stuffing box bush Stainless steel AISI 316
30:1 Linear 19 Stuffing box ring Stainless steel AISI 316
5" and 6" (DN125 and 150) 2-1/2" (65 mm) 20 Valve stem wiper Fluoelastomer
Travel
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions ANSI 300 and ANSI 600
(ANSI 300) 1110 psi g (76.6 bar g)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of:
(ANSI 600) 2220 psi g (153 bar g)
TI-F12-24-US 10.04
3: 132
CE43 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Pressure bar g Size Equal % Cv (Kvs) FL
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 5"
B 293 (250) 0.85
(DN125)
Temperature ° C
1004 300 6"
A Steam
Temperature ° F
800 saturation 386 (330) 0.85

200 (DN150)
curve
600 2"
100 560 (480) 0.85
400 (DN200)
200 0 Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
C H D E J F G K trims, for further details see TI-F12-23-US 'C' series valve options.
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 For conversion Cv (UK) = Cv (US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv (US) x 0.855
Pressure psi g
Sizing
The product must not be used in this region. Please consult Spirax Sarco, Inc.
A-C PN16 A-D PN25 A-E PN40 A-F PN63 A-G PN100 Installation
B-H ANSI 150 B-J ANSI 300 B-K ANSI 600 The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
tion of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve name-plate. The
5" 6" 8" 'C' series valve selection guide
Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200 5", 6" and 8" 5"
Valve size
ANSI 300 16-3/4" 18-5/8" 22-3/8" DN125, 150, 200
A PN25 - PN40 (425) (473) (568)
Control
Valve series C = Cage trim C
Valves
ANSI 600 18" 20" 24"
PN63 - PN100 (457) (508) (610) E = Equal percentage
6-1/2" 7" 8-1/4" Valve F = Fast opening E
B characteristic L = Linear
(165) (178) (210)
M = Modified equal percentage
C 11-3/8" 13-6/16" 14-5/8"
Body material 4 = Carbon steel 4
Globe Control
(290) (339) (370)
Extended 16-11/16" 18-11/16" 19-14/16" 2 = Butt weld (5" to 8") 3
Valves
Connections
C1 bonnet (425) (474) (505) 3 = Flanged
Bellows sealed 27" 29" 30-1/4" P = PTFE chevron
Stem sealing H = Graphite P
bonnet (690) (739) (770) options
B = Bellows
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two 1
stages 3 = Three
B = Balanced B
Trim balancing
C U = Unbalanced
S = Standard
0 = No reduction
1 = 1 reduction 0
Reduced trim
2 = 2 reductions
B 3 = 3 reductions
5" C E 4 3 P T C 1 B S 0 Cv 293 ANSI 300

5" 6" 8"

Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200 How to order
264 396 660 Example: 1 off 5" CE43 PTC1BSO Cv 293 flanged to ANSI 300.
Weights
(120) (180) (300)
TI-F12-24-US 10-04
3: 133
CE83 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Description
19 16
When used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C'
20 18
series valve will provide characterised modulating or on/off control.
21 9
17
PP5 (pneumatic)
14
2 6
12
5", 6" and 8" (DN125, 1500 and 200) 3
Control
Valves
joint), PN16, PN25, PN40, PN63, and PN100 (Raised face with ANSI 5
Options
Globe Control

Valves
Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI 1 Body Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
Plug
shut-off. 2 Bonnet Alloy steel ASTM A217 WC6
Class VI PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 13 Bonnet studs Alloy steel ASTM A 193 B16
CE valves Equal percentage 14 Bonnet nuts Alloy steel ASTM A 194 GRD4
Flow CF valves Fast opening 15 Stuffing box studs Alloy steel ASTM A 193 B16
characteristic CL valves Linear 16 Stuffing box nuts Alloy steel ASTM A 194 GRD4
Travel
Limiting conditions
(ANSI 300) 1125 psi g (77.6 bar g)
(ANSI 600) 2250 psi g (155 bar g)
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only. TI-F12-25-US 10.04
3: 134
CE83 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Pressure bar g Size Equal % Cv (Kvs) FL
0 B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 5"
1004 293 (250) 0.85
500 (DN125)
Temperature ° C
800 6"
Temperature ° F
400 386 (330) 0.85

600 (DN150)
300
2"
400 Steam 200 560 (480) 0.85
(DN200)
saturation
200 100
curve Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
Pressure psi g
Sizing
B-H ANSI 150 B-J ANSI 300 B-K ANSI 600 The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200 5", 6" and 8"
Valve size 5"
ANSI 300 16-3/4" 18-5/8" 22-3/8" DN125, 150, 200
A PN25 - PN40 (425) (473) (568) Valve series C = Cage trim
Control
C
Valves
ANSI 600 18" 20" 24"
PN63 - PN100 (457) (508) (610) E = Equal percentage
Valve F = Fast opening
B 6-1/2" 7" 8-1/4" E
characteristic L = Linear
(165) (178) (210) M = Modified equal percentage
C 11-3/8" 13-6/16" 14-5/8"
Body material 8 = Alloy steel 8
Globe Control
(290) (339) (370)
Extended 16-11/16" 18-11/16" 19-14/16" 2 = Butt weld (5" to 8")
Valves
Connections 3
C1 bonnet (425) (474) (505) 3 = Flanged
Bellows sealed 27" 29" 30-1/4" P = PTFE chevron
Stem sealing H = Graphite
bonnet (690) (739) (770) options
P
B = Bellows
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two
1
stages 3 = Three
B = Balanced
Trim balancing B
C U = Unbalanced
S = Standard
0 = No reduction
1 = 1 reduction
Reduced trim 0
2 = 2 reductions
B 3 = 3 reductions
5" C E 8 3 P T C 1 B S 0 Cv 293 ANSI 300

5" 6" 8"

Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200
How to order
Example: 1 off 5" CE83 PTC1BSO Cv 293 flanged to ANSI 300.
264 396 660
Weights
(120) (180) (300) Spare parts See TI-F12-22-US
TI-F12-25-US 10-04
3: 135
CE63 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Stainless Steel Cage Design, Two Port Control Valves
Description
19 16
When used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C'
20 18
series valve will provide characterised modulating or on/off control.
21 9
17
PP5 (pneumatic)
14
2 6
12
5", 6" and 8" (DN125, 1500 and 200) 7
Flanged to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600 (Raised face or ring type 3
Control
Valves
5
Options
Globe Control

Valves
Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Plug
shut-off. 2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Class VI PTFE soft seat ANSI/FCI 70-2 13 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A 193 B8M
CE valves Equal percentage 14 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A 194 8M
Flow CF valves Fast opening 15 Stuffing box studs Stainless steel ASTM A 193 B8M
characteristic CL valves Linear 16 Stuffing box nuts Stainless steel ASTM A 194 8M
Travel
Limiting conditions
Standard PTFE chevron stem seals -20°F to +482°F (-29°C to +250°C)
Standard bonnet -20°F to +572°F (-29°C to +300°C)
Design temperature Extended bonnet -20°F to +1004°F (-29°C to +540°C)
(ANSI 300) 1080 psi g (74.5 bar g)
(ANSI 600) 2160 psi g (149 bar g)
TI-F12-33-US 10.04
3: 136
CE63 5" (DN125) to 8" (DN200)
Pressure bar g 5"
1004 0B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 (DN125) 293 (250) 0.85
Temperature ° C
6"
Temperature ° F
800 A
300 (DN150) 386 (330) 0.85
600 Steam
saturation 200 2"
400 A curve (DN200) 560 (480) 0.85
200 K 100 Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
C H D E J F G
Pressure psi g
Sizing
The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
B-H ANSI 150 B-J ANSI 300 B-K ANSI 600
Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200 Valve size
5", 6" and 8"
5"
ANSI 300 16-3/4" 18-5/8" 22-3/8" DN125, 150, 200
A PN25 - PN40 (425) (473) (568) Valve series C = Cage trim
Control
C
Valves
ANSI 600 18" 20" 24"
E = Equal percentage
PN63 - PN100 (457) (508) (610)
B 6-1/2" 7" 8-1/4" characteristic L = Linear E
(165) (178) (210) M = Modified equal percentage
C 11-3/8" 13-6/16" 14-5/8"
Body material 6 = Stainless steel 6
Globe Control
(290) (339) (370)
Extended 16-11/16" 18-11/16" 19-14/16" 2 = Butt weld (5" to 8")
Valves
Connections 3
(425) (474) (505) 3 = Flanged
C1 bonnet P = PTFE chevron
Bellows sealed 27" 29" 30-1/4" Stem sealing
bonnet (690) (739) (770) H = Graphite P
options
B = Bellows
C = Standard cage
C1 Type of trim P = Noise reducing perforated cage C
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two
1
stages 3 = Three
B = Balanced
Trim balancing B
U = Unbalanced
C S = Standard
0 = No reduction
1 = 1 reduction
Reduced trim 0
2 = 2 reductions
B 3 = 3 reductions

A
5" C E 6 3 P T C 1 B S 0 Cv 293 ANSI 300
5" 6" 8"
Valve size How to order

DN125 DN150 DN200
Example: 1 off 5" CE63 PTCBSO Cv 293 flanged to ANSI 300.
264 396 660
Weights
(120) (180) (300) Spare parts See TI-F12-22-US
TI-F12-33-US 10-04
3: 137
CE63 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
Description
The CE63 series is a range of stainless steel two port, cage trim, control
valves conforming to ANSI B16.34, ASME VIII standards in sizes 1" to 4" 8
(DN25 to DN100) available with ANSI and PN flange connections. When 15
used in conjunction with a pneumatic linear actuator the 'C' series valve 19 16
will provide characterised modulating or on/off control. 20 18
21 9
Compatible actuators and positioners:
11
PN2000 series, spring-to-open
Positioners EP5 (electropneumatic) 14
1 4
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4" (DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 and 100) 7
Flanged to ANSI 150, ANSI 300, ANSI 600 (Raised face or ring type 3
Control
Valves
5
face-to-face dimension). 1", 1-1/2", and 2" socket weld.
Options
Globe Control

Stem seal PTFE chevron, graphite packing and bellows. Materials
Valves
Balanced or unbalanced to ANSI Class IV, V or VI No. Part Material

Plug
shut-off. 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
See 'C' series valve options Technical Information Sheet TI-F12-23-US. 2 Bonnet Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
7 Valve plug sealing rings PTFE and graphite or graphite
Trim design Cage trim with equal percentage, linear and fast 8 Lock-nut Stainless steel AISI 316
opening flow characteristic options.
Flow CF valves Fast opening 13 Bonnet studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8M
characteristic CL valves Linear 14 Bonnet nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M
CM valves Modified equal precentage 15 Stuffing box studs Stainless steel ASTM A193 Gr. B8
16 Stuffing box nuts Stainless steel ASTM A194 Gr. 8M
Rangeability 50:1 Equal percentage 17 Stem scraper Glass filled PTFE
30:1 Linear
Travel 19 Stuffing box ring Stainless steel AISI 316
2" (DN50) 1-3/16" (30 mm)
Limiting conditions
Standard PTFE chevron stem seals -20°F to +482°F (-29°C to +250°C)
Standard bonnet -20°F to +572°F (-29°C to +300°C)
Design temperature Extended bonnet -20°F to +1004°F (-29°C to +540°C)
(ANSI 300) 1080 psi g (74.5 bar g)
(ANSI 600) 2160 psi g (149 bar g)
3: 138
CE63 1" (DN25) to 4" (DN100)
1" (DN125) 18.00 (15.00) 0.94
Pressure bar g
1-1/2" (DN125) 36.00 (31.00) 0.94
1004 0B 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
2" (DN150) 60.00 (51.00) 0.94
Temperature ° C
Temperature ° F
800 A 2-1/2" (DN125) 99.00 (85.00) 0.92

300
600 Steam 3" (DN200) 136.00 (116.00) 0.90
saturation 200 4" (DN200) 223.00 (191.00) 0.89
400 A curve
Three reduced Cv are available for equal percentage and linear
200 K 100
C H D E J F G trims, for further details see TI-F12-23-US 'C' series valve options.
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Pressure psi g Sizing
Please consult Spirax Sarco, Inc.
The product must not be used in this region. Installation
A-C PN16 A-D PN25 A-E PN40 A-F PN63 A-G PN100 The valve should be installed in a horizontal pipeline with the direc-
B-H ANSI 150 B-J ANSI 300 B-K ANSI 600 tion of flow as indicated by the arrow on the valve name-plate. The
1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4"
'C' series valve selection guide
Valve size
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3" and 4" 2"
Valve size
ANSI 300 7-3/4" 9-1/4" 10-1/2" 11-1/2" 12-1/2" 14-1/2" DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80 & 100
PN25 - PN40 (197) (235) (267) (292) (317) (368) Valve series C = Cage trim
Control
A C
Valves
ANSI 600 8-1/4" 9-7/8" 11-1/4" 12-1/4" 13-1/4" 15-1/2"
E = Equal percentage
PN63 - PN100 (210) (251) (268) (311) (337) (394)
B 2-1/2" 3" 3" 4-3/4" 4-1/8" 5" characteristic L = Linear E
(62) (80) (80) (95) (105) (128) M = Modified equal percentage
C 5-1/2" 7" 7-3/16" 8-1/4" 8-1/4" 9-3/4"
Globe Control
(141) (179) (183) (209) (209) (247)
Extended 10" 11-1/2" 11-5/8" 13-1/2" 13-1/2" 15" 2 = Butt weld (2" to 4")
Valves
Connections
bonnet (255) (293) (296) (344) (344) (382) 3 = Flanged 3
C1 4 = Socket weld (1", 1-1/2", 2")
Bellows sealed 15" 16-1/2" 18-14/16" 20" 20" 25"
bonnet (380) (419) (480) (506) (506) (634) P = PTFE chevron
Stem sealing H = Graphite P
options
B = Bellows
C1 W = Hard face AISI 316
C = Standard cage
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two
stages 3 = Three 1
C B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
S = Standard
0 = No reduction
1 = 1 reduction
B Reduced trim 1
2 = 2 reductions
3 = 3 reductiion
A
Weights (approximate) in lbs and (kg) Cv 35 ANSI 300
2" C E 6 3 P T C 1 U S 1
1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4"
Valve size
DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 How to order

29 48 59 92 130 213 Example: 1 off 2" CE63 PTC1US1 Cv 35 flanged to ANSI 300.
Weights
(13) (22) (27) (42) (59) (97)
TI-F12-34-US 10-04
3: 139
Globe Control Control
Valves Valves
3: 140
‘C’ Series
Valve Spares
Spare parts Note:
The spare parts available for the CE43, CE63 and CE83 valves, When placing an order for spares please indicate
1" to 8" (DN25 to DN200), are detailed below. No other parts are clearly the model number, serial number and date code
supplied as spares. (found on the label of the valve body) to ensure that the order
Available spares is processed quickly, efficiently and correctly.
Gland seal kit PTFE seal set B
Graphite packing set C
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column head-
Valve plug D
ed 'Available spares'. Also state the information shown in the 'C' series
Valve stem E
valve selection guide, the serial number, and date code of the valve.
Graphite gasket F1
Bonnet Spacer F2
Valve gasket kit Spiral wound gasket F3 ‘C’ series valve selection guide
Seat F4 Valve size 1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 5", 6", and 8"
DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 and 200 2"
Adaptor gasket F5
Piston seal kit Graphite G Valve series C = Cage trim C
PTFE H
Control
Valves
Valve seat I L = Linear
Valve cage J Valve E = Equal percentage E
characteristic F = Fast opening
Reduction kit (seat, cage and reduction adaptor) K M = Modified equal percentage
Note: A 'valve gasket kit' should be ordered with the above items.
4 = Carbon steel
Globe Control
‘C’ Series valve 8 = Alloy steel
Valves
2 = Butt weld (2" to 8")
Connections 3 = Flanged 3
A 4 = Socket weld (1", 1-1/2" and 2")
B or C
P = PTFE chevron
F1 Stem sealing H = Graphite P
F2 options B = Bellows
E
F3 T = AISI 431 hardened
W = Hard stellite AISI 316
D G or H
J C = Standard cage
Type of trim P = Noise reducing perforated C
cage A = Anti-cavitation cage
1 = One
Number of 2 = Two 1
stages 3 = Three
F4 I
Trim balancing B = Balanced
U = Unbalanced U
How to order example S = Standard

1 - Valve seat and valve gasket kit Bonnet type H = Extended for high temperature S
for a 2" CE43PTC1US1 Cv35 L = Extended for low temperature
valve, flanged to ANSI 300, serial 0 = No reduction
F5 number FR00001. Reduced trim 1 = 1 reduction
2 = 2 reductions 1
K Date coded M00.
3 = 3 reductions
How to fit spares Cv To be specified Cv 35
Full instructions are given in the
Installation and Maintenance Connection type To be specified ANSI 300
Instructions supplied with the
spare. 2" C E 4 3 P T C 1 U S 1 Cv 35 ANSI 300
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TI-F12-22-US 10.04
3: 141
‘C’ Series
Valve Options
Description Typical valve flow char-
The Spirax Sarco 'C' series valve range has a number of available acteristics Linear
Fast
options. The options relate to valve stem sealing, trim materials, opening
valve flow characteristics and Cv capacity values. They are described
Flow %
in (and may be selected from) this TI.
Equal
percentage
Valve characteristics
See typical flow characteristic curves chart opposite
The standard characteristic for the 'C' series valve is equal percent-
age Valve opening %
(E), however the following options are available: ‘C’ series valve selection guide
Equal percentage E
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 5", 6" & 8
Linear L Valve size 2"
DN25, 40, 50, 65, 80, 100, 125, 150 & 200
Fast opening F
Modified equal percentage M Valve series C = Cage trim C
Note: Modified special characteristic trims are designed upon request. L = Linear
Valve E = Equal percentage
Control
E
Valves
Valve stem sealing characteristic F = Fast opening

PTFE chevron (P) M = Modified equal percentage
Design temperature 14°F to 482°F (-10°C to +250°C) 4 = Carbon steel
Body material 6 = Stainless Steel 4
Material PTFE chevron
8 = Alloy Steel
2 = Butt weld (2" to 8")
Globe Control
Graphite (H)
Connections 3 = Flanged 3
Design temperature 14°F to 572°F (-10°C to +300°C) standard bonnet
Valves
4 = Socket weld (1", 1-1/2" and 2")

14°F to 1004°F (-10°C to +540°C) extended bonnet
P = PTHE chevron
Stem sealing H = Graphite
Bellows (B) options
P
B = Bellows
Design temperature 14°F to 752°F (-10°C to +400°C)
Material Carbon steel housing ASTM 216 WCB T = AISI 431 hardened
Pressure rating ANSI 150 Seating options G = PTFE soft seat T
Plug and seat treatment C = Standard cage
Hardened (T) Type of trim P = Noise reducing perforated cage C
Design temperature 14°F to 797°F (-10°C to +425°C) A = Anti-cavitation cage
Material Stainless steel AISI 431
1 = One
Leakage ANSI Class IV
Number of 2 = Two
stages 3 = Three 1
PTFE soft seat (G) Other = To be specified
Material PTFE B = Balanced
Trim balancing U
U = Unbalanced
Leakage ANSI Class VI
S = Standard
Hard face (W) Bonnet type H = Extended for high temperature S
Design temperature 14°F to 1004°F (-10°C to +540°C) L = Extended for low temperature
Material Hard faced stellite AISI 316
0 = No reduction
Leakage ANSI Class IV or V Reduced trim 1 = 1 reduction 1
2 = 2 reductions
Single and multiple stage cage 3 = 3 reductions
Noise reducing perforated cage (P)
Material Stainless steel AISI 316 ENC Connection type To be specified ANSI 300
Anti-cavitation cage (A) 2" C E 4 3 P T C 1 U S 1 Cv 35 ANSI 300

Material Stainless steel AISI 316 ENC How to order
Example: 1 of 2" CE43 PTC1US1 Cv35 flanged to ANSI 300.
3: 142
Valve capacities Flow coefficient Cv (US) depending on the various trim options - Kvs values are shown in brackets.
Cv (Kvs) by valve size and trim reduction
Valve 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8"
Type of side DN25 DN40 DN50 DN65 DN80 DN100 DN125 DN150 DN200
Flow
cage trim characteristic 3/4" 1-3/16" 2" 2-1/2" 3"
1-1/2"
Travel
(20mm) (30mm) (38mm) (50mm) (65mm) (75mm)
Full area 19 (16) 35 (30) 63 (54) 95 (81) 130 (111) 216 (185) 293 (250) 386 (330) 560 (480)
Fast opening
One stage Reduction 1 19 (16) 35 (30) 63 (54) 95 (81) 130 (111) 216 (185) 293 (250) 386 (330)
linear and
standard Reduction 2 19 (16) 35 (30) 63 (54) 95 (81) 130 (111) 216 (185) 293 (250)
Equal %
Reduction 3 19 (16) 35 (30) 63 (54) 95 (81) 130 (111) 216 (185)
Maximum 15 (13) 35 (30) 60 (51) 100 (86) 140 (120) 250 (214) 320 (274) 425 (364) 650 (556)
Linear Reduction 1 15 (13) 35 (30) 60 (51) 100 (86) 140 (120) 250 (214) 320 (274) 425 (364)
Reduction 2 15 (13) 35 (30) 60 (51) 100 (86) 140 (120) 250 (214) 320 (274)
Reduction 3 15 (13) 35 (30) 60 (51) 100 (86) 140 (120) 250 (214)
Maximum 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214) 360 (308) 530 (453)
One stage Modified
Reduction 1 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214) 360 (308)
low noise Equal %
Reduction 2 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214)
Reduction 3 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171)
Maximum 15 (13) 25 (21) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 150 (128) 210 (178) 280 (240) 425 (364)
Equal % Reduction 1 15 (13) 25 (21) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 150 (128) 210 (178) 280 (240)
Reduction 2 15 (13) 25 (21) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 150 (128) 210 (178)
Reduction 3 15 (13) 25 (21) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 150 (128)
Maximum 17 (14.5) 28 (24) 46 (39) 70 (60) 125 (107) 170 (145) 250 (214) 440 (376)
Control
Valves
Reduction 1 17 (14.5) 28 (24) 46 (39) 70 (60) 125 (107) 170 (145) 250 (214)
Linear
Reduction 2 17 (14.5) 28 (24) 46 (39) 70 (60) 125 (107) 170 (145)
Reduction 3 17 (14.5) 28 (24) 46 (39) 70 (60) 125 (107)
Two stage Maximum 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133) 230 (197) 400 (342)
low noise Modified Reduction 1 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133) 230 (197)
Globe Control
(Flow Equal % Reduction 2 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133)
Valves
Reduction 3 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98)
Maximum 13 (11) 22 (19) 40 (34) 60 (52) 110 (94) 145 (125) 210 (180) 370 (317)
Equal % Reduction 1 13 (11) 22 (19) 40 (34) 60 (52) 110 (94) 145 (125) 210 (180)
Reduction 2 13 (11) 22 (19) 40 (34) 60 (52) 110 (94) 145 (125)
Reduction 3 13 (11) 22 (19) 40 (34) 60 (52) 110 (94)
Maximum 13 (11) 20 (17) 35 (30) 50 (43) 85 (73) 105 (90) 155 (133) 280 (240)
Reduction 1 13 (11) 20 (17) 35 (30) 50 (43) 85 (73) 105 (90) 155 (133)
Linear
Reduction 2 13 (11) 20 (17) 35 (30) 50 (43) 85 (73) 105 (90)
Reduction 3 13 (11) 20 (17) 35 (30) 50 (43) 85 (73)
Maximum 10 (8.5) 15 (13) 30 (26) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 145 (124) 250 (214)
Three stage
low noise Modified Reduction 1 10 (8.5) 15 (13) 30 (26) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81) 145 (124)
(Flow under) Equal % Reduction 2 10 (8.5) 15 (13) 30 (26) 45 (39) 75 (64) 95 (81)
Reduction 3 10 (8.5) 15 (13) 30 (26) 45 (39) 75 (64)
Maximum 7 (6) 10 (8.5) 25 (21.5) 30 (26) 55 (47) 75 (64) 115 (99) 200 (171)
Equal % Reduction 1 7 (6) 10 (8.5) 25 (21.5) 30 (26) 55 (47) 75 (64) 115 (99)
Reduction 2 7 (6) 10 (8.5) 25 (21.5) 30 (26) 55 (47) 75 (64)
Reduction 3 7 (6) 10 (8.5) 25 (21.5) 30 (26) 55 (47)
Maximum 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214) 360 (308) 530 (453)
One stage
low noise Linear Reduction 1 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214) 360 (308)
(Flow under) Reduction 2 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171) 250 (214)
Reduction 3 15 (13) 30 (26) 55 (47) 85 (73) 120 (103) 200 (171)
Maximum 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133) 230 (197) 400 (342)
Three stage
low noise Linear Reduction 1 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133) 230 (197)
(Flow under) Reduction 2 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98) 155 (133)
Reduction 3 15 (13) 26 (22) 43 (37) 65 (56) 115 (98)
For conversion Cv (UK) = Cv (US) x 0.833 Kvs = Cv (US) x 0.855
TI-F12-23-US 10-04
3: 143
PN 3000 Series Fail Closed
Pneumatic Actuators
Description
A range of compact linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for
23
matching the requirements of 1/2" to 4" L and K Series valves at vari-
ous differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical
1
stroke indicator and incorporates a semi-rolling diaphragm, which gives 4
2
good linearity over the operating stroke. 16
A manual handwheel is available for PN3300, PN3400 and PN3500 6
series actuators with spring ranges 3-15 psi. 7 8
3
10
15
14
11
Valve Type Valve Size Actuator Travel
5 12
L and K Series 1/2" to 2" .75 inches (20 mm)
L and K Series 2-1/2" to 4" 1.25 inches (30 mm)
18
17
20
21
Control
Valves
22
19
Spring Ranges
Actuator Type Spring Range Travel 13
PN 3220
PN 3320 PN3220 shown
PN 3420 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi .75 inches
Actuators
PN 3520 (20 mm)

Linear
PN 3620
PN 3430
PN 3530 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi 1.25 inches
PN 3630 (30 mm) Construction Materials
No. Part 5 Material
PN 3225
PN 3325 1 Diaphragm Housing Pressed Steel
PN 3425 6 to 30 psi .75 inches 2 Diaphragm Reinforced Nitrile Rubber
PN 3525 (20 mm) 3 Diaphragm Plate Pressed Steel
PN 3625 4 Springs Spring Steel
PN 3435 5 Spindle Stainless Steel
PN 3535 6 to 30 psi 1.25 inches
6 Locknut Stainless Steel
PN 3635 (30 mm)
PN 3326 15 to 45 psi .75 inches 7 Spacer Zinc Plated Steel
PN 3426 (20 mm) 8 ‘O’ Ring Rubber
PN 3436 15 to 45 psi 1.25 inches 9 Spring Guide Zinc Plated Steel
(30 mm) 10 Diaphragm Clamp Zinc Plated Steel
PN 3524 12 to 22 psi .75 inches 11 Bearing Bronze
PN 3624 (20 mm)
12 ‘V’ Ring Rubber
PN 3534 12 to 22 psi .75 inches
PN 3634 (20 mm) 13 Yoke Cast Iron
14 Gasket Non-asbestos Fiber
Air supply connection PN 3000 series, 1/4" NPT 15 Fixing Screws Steel
16 Housing Bolts and Nuts Steel
17 Top Adaptor Steel
18 Locknut Steel
19 Bottom Adaptor Steel
Technical Data 20 Connectors Stainless Steel
Temperature Range 14°F to 390°F (-20°C to 100°C) 21 Connectors, Bolts and Nuts Stainless Steel
PN 3200/PN 3300 90 psi
22 Travel Indicator Aluminum
Maximum Operating Pressure PN 3400 60 psi
PN 3500/PN 3600 40 psi 23 Cap (with vent hole) Plastic
*A spring guide is provided on larger sizes.
3: 144
PN 3000 Series Fail Closed
Pneumatic Actuators
Differential Pressures
L and K Series Valves
Valve Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel mm 20 mm (.75") 30 mm (1.25")
Standard Cvs 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117 187
Note: Differential pressures do not apply where the valve has been fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing, contact Spirax Sarco for further details.
PN 3000 Series Actuators (Spring Extend Spindle)

Minimum
Actuator Spring Range Air Positioner Maximum Differential Pressure (psi)
Closed Open Pressure Required*
PN 3220 3 15 20 Optional 235 165 85 40 – – – – –
PN 3225 6 30 35 Optional 235 235 200 100 55 30 – – –
PN 3320 3 15 20 Optional 235 235 195 95 50 30 – – –
PN 3325 6 30 35 Optional 235 235 235 210 120 70 – – –
PN 3326 15 45 50 Yes 235 235 235 235 235 200 – – –
PN 3420 3 15 20 Optional – – 235 150 85 50 – – –
PN 3425 6 30 35 Optional – – 235 235 190 115 – – –
PN 3426 15 45 50 Yes – – 235 235 235 235 – – –
PN 3430 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 25 – –
PN 3435 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 60 40 25
PN 3436 15 45 50 Yes – – – – – – 180 115 70
PN 3520 3 15 20 Optional – – – 230 135 80 – – –
PN 3525 6 30 35 Optional – – – 235 235 175 – – –
PN 3524 11 22 30 Yes – – – 235 235 235 – – –
PN 3530 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 40 – –
Control
PN 3535 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 100 60 40
Valves
PN 3534 11 22 30 Yes – – – – – – 210 135 85
PN 3620 3 15 20 Optional – – – – 190 115 – – –
PN 3625 6 30 35 Optional – – – – 235 235 – – –
PN 3624 11 22 30 Yes – – – – 235 235 – – –
PN 3630 3 15 20 Optional – – – – – – 65 40 –
PN 3635 6 30 35 Optional – – – – – – 145 90 60
Actuators
PN 3634 11 22 30 Yes – – – – – – 235 195 125
Linear
* Applies to modulating duty only. Reduced capacity (Cvs) valve
Maximum delta P on L Series valve is 200 psig For valves having reduced capacity C s trims differential pressures
v
should be selected from the above chart using the actual Cvs value col-
Installation umn and not the valve size column.
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a vertical *For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3" and 4"
position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with Valves having 30 mm travel actuators must be selected for all trim
the product. options.
Valves having 20 mm travel with reduced Cvs trims, it is recommended
Spare Parts that a positioner be used to obtain the desired travel.
Information regarding spare parts available is given on TIS 1.517.
How to Order
Dimensions 1 PN 3320 pneumatic actuator
(nominal) in inches and millimeters Note: Actuator code should be suffixed 'H' where handwheel is required,
Actuator E F Weight i.e. PN 3320 H.
PN 3200 Series 8.2 9.5 15.4 lb
E
(209) (240) (7.2 kg)
PN 3300 Series 11.2 10.4 24.2 lb Air Supply
(285) (264) (11.2 kg) 1/4" NPT
PN 3420 Series 13.2 10.4 44 lb
(336) (263) (20.0 kg)
PN 3430 Series 13.2 12.8 44 lb
(336) (328) (20.0 kg)
PN 3520 Series 15.9 11.6 48.5 lb
(405) (294) (22.6 kg)

PN 3530 Series 15.9 19.4 48.5 lb F
(405) (367) (22.6 kg)

PN 3620 Series 18.3 15.7 83.7 lb
(465) (400) (38.0 kg)
PN 3630 Series 18.3 15.7 83.7 lb
(465) (400) (38.0 kg)
TI-1-515-US 09.03
3: 145
PN 4000 Series Fail Open
Pneumatic Actuators
7
Description 6
A range of compact linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for 1
10
matching the requirements of 1/2" to 4" L and K Series valves at vari- 8
15 3
ous differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a mechanical
stroke indicator and incorporates a semi-rolling diaphragm which 2
22
gives good linearity over the operating stroke.
4
A manual hand wheel is available for PN4300, PN4400 and PN4500 14
series actuators with spring ranges 3-15 psi. 13
11
5
17
16
Valve type Valve Size Actuator travel 19 20
L and K Series 1/2" to 2" .75" (20 mm)
18
L and K Series 2-1/2" to 4" 1.25" (30 mm)
Control
21
Valves
12
Technical Data
Temperature Range 14°F to 390°F (-20°C to 100°C)
PN 4200/PN 4300 90 psi PN 4220 Shown
Actuators
Maximum Operating Pressure PN 4400 60 psi

Linear
PN 4500/PN 4600 45 psi
No. Part 5 Material
1 Diaphragm Housing Pressed Steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced Nitrile Rubber
Spring Ranges 3 Diaphragm Plate Pressed Steel
Actuator Types Spring Range psi Travel 4 Springs Spring Steel
PN 4220 5 Spindle Stainless Steel
PN 4320
6 Locknut Stainless Steel
PN 4420 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi .75”
PN 4520 (20 mm) 7 Spacer Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4620 8 ‘O’ Ring Rubber
PN 4430 9 Spring Guide Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4530 3 (6) to 15 (18) psi 1.25” 10 Diaphragm Clamp Zinc Plated Steel
PN 4630 (30 mm) 11 Bearing Bronze
12 Yoke Cast Iron
13 Gasket Non Asbestos Fiber
14 Fixing Screws Steel
15 Housing Bolts and Nuts Steel
Air Supply Connection 16 Top Adaptor Steel
PN 4000 series, 1/4" NPT 17 Locknut Steel
18 Bottom adaptor Steel
19 Connectors Stainless Steel
20 Connector Bolts and Nuts Stainless steel
21 Travel Indicator Aluminum
22 Spacer Plastic
* A spring guide is provided on larger sizes.
3: 146
PN 4000 Series Fail Open
Pneumatic Actuators
Differential Pressures
L & K Series Valves
Valve Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Travel mm 20 mm (.75") 30 mm (1.25")
Standard Cvs 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117 187
Note: Differential pressures do not apply where the valve has been fitted with high temperature graphite stem sealing, contact Spirax Sarco for further details.
PN 4000 Series Actuators (Spring Retract Spindle)

Minimum
Actuator Spring Range Air Positioner Maximum Differential Pressure (psi)
Closed Open Pressure Required*
15 3 20 Optional 230 135 75 30 – – – – –
15 3 30 Yes 230 230 230 225 130 75 – – –
PN 4220 15 3 45 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 165 – – –
15 3 60 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 75 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 90 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional 230 230 165 80 40 20 – – –
15 3 30 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 170 – – –
PN 4320 15 3 45 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 60 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 75 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 90 Yes 230 230 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – 230 120 65 35 – – –
PN 4420 15 3 30 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 60 Yes – – 230 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 15 – –
Control
Valves
PN 4430 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 130 90 55
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 195 120
15 3 60 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 185
15 3 20 Optional – – – 205 115 70 – – –
PN 4520 15 3 30 Yes – – – 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – – 230 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 30 – –
Actuators
PN 4530 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 230 150 95
Linear
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 150
15 3 20 Optional – – – – 150 90 – – –
PN 4620 15 3 30 Yes – – – – 230 230 – – –
15 3 45 Yes – – – – 230 230 – – –
15 3 20 Optional – – – – – – 45 25 15
PN 4630 15 3 30 Yes – – – – – – 230 195 120
15 3 45 Yes – – – – – – 230 230 190
* Applies to modulating duty only. Reduced capacity (Cvs) valves
Maximum delta P on L Series Valves is 200 psig For valves having reduced capacity C s trims differential pressures
v
should be selected from the above chart using the actual Cvs value col-
Installation umn and not the valve size column.
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a vertical posi- *For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3" and 4"
tion. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the prod- Valves having 30 mm travel actuators must be selected for all trim
ucts. options.
For valves having 20 mm travel with reduced Cvs trims, it is recom-
Spare Parts mended that a positioner be used to obtain the desired travel.
E
Dimensions Air Supply
(nominal) in inches and millimeters 1/4" NPT
Actuator E F Weight
PN 4220 Series 8.2 (209) 9.5 (240) 15.4 lb (7.2 kg)
PN 4300 Series 11.2 (285) 10.4 (264) 24.2 lb (11.2 kg)
PN 4420 Series 13.2 (336) 10.4 (263) 44 lb (20.0 kg)
PN 4430 Series 13.2 (336) 12.8 (328) 44 lb (20.0 kg)
PN 4520 Series 15.9 (405) 11.6 (294) 48.5 lb (22.6 kg)

PN 4530 Series 15.9 (405) 14.4 (367) 48.5 lb (22.6 kg) F
PN 4620 Series 18.3 (465) 15.7 (400) 83.7 lb (38.0 kg)
PN 4630 Series 18.3 (465) 15.7 (400) 83.7 lb (38.0 kg)
How to Order
1 PN 4320 pneumatic actuator
Note: Actuator code should be suffixed 'H' where a handwheel is
required, i.e. PN 4320H
TI-1-516-US 09.03
3: 147
Linear Control
Actuators Valves
3: 148
PN 3000 and PN 4000
Pneumatic Actuator Spares
E
A
B
F F
B A
E
C
C
G
H
G M
Control
L
Valves
H D
I
M
L
I D
Actuators
Linear
Spare Parts
PN 3000 PN 4000
The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The
other parts are not supplied as spares. other parts are not supplied as spares.
Available Spares Available Spares

Stem Seal Kit (‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) B, C Stem Seal Kit (‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) B, C
Diaphragm Kit (Diaphragm, ‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) A, B, C Diaphragm Kit (Diaphragm, ‘O’ Ring and ‘V’ Ring) A, B, C
Travel Indicator Kit D Travel Indicator Kit D
Spring Kit (Set of Springs - includes 3 longer hex Spring Kit (Set of Springs - includes 3 longer hex
head bolts and nuts on some spring ranges) E, F head bolts and nuts on some spring ranges) E, F
Linkage Kit (lock nut, top adaptor, bottom Linkage Kit (lock nut, top adaptor, bottom
adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) G, H, I, L, M adaptor connectors, bolts and nuts) G, H, I, L, M
How to Order How to Order

Always order spares by using the description in the column headed Always order spares by using the description in the column headed
Available Spares and stating the actuator type. Available Spares and stating the actuator type.
Example - Stem seal kit for PN 3220 pneumatic actuator. Example - Stem seal kit for PN 4220 pneumatic actuator.
3: 149
PN5000 Series Fail Closed
Pneumatic Actuators
Description PN5200, PN5300, PN5400
A range of compact linear actuators having 6 diaphragm sizes for PN5500, PN5600,
matching the requirements of different valves at various differential pres- Series Actuator
sures. Each actuator is fitted with mechanical stroke indicators and
incorporates a rolling diaphragm to give linearity over the full operating
stroke. For precise valve positioning on modulating applications and
when using higher pressure spring range actuators a positioner must be
used. The actuators are designed for easy conversion to spring retract
spindle operation (and vice versa) in the field using the same compo-
nents and without the need of special tools.
Actuator Travel Valve type

3/4” (20mm) 1/2” to 2” L and K Series
1-3/16” (30mm) 2-1/2” to 4” L and K Series PN5100
Series Actuator
Technical data
Control
Valves
Temperature range -4 to 230°F

Maximum PN5100/PN5200/PN5300/PN5400 90 psi
operating pressure PN5500/PN5600 35 psi
Spring ranges
Actuators
Linear
Actuator types Spring range Travel

PN5120 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5126 15 - 30 3/4”
PN5123 30 - 60 3/4”
PN5220 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5226 15 - 30 3/4”
PN5223 30 - 60 3/4”
PN5320 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” Materials
PN5326 15 - 30 3/4” No. Part Material
PN5323 30 - 60 3/4” 1 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel
PN5330 6 - 18 1-3/16” 2 Rolling diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber
PN5336 15 - 30 1-3/16” 3 Piston Pressed steel
PN5333 30 - 60 1-3/16”
4 Spring Spring steel
PN5420 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5426 15 - 30 3/4” 5 Diaphragm clamp casting Stainless steel
PN5423 30 - 60 3/4” 6 Nyloc nut Steel
PN5430 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16” 7 Baseplate SG iron
PN5436 15 - 30 1-3/16” 8 DU bearing PTFE/Steel composite
PN5433 30 - 60 1-3/16”
9 Yoke (PN5100 series only) Aluminium
PN5520 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4”
PN5524 12 - 22 3/4” 10 Pillars Steel
PN5530 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16” 11 Housing securing nuts & bolts Steel
PN5534 12 - 22 1-3/16” 12 Spindle Stainless steel
PN5620 3 (6) - 15 (18) 3/4” 13 Travel indicators Spring steel
PN5624 12 - 22 3/4” 14 Connector Steel
PN5630 3 (6) - 15 (18) 1-3/16”
15 Indicator plate Steel
PN5634 12 - 22 1-3/16”
17 'O' ring Rubber
18 Lock-nut Steel
19 Mounting flange Stainless steel
20 Cap (with vent hole) Nickle plated brass
Air supply connection
21 Spacer Steel
Actuator type Connection
PN5100 and PN5200 series 1/8" NPT Spring location washer
22 Steel
PN5300 and PN5400 series 1/4" NPT (PN5100 series)
PN5500 and PN5600 Series 1/4" NPT 23 Adaptor Steel
24 'O' ring Rubber
3: 150
Differential pressures
Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4”
Travel inches 3/4” 1-3/16”
Standard Cvs value 0.5 to 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
PN5000 series actuators (spring extend spindle)

Air pressure
Spring Positioner Maximum closing pressures1 in psi
Type Model required (min.)
range
psi
required (*See note reference differential pressures)
3 to 15 20 Optional 110 70 15 - - - - - -
5120
6 to 18 25 Optional 255 145 60 - - - - - -
5121 3 to 9 20 Yes 110 70 15 - - - - - -
5122 9 to 15 20 Yes 395 220 110 - - - - - -
5126 15 to 30 40 Yes 496 233 118 46 16 - - - -
PN5100 Series 5123 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 440 215 145 75 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional 310 175 80 30 25 10 - - -
5220
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 360 190 85 65 30 - - -
5226 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 451 212 116 64 - - -
PN5200 Series 5223 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 550 370 200 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional 505 280 145 60 45 20 - - -
5320
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 475 320 150 108 55 - - -
5321 3 to 9 20 Yes 495 275 145 60 45 20 - - -
5322 9 to 15 20 Yes 580 580 495 240 165 85 - - -
5326 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 580 348 197 114 - - -
5323 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 320 - - -
5330 6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 10 - -
PN5300 Series 5336 15 to 30 40 Yes - - - - - - 55 30 15
5333 30 to 60 70 Yes - - - - - - 165 105 65
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 460 250 120 85 40 - - -
5420
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 535 265 180 95 - - -
Control
Valves
5421 3 to 9 20 Yes 580 450 250 120 85 40 - - -
5422 9 to 15 20 Yes 580 580 580 400 275 150 - - -
5426 15 to 30 40 Yes 580 580 580 558 325 192 - - -
5423 30 to 60 70 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
PN5400 Series 5430 6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 35 15 5
5436 15 to 30 40 Yes - - - - - - 105 65 38
Actuators
5433 30 to 60 70 Yes - - - - - 290 185 120
Linear
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 580 490 230 165 80 - - -
5520
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 580 520 350 185 - - -
5524 12 to 22 30 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 390 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 55 35 20
5530
6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 110 75 45
PN5500 Series 5534 12 to 22 30 Yes - - - - - - 225 150 95
3 to 15 20 Optional 580 580 580 320 230 110 - - -
5620
6 to 18 25 Optional 580 580 580 580 435 260 - - -
5624 12 to 22 30 Yes 580 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 to 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 75 50 30
5630
6 to 18 25 Optional - - - - - - 155 105 65
PN5600 Series 5634 12 to 22 30 Yes - - - - - - 315 210 130
1
(THE ABOVE CLOSING PRESSURES ARE BASED ON ZERO AIR IN ACTUATOR!) A A
Maximum delta P on LSeries Valves is 200 psig
*Differential pressures
DIferential pressures shown above to valves having chevron or below sealed stems
with either metal to metal or PTFE soft seat. For valves having graphite packed stem
seals refer to Spirax Sarco. Air Air
supply supply
Reduced capacity (Cvs) valves
For valves having reduced capacity Cvs trims differential pressures should be select-
ed from the above chart using the actual Cvs value column and not the valve size B
B
column.
For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3”, and 4” valves 1- 3/16 travel actuators must
be selected for all trim options. For valves having 3/4” travel reduced Cvs trims it is
therefore recommended to use a positioner to obtain the desired travel.
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Spring setting Actuator A B Weight
If specified, 3-15 psi Spring Range can be 'Set at' 6-18 psi bar to provide higher max- 5100 Series 5-3/4” 11-3/8” 7.5
imum differential pressures. This higher range is 'Set' when the Valve and Actuator 5200 Series 8-1/2” 12-3/4” 13.2
are assembled together prior to despatch or by following the procedure given in the 5300 Series 9-7/8” 13” 20.5
Installation and Maintenance Instructions provided with the product. 5400 Series 12” 14-1/2” 35.2
Installation 5500 Series 15-7/8” 15-3/4” 57.0
Actuators should be mounted with the stem in a vertical position. Installation and 5600 Series 18-3/8” 15-3/4” 79.3
Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the product.
Spare parts How to order
Information regarding spare parts available is given on TIS 1.514 1 off PN5220 Pneumatic Actuator (Specify 'Set at 6-18 psi range' if required).
TI-1-512-US 06.04
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd, Blythewood, SC 29016 Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222 3: 151
Pneumatic Actuators for 6" and 8" K Series Valves
Description
A range of linear actuators for matching the requirements of 6" to 8"
6
valves at various differential pressures. The actuators are fitted with a 1
mechanical stroke indicator and incorporate a semi-rolling diaphragm to 4
produce good linearity over the operating stroke. 8
These actuators are designed to operate with two port K series valves.
Actuator type Valve types Valve sizes

14
50 mm travel K series 6" and 8" 20
30 mm travel K series 6" and 8" 2 5
9 3
Available types 12 13
Spring extend spindle, multi-spring pillars mounted actuators PN5700 11
series. 10
Spring ranges 7
PN5750 3 to 15 psi (6 to 18 psi) 50 mm 16
Control
Valves
PN5756 15 to 45 psi 50 mm 17
PN5757 12 to 36 psi 50 mm
19
Technical data 15
Temperature range -4°F to +212°F (-20°C to +100°C)
Maximum operating pressure 65 psig (4.5 barg) 18
Actuators
Air supply connection 1/4" NPT

Linear
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs (mm and kg)

Actuator D E Weight Materials
PN5700 series 18.6(465) 20.2(505) 110(50) No Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber
3 Diaphragm plate Steel
D 5 Spring guide Zinc plated steel
6 Vent plug Nickel plated brass
7 Spindle Stainless steel
8 Lock-nut / spacer Stainless steel
9 Clamp plate Zinc plated steel
10 Spindle 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
11 Guide bush Bronze
12 Gasket Non asbestos fibre
13 Fixing screws Steel
14 Housing bolts and nuts Steel
15 Pillar Zinc plated steel
16 Travel indicator Stainless steel
17 Linkage set Zinc plated steel
Air supply 18 Mounting plate Zinc plated steel
E 1/4" NPT 19 Anti-rotation plate Zinc plated steel
20 Sealing 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
21 Pillar nut Zinc plated steel
3: 152
Pneumatic Actuators for 6" and 8" K Series Valves
Differential pressures for PN5700 actuators
Valve size 6" 8"
Travel mm 50 30 50 30
Valve seat size Full Cv Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced Cv
351 281 187 117 550 351 281 187
Spring Minimum Positioner Maximum closing pressure (psi)

Actuator range air pressure required (see note reference differential pressures)
psi psig
3 - 15 20 Optional 6.5 11.5 - - 1.5 6.5 11.5 -
PN5750
6 - 18 25 Optional 25 40 - - 13.5 25 40 -
15 - 45 50 Yes 96 140 - - 50 96 140 -
PN5756 26 - 45 50 Yes - - 319 507 - - - 319
*Standard 50 mm travel actuator will provide 30 mm travel across spring range shown.
Note: The valves shown are valid for both standard and high temperature packing.
The above closing pressures are based on zero air in actuator.
Control
Valves
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a vertical posi-
tion. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the prod-
Actuators
uct.
Linear
How to order
Example: 1 off PN5750 pneumatic actuator.
Spare parts C
The spare parts available are indicated by capital letters. The other parts
are not supplied as spares.
Available spares
Stem seal kit A B
Diaphragm kit B
Spring kit C
Linkage kit A
D, E, F, G
(lock-nut, top adaptor, bottom adaptor, bolts and nuts)
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description in the column headed
'Available spares' and stating the actuator type.
D
Example: Diaphragm kit for PN5750 pneumatic actuator. E
G F
TI-P357-17-US 09.03
3: 153
PN6000 Series Fail Open
Pneumatic Actuators
6
Description 24 5
A range of compact linear actuators having 6 diaphragm sizes for
2
matching the requirements of different valves at various differential
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with mechanical stroke indicators 11
and incorporates a rolling diaphragm to give linearity over the full oper-
ating stroke. For precise valve positioning on modulating applications 4
1 3
and when using higher pressure spring range actuators a positioner 8
must be used. The actuators are designed for easy conversion to 17
7
spring extend spindle operation (and vice versa) in the field using the 12
same components and without the need of special tools. 10
18
14
Actuator Travel Valve type 23
3/4” (20mm) 1/2” to 2” L and K series 15
1-3/16” (30mm) 2-1/2” to 4” L and K series
13
Technical data
Control
Valves
Temperature range -4 to 230˚F

Maximum PN6100, PN6200, PN6300 & PN6400 90 psig
operating pressure PN6500 & PN6600 35 psig 19
PN6200, PN6300, PN6400,

Spring ranges PN6500 and PN6600 Series actuators
Actuators
PN6120 3 - 15 3/4”
Linear
24
PN6220 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6320 3 - 15 3/4” 22
PN6330 3 - 15 1-3/16”
PN6420 3 - 15 3/4”
21
PN6430 3 - 15 1-3/16”
PN6520 3 - 15 3/4”
PN6530 3 - 15 1-3/16”
PN6620 3 - 15 3/4” 20
PN6630 3 - 15 1-3/16”
Air supply connection

13
Actuator type Connection
6100 and 6200 series 1/8" NPT
6300 and 6400 series 1/4" NPT
6500 and 6600 series 1/4" NPT 9
Materials PN6100 Series actuators

No Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Pressed steel No Part Material
2 Rolling diaphragm Fabric reinforced nitrile rubber 12 Spindle Stainless steel
3 Piston Pressed steel 13 Travel indicators Spring steel
4 Spring Spring steel 14 Connector Steel
5 Diaphragm clamp casting Stainless steel 15 Indicator plate Steel
6 Nyloc nut Steel 17 'O' ring Rubber
7 Baseplate SG iron 18 Lock nut Steel
8 DU bearing PTFE/Steel composite 19 Mounting flange Stainless steel
9 Yoke (6100 Series) Aluminium 20 Cap (with vent hole) Nickel plated brass
10 Pillars Steel 21 Spacer Steel
11 Housing securing nuts & bolts Steel 22 Spring Location Washer (PN6100 series) Steel
23 Adaptor Steel
24 'O' ring Rubber
3: 154
Differential pressures for valves and PN6000 series actuators.
Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3 4”
Travel inches 3/4” 1-3/16”
Standard Cvs value 0.5 to 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42 74 117 187
PN6000 series actuators (Spring retract spindle)

Spring Air pressure Positioner Maximum closing pressures1 in psi
Type Model range required (min) required (* see note reference differential pressures)
psi
3 - 15 20 Optional 110 70 15 - - - - - -
6120 3 - 15 25 Optional 255 145 60 - - - - - -
PN6100 Series 3 - 15 60 Yes 580 580 580 330 215 115 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional 305 175 80 30 25 10 - - -
6220 3 - 15 25 Optional 580 355 190 85 65 30 - - -
PN6200 Series 3 - 15 60 Yes - 580 580 580 435 300 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional 495 275 145 60 45 20 - - -
6320 3 - 15 25 Optional 580 470 320 150 105 55 - - -
3 - 15 60 Yes - 580 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 10 - -
PN6300 Series 6330
3 - 15 60 Yes - - - - - - 275 185 115
3 - 15 20 Optional 580 450 250 120 85 40 - - -
6420 3 - 15 25 Optional - 580 535 265 180 95 - - -
3 - 15 60 Yes - - 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 35 15 5
PN6400 Series 6430
3 - 15 60 Yes - - - - - - 435 300 200
3 - 15 20 Optional - 580 230 230 165 80 - - -
6520 3 - 15 25 Optional - - 520 520 350 185 - - -
3 - 15 40 Yes - - 580 580 435 435 - - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 55 35 20
PN6500 Series 6530 3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 110 75 45
Control
Valves
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - - 410 280 170
3 - 15 20 Optional - 580 320 320 230 110 - - -
6620 3 - 15 25 Optional - - 580 580 435 260 - - -
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - 435 - -
3 - 15 20 Optional - - - - - - 75 50 30
6630 3 - 15 25 Optional - - - - - - 155 105 65
PN6600 Series
Actuators
3 - 15 40 Yes - - - - - - 580 390 245
Linear
1
(THE ABOVE CLOSING PRESSURES ARE BASED ON ZERO AIR IN ACTUATOR!)
Maximum delta P on L Series Valves is 200 psig
A A
*Differential pressures Air
Differential pressures shown above to valves having chevron or Air supply
below sealed stems with either metal to metal or PTFE soft seat. For supply
valves having graphite packed stem seals refer to Spirax Sarco.
Reduced capacity (Cvs) valves

For valves having reduced capacity Cvs trims differential pressures
should be selected from the above chart using the actual Cvs value
B
column and not the valve size column.
B
*For product compatibility with 2-1/2”, 3” and 4” valves
1-3/16” travel actuators must be selected for all trim options. For
valves having 3/4” travel reduced Cvs trims it is therefore recom-
mended to use a positioner to obtain the desired travel.
Installation
Actuators should be mounted with the stem in a vertical position. Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Installation Maintenance Instructions are supplied with the product. Actuator A B Weight
6100 Series 5-3/4” 11-3/8” 7.5

6200 Series 8-1/2” 12-3/4” 13.2
Spare parts 6300 Series 9-7/8” 13” 20.5
6400 Series 12” 14-1/2” 35.2
6500 Series 15-7/8” 15-3/4” 57.0
How to order 6600 Series 18-3/8” 15-3/4” 79.3
1 off PN6220 Pneumatic Actuator
TI-1-513-US 09.03
3: 155
PN5000 and PN6000 Series
Spare Parts
The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in bro-
ken line are not supplied as spares. J
These spares are for PN5100 and PN6100 series single spring
actuators. For PN5200 , 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600, 6200, 6300, J
6400, 6500, and 6600 series multi-spring actuators see other side
of page.
B
F
Available Spare E
Stem seal kit (Piston guide bearing and ‘O’ Ring) A, C, H
Diaphragm kit (Diaphragm, Nyloc Nut, Washer, and “O” Ring) D, E, F, H
Travel Indicator kit (2 off Indicators) G
Control
Valves
Spring kit (Spring - includes 3 off longer Hex. Head screws,

washers and nuts on some spring ranges) B, J
How To Order
ed Available Spare and stating the actuator type.
Actuators
Linear
Example: 1 - Stem seal kit for PN5120 pneumatic actuator.

D
How To Fit
Full fitting instructions are given in the operating and maintenance
instructions supplied with the actuator.
H
G C
J
J
3: 156
PN5000 and PN6000 Series
Spare Parts
J
The spare parts available are in heavy outline. Parts drawn in broken
line are not supplied as spares.
These spares are for PN5200 , 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600, 6200, 6300, J
6400, 6500 and 6600 Series multi-spring actuators.
For PN5100 and 6100 Series single spring actuators see overleaf.
B
Available Spare F
Stem seal kit (Piston guide bearing and ‘O’ Ring) A, C, H E
Diaphragm kit (Diaphragm, Nyloc Nut, Washer & “O” Ring) D, E, F, H
Spring kit (Spring - includes 3 off longer Hex. Head screws,
washers and nuts on some spring ranges) B, J
Travel Indicator Kit (2 pieces) G
How To Order
D
ed Available Spare and stating the actuator type.
Example: 1 - Stem seal kit for PN5220 pneumatic actuator.
Control
Valves
How To Fit
Full fitting instructions are given in the operating and maintenance H
instructions supplied with the actuator.
Actuators
Linear
C
J
J
G
TI-1-514-US 01.96
3: 157
PN1000 Series Spring Extend Pneumatic Actuators
(for LE/LEA and KE/KEA Valves 2-1/2" to 4")
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 2 diaphragm
sizes for matching the requirements of different valves at vari-
ous differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a com-
bined mechanical stroke indicator and anti-rotation guard. The
actuators are designed for easy conversion from spring extend
to spring retract, and vice versa, without the need for special
tools.
Available types
Spring extend spindle actuators:
PN1500 and PN1600 series. 6
Control
Valves
Technical data 4
Temperature range -20°C to +110°C (-4°F to +230°F)
Maximum operating pressure 4.5 bar (65 psi)
Air supply connection PN1500 and PN1600 1/4" NPT
Actuators
Linear
15 1
Materials
No. Part Material 8
1 Diaphragm housing Carbon steel
2 Diaphragm Reinforced nitrile rubber 16
2
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel
4 Spring Spring steel 3
5 Spindle guide Bronze 5
6 Bearing Hardened steel 13
7 Yoke Cast steel
8 Housing securing nuts Zinc plated steel
9
and bolts
9 Spindle Stainless steel 7
14
10 Connector Zinc plated steel
11 Travel indicator Stainless steel 10
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel 11 12
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber 17
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel
15 Cap with vent hole Nickel plated brass
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel
17 Valve spindle adapter Stainless steel
3: 158
Differential pressures for LE/LEA and KE/KEA series valves and PN1000 series actuators (spring
extend)
Note: The differential pressures stated in the tables below are limited by the maximum
operating pressures of the selected control valve.
In certain circumstances with a reduced Cv value, or where reduced valve stroke is acceptable, it may be possible to increase the maximum
differential pressure above that shown in the table by special setting of the actuator. Please consult Spirax Sarco.
LE and LEA, KE and KEA valve size 2-1/2" 3" 4"

Travel mm 30 20 30 20 30 20
Full Cv Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced Cv
Valve capacity*
74 42 29.3 18.7 117 74 42 29.3 187 117 74 42
Differential pressures shown apply to valves with standard PTFE stem seals or
bellows sealed stems with either metal-to-metal or PTFE soft seat.
Actuator Spring Positioner
Travel Maximum differential pressure (psi)
model range required
PN1523A3 20 mm 30-60 Yes - 725 725 725 - - 725 725 - - - 725
PN1533A3 30 mm 30-60 Yes 560 - - - 362 560 - - 226 362 560 -
PN1653B4 30 mm 30-60 Yes 725 - - - 535 725 - - 336 535 725 -
Differential pressures shown below apply to valves with high temperature graphite (H) stem seals and metal-to-metal seats.
Actuator Spring Positioner
model range required
PN1523A3 20 mm 30-60 Yes - 725 725 725 - - 725 725 - - - 725
PN1533A3 30 mm 30-60 Yes 557 - - - 361 557 - - 224 361 557 -
PN1653B4 30 mm 30-60 Yes 725 - - - 533 725 - - 335 533 725 -
* For fast opening, low noise and anti-cavitation trims use Full Cv column.
Installation
Control
Valves
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a
vertical position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
supplied with the product.
Spare parts
Information regarding available spare parts is given on TI-P357-20 US.
Actuators
Linear
PN1000 series actuator selection table
Selection should be made in conjunction with the differential
pressure chart shown above and the following code:
Actuation PN = Pneumatic PN
Actuator action 1 = Spring to extend 1
Diaphragm size 5
5
6
Actuator travel 2 = 20 mm (3/4") 2

3 = 30mm (1-3/16")
Spring range 3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar (30 to 60 psi) 3
Yoke type A = Type A for valve sizes: A

DN65-100 (2-1/2" to 4")
3 = Type 3 3
Spring-holder size 4 = Type 4
PN 1 5 2 3 A 3
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN1523A3 actuator, set to 2.0 to 4.0 bar.
Dimensions/weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (pounds)

D E
Actuator Actuator diaphragm Actuator yoke Actuator spring holder Weight
A B C Type A Type 3
PN1500 405 (16") 513 (20-3/16") 150 (6") 231 (9") 204 (8") 55 (121)
PN1600 465 (18-5/16") 515 (20-1/4") 150 (6") 231 (9") 204 (8") 70 (154)
TI-P320-57-US 09.03
3: 159
(for KE and KEA Valves 6" and 8")
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 2 diaphragm
sizes for matching the requirements of different valves at vari-
ous differential pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a com-
bined mechanical stroke indicator and anti-rotation guard. The
actuators are designed for easy conversion from spring extend
to spring retract, and vice versa, without the need for special
tools.
Available types
Spring extend spindle actuators:
PN1500 and PN1600 series.
6
Control
Valves
Technical data
4
Temperature range -20°C to +110°C (-4°F to +230°F)
Maximum operating pressure 4.5 bar (65 psi)
Air supply connection PN1500 and PN1600 1/4" NPT
Actuators
Linear
15 1
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Diaphragm housing Carbon steel 8
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel 2 16
6 Bearing Hardened steel 5
7 Yoke Cast steel 13
8 Housing securing nuts Zinc plated steel
and bolts
9
7
14
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel 10
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber 11 12
14 Lock-nut Zinc plated steel 17
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel
3: 160
Differential pressures for KE and KEA series valves and PN1000 series actuators (spring extend)
Note: The differential pressures stated in the tables below are limited by the maximum
operating pressures of the selected control valve.
In certain circumstances with a reduced Cv value, or where reduced valve stroke is acceptable, it may be possible to increase the maximum
differential pressure above that shown in the table by special setting of the actuator. Please consult Spirax Sarco.
KE and KEA valve size 6" 8"

Travel mm 50 30 50 30
Full Cv Reduced Cv Full Cv Reduced Cv
Valve capacity*
351 281 187 117 550 351 281 187
Differential pressures shown apply to valves with standard PTFE stem seals or
bellows sealed stems with either metal-to-metal or PTFE soft seat.
Actuator Spring Spring Positioner
model range setting required
PN1553B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 92 137 223 358 49 92 137 223
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 327 520 - - - 327
PN1653B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 142 208 333 532 75 142 208 333
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 482 725 - - - 482
Differential pressures shown below apply to valves with high temperature graphite (H) stem seals and metal-to-metal seats.
Actuator Spring Spring Positioner
model range setting required
PN1553B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 91 137 221 356 47 91 137 221
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 324 517 - - - 324
PN1653B4 50 mm 30-60 30-60 Yes 140 208 333 529 75 140 207 333
30 mm 30-60 41-60 Yes - - 479 725 - - - 480
* For fast opening, low noise and anti-cavitation trims use Full Cv column.
Installation
Control
Valves
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a
vertical position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
supplied with the product.
Spare parts
Information regarding available spare parts is given on TI-P357-20 US.
Actuators
Linear
Selection should be made in conjunction with the differential
pressure chart shown above and the following code:
Actuator action 1 = Spring to extend 1
Diaphragm size 5
6 5
Actuator travel 5 = 50 mm (2") 5
Spring range 3 = 2.0 to 4.0 bar (30 to 60 psi) 3
Yoke type B = Type B for valve sizes:

DN150 - 200 (6" to 8") B
Spring-holder size 4 = Type 4 4
PN 1 5 5 3 B 4
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN1553B4 actuator, set to 30 to 60 psi.
Dimensions/weights approximate in mm (inches) and kg (pounds)

D E
A B C Type B Type 4
PN1500 405 (16") 513 (20-3/16") 150 (6") 247 (9-3/4") 250 (9-7/8") 55 (121)
PN1600 465 (18-5/16") 515 (20-1/4") 150 (6") 247 (9-3/4") 250 (9-7/8") 70 (154)
TI-P320-56-US 09.03
3: 161
PN1000 Series Spring Extend
Pneumatic Actuators (for 'C' Series)
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a combined mechanical stroke
indicator and anti-rotation guard. The actuators are designed for easy
conversion from spring retract to spring extend, and vice versa, without
the need for special tools.
These actuators are designed to be used with 'C' series 2-port control
valves.
Available types
Spring retract spindle actuators:
PN1300, PN1400, PN1500, PN1600 and PN1700 series. 6
Technical data
Temperature range -4°F to 230°F (-20°C to +110°C) 4
Maximum operating pressure 80 psi (5.5 bar)
Control
Valves
Air supply PN1300 to PN1600 1/4" NPT

connection PN1700 1/2" NPT
Materials
No. Part Material
Actuators

Linear
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel 15 1

5 Spindle guide Bronze
6 DU bearing Hardened steel 8
7 Yoke Cast steel
Housing securing nuts 2 16
8 Zinc plated steel
and bolts 3
5
11 Travel indicator Stainless steel 13
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber 9
7
14
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel 10
11 12
17
TI-P357-23-US 10.04
3: 162
PN1000 Series Spring Extend
Dimensions/weights (approximately) in inches (mm) and pounds (kg)

D E
A B C Type A Type B Type C Type 1 Type 2&3 Type 4
PN1300 11-1/4" (285) 4-5/16" (109) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4"(247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 9-7/8" (270) 51 (23)
PN1400 13-1/4" (336) 5-9/16" (142) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4"(247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 9-7/8" (270) 73 (33)
PN1500 16" (405) 7-1/16" (180) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4"(247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 9-7/8" (270) 121 (55)
PN1600 18-5/16" (465) 7-1/16" (180) 7-7/8" (200) 9" (231) 9-3/4"(247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 9-7/8" (270) 154 (70)
PN1700 Contact Sales at Spirax Sarco for further information.
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a ver-
tical position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are sup-
plied with the product.
Spare parts C
Information regarding available spare parts is shown in separate
literature.

Actuators can be selected using the differential pressure charts
shown in the relevant Technical Information sheet in conjunction
Control
with the following part codes:
Valves
Actuation PN = Pneumatic PN E
Actuator action 2 = Spring to retract 2
Actuators
4
Linear
5
Diaphragm size 5
6
7
2 = 3/4" (20 mm) B
3 = 1-3/16" (30 mm)
Actuator travel 4 = 1-1/2" (38 mm) 2
5 = 2" (50 mm)
7 = 3" (75 mm)
0 = 6 to 18 psi (0.4 to 1.2 bar)
Spring range 3 = 30 to 60 psi (2.0 to 4.0 bar) 0
6 = 15 to 30 psi (1.0 to 2.0 bar)
A = Type A for valve sizes:
1" to 2" (DN25 - 50)
Yoke type B = Type B for valve sizes: A D
2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 - 100)
C = Type C for valve sizes:
5" to 8" (DN125 to 200)
1 = Type 1
2 = Type 2 2
Spring-holder size
3 = Type 3 A
4 = Type 4
PN 2 5 2 0 A 2
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN2520A2 actuator, set to 6-18 psi.
TI-P357-23-US 10-04
3: 163
PN2000 Series Spring Retract
Description
A range of single spring linear actuators having 5 diaphragm sizes for
pressures. Each actuator is fitted with a combined mechanical stroke
indicator and anti-rotation guard. The actuators are designed for easy
conversion from spring retract to spring extend, and vice versa, without
the need for special tools.
These actuators are designed to be used with 'C' series 2-port control
valves.
2 13
Available types
Spring retract spindle actuators:
PN2300, PN2400, PN2500, PN2600 and PN2700 series.
1
Technical data 3
Temperature range -4°F to 230°F (-20°C to +110°C)
Maximum operating pressure 44 psi (3 bar)
Control
Valves
Air supply PN2300 to PN2600 1/4" NPT

connection PN2700 1/2" NPT
16
Materials
No. Part Material 15 8
Actuators

Linear
3 Diaphragm plate Stainless steel 4

6 DU bearing Hardened steel
7 Yoke Cast steel
Housing securing nuts
8 Zinc plated steel
and bolts 5
10 Connector Zinc plated steel 6
12 Lock plate Zinc plated steel
13 'O' ring Nitrile rubber
14
10
16 Spring location washer Zinc plated steel 7
17 Valve spindle adapter Stainless steel 11 12
17
TI-P357-21-US 10.04
3: 164
PN2000 Series Spring Retract
Dimensions/weights (approximately) in inches (mm) and pounds (kg)

D E
A B C Type A Type B Type C Type 1 Type 2
PN2300 11-1/4" (285) 4-5/16" (109) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4" (247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 51 (23)
PN2400 13-1/4" (336) 5-9/16" (142) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4" (247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 73 (33)
PN2500 16" (405) 7-1/16" (180) 6-7/8" (175) 9" (231) 9-3/4" (247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 121 (55)
PN2600 18-5/16" (465) 7-1/16" (180) 7-7/8" (200) 9" (231) 9-3/4" (247) 11-3/4" (299) 6-9/16" (167) 8" (204) 154 (70)
PN2700 Contact Sales at Spirax Sarco for further information.
Installation
Actuators should be mounted on the valve with the stem in a verti-
cal position. Installation and Maintenance Instructions are supplied A
with the product.
Spare parts
Information regarding available spare parts is shown in separate
literature. C

Actuators can be selected using the differential pressure charts
shown in the relevant Technical Information sheet in conjunction
with the following part codes:
Control
Valves
2 B
Actuator action 2 = Spring to retract
3
4
5
Actuators
Diaphragm size 5
Linear
6
7
2 = 3/4" (20 mm) E
3 = 1-3/16" (30 mm)
Actuator travel 4 = 1-1/2" (38 mm) 2
5 = 2" (50 mm)
7 = 3" (75 mm)
Spring range 0 = 3 to 15 psi (0.2 to 1.0 bar) 0
A = Type A for valve sizes:

1" to 2" (DN25 - 50)
Yoke type B = Type B for valve sizes: A
2-1/2" to 4" (DN65 - 100)
D
C = Type C for valve sizes:
5" to 8" (DN125 to 200)
1 = Type 1
Spring-holder size 2
2 = Type 2
PN 2 5 2 0 A 2
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco PN2520A2 actuator, set to 3-15 psi.
TI-P357-21-US 10-04
3: 165
PN1000 and PN2000 Pneumatic Actuators
Closing Pressures for 1" to 4" 'C' Series Valves
'C' series valve
1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4"
Valve size
Standard travel in inches and (mm) 3/4" (20) 1-3/16" (30) 1-1/2" (38) 2" (50)
Equal % Cv and Kvs in brackets 18 (15) 36 (31) 60 (51) 99 (85) 136 (116) 223 (191)
PN1000 and PN2000 series actuators Maximum differential pressures (psi) -

Class IV and VI shut-off with: UNBALANCED valves controlled by positioner
PTFE chevron or graphite stem seal. For extended bonnets and bellows seal read 'PTFE' or 'graphite' depending on seal chosen.
Spring Minimum air Maximum differential pressure (bar) for standard valve trim
range pressure psig with either graphite or PTFE stem seal
Spring Spring Spring Spring Positioner
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
Actuator extend retract extend retract required
PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 72 43 - - - - - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 188 159 72 58 43 29 - - - - - -
Control
Valves
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 362 333 145 145 87 87 43 43 - - - -

PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - 246 232 159 145 87 87 58 58 - -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - 507 493 333 319 203 203 130 130 72 72
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 377 348 159 145 101 87 - - - - - -
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 652 623 290 275 188 174 116 101 72 72 - -
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 1073 1044 507 478 333 319 203 188 130 130 72 72
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - 739 725 478 478 290 290 203 203 116 116
Actuators
Linear
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - 1406 1377 928 913 580 565 406 391 246 232
PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 870 841 391 362 246 232 - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1421 1377 667 652 435 420 261 261 188 174 - -
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1493 1493 1073 1058 710 696 435 435 304 304 188 174
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - 1493 1493 1044 1029 652 638 449 449 275 275
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - 1493 1493 1203 1189 841 841 507 507

Class IV shut-off with: BALANCED valves controlled by positioner
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE

PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 261 - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 827 421 377 - - - - - - - - -
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 1494 1320 1015 580 711 392 522 - 319 - - -
PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1421 1334 1015 1117 769 812 479 595 -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - - 1494 14941494 14941494 1494
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 1494 1407 1073 725 769 450 - - - - - -
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 1276 1378 10151030 682 - -
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 14941494 14941494 1421
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - - - - 1494 14941494 1494
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - 1494 1494 1494 14941494 1494 - -
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - - - - - - 1494 1494
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
Note: For reduced trims use the equivalent trim diameter. See overleaf for Class V shut-off.
3: 166
'C' series valve

1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/4" 3" 4"
Valve size
Standard travel in inches and (mm) 3/4" (20) 1-3/16" (30) 1-1/2" (38) 2" (50)
Equal % Cv and Kvs in brackets 18 (15) 36 (31) 60 (51) 99 (85) 136 (116) 223 (191)

Class V shut-off with: UNBALANCED valves controlled by positioner
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 29 - - - - - - - - - - -
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 305 261 58 29 - - - - - - - -
Control
Valves
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 725 696 261 247 131 116 44 29 0 0 - -
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - 493 479 290 276 145 131 73 73 - -
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - 1160 1146 725 725 421 406 276 261 131 131
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 522 479 160 145 - - - - - - - -
PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1059 1030 421 406 232 232 - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1494 1494 827 812 508 493 276 276 174 160 - -
Actuators
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - 1320 1305 841 827 493 479 319 319 174 160
Linear
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - 1494 1494 1044 1030 711 6968 406 406
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - - - - - - - -
TI-P357-22-US 10-04
3: 167
'C' series valve
5" 6" 8"
Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200
Standard travel in inches and (mm) 2-1/2" (65) 3" (75)
Equal % Cv and Kvs in brackets 293 (250) 386 (330) 560 (480)
Maximum differential pressures (psi) - UNBALANCED valves controlled by positioner

Class IV and VI shut-off with PTFE chevron or graphite stem seal.
For extended bonnets and bellows seal read 'PTFE' or 'graphite' depending on seal chosen.
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
Control
Valves
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -

PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 58 58 44 29 - -
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
Actuators
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 87 87 58 58 29 29

Linear
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 174 174 116 116 73 58

PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 203 203 145 131 73 73
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 392 377 261 261 145 145
Maximum differential pressures (psi) - BALANCED valves controlled by positioner

Class IV and VI shut-off with PTFE chevron or graphite stem seal.
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE

PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 290 - - - - -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes 1204 856 841 522 406 131
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1175 856 580
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494
PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 1494 1494 1494 1494 1494 1233
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - 1494
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
Note: For reduced trims use the equivalent trim diameter. See overleaf for Class V shut-off.
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only. TI-P357-25-US 10.04
3: 168
'C' series valve

5" 6" 8"
Valve size
DN125 DN150 DN200
Standard travel in inches and (mm) 2-1/2" (65) 3" (75)
Equal % Cv and Kvs in brackets 293 (250) 386 (330) 560 (480)
Maximum differential pressures (psi) - UNBALANCED valves controlled by positioner

Class V shut-off with PTFE chevron or graphite stem seal.
Graphite
Graphite
Graphite
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PN1000 PN2000 PN1000 PN2000
PN_300 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_600 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_700 6-18 3-15 20 20 Yes - - - - - -
PN_300 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
Control
Valves
PN_500 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_600 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes - - - - - -
PN_700 15-30 3-15 32 29 Yes 87 87 44 44 - -
PN_300 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_400 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
PN_500 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
Actuators
PN_600 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes - - - - - -
Linear
PN_700 30-60 3-15 61 44 Yes 290 290 189 189 - -
TI-P357-25-US 10-04
3: 169
Linear Control
Actuators Valves
3: 170
PN1000 and PN2000
Actuator Spares
PN1000 PN2000
C
A
D
Control
Valves
E
Actuators
A D
Linear
C
B
F
F
J H
H
J
G G I
I
Spare parts
The spare parts available are detailed below. No other parts are supplied as spares.
Available spares
Stem seal kit Spindle 'O' ring and 'V' ring and diaphragm plate 'O' ring B, C, D
Diaphragm kit Diaphragm A
Spring kit Set of spring(s) E
Linkage kit Connector, valve spindle adapter, lock plate, fixing screws and travel indicator F, G, H, I, J
How to order spares

Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed 'Available spares' and state the actuator type.
Example for PN1000: 1 Stem seal kit for a PN1520A2 pneumatic actuator.
Example for PN2000: 1 Stem seal kit for a PN2520A2 pneumatic actuator.
TI-P357-20-US 10.04
3: 171
EL3500 Series Electric Actuator
for 1/2" to 2" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL3500 series actuators are suitable for either two position or Actuators with spring
modulating control. This actuator range can be used with the reserve (SR and SE)
following valves:
2 Port L Series Valves • 2 Port K Series Valves 3
Operation
The drive of a synchronous motor is converted into a linear motion of 2
the actuator stem by using a spur gear transmission. An integrated
spring package limits the stem force to a pre-set value in both
directions. Installed microswitches switch off the actuator precisely,
when the specified stem force is reached.
Available types
The EL3500 series actuators are available in the following
configurations: 1
Spring reserve actuators have the suffix SR or SE appended to the
basic actuator code e.g. EL3501SE.
Control
Where :
Valves
SR = Spring retract.
SE = Spring extend.
EL3501, 3502, 3512. Each available with spring reserve. The
spring will either raise or lower the actuator spindle to match a safe
closed / open state.
EL3501SE, 230 Vac operating voltage. Two position control
Actuators
from thermostat, time-switch or other device having mains rated

Linear
change-over contacts. Modulating control from any VMD (valve

motor drive) output. 3
EL3502SE, 24 Vac operating voltage. Two position control from
thermostat, time-switch or other device having mains rated 2
change-over contacts.
Modulating control from any controller having a 3 wire voltage output.
Alternatively, modulating control from any controller with VMD (valve
motor drive) output.
Actuators without
EL3512SR, EL3512SE, 24 Vac operating voltage with 0 to 10 Vdc,
spring reserve
or 2 Vdc to 10 Vdc control signal. Modulating control from any
controller providing this control signal.
Ambient limits 1
Storage temperatures -40° to 155°F (-40 to +70 °C) at 5 to 95 % RH
Operating temperatures 14° to 120°F (-10 to +50 °C) at 5 to 95 % RH
Maximum valve medium temperature 300°F (+150 °C)
Protection
IP rating IP54 Materials
Insulation for EN 60730 Class II No. Part Material
Flame resistant to UL 94-V0 (with metal cable gland) 1 Yoke Aluminium die casting
Note: If temperature exceeds 300°F of the media/medium, one should 2 Base Glass fibre reinforced plastic
include the EL3905 High Temperature Kit. 3 Cover ABS-FR
Specifications
Model EL3501 EL3502 EL3501SE EL3502SE EL3512 EL3512SE EL3512SR
230 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac 24 Vac
Supply voltage
50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz 50 / 60 Hz
Power consumption 6.5 VA 4 VA 12 VA 11 VA 5 VA 16 VA 16 VA
Actuator speed 3.1 s/mm 3.1 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 3.1 s/mm 5.3 s/mm 5.3 s/mm
230 Vac 24 Vac 230 Vac 24 Vac 0-10 / 0-10 / 0-10 /
Control signal
2-10 Vdc 2-10 Vdc 2-10 Vdc
Spring reserve NO NO YES YES NO YES YES
3: 172
Description (approximate in inches)
Table for maximum K / L valve and actuator
5.3" x 6.3" 5.3" x 6.3"
differential pressures
Differential pressures (∆p) psi*
Valve size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Valve stroke 3/4" (20 mm)
Cvs Value 4.7 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42
9.5"
Maximum differential
pressure 230 230 195 95 50 25
11.1" 9.1"
* Refer to valve TI for maximum valve operating pressures.
For reduced capacity trims, size the actuator against Cvs value.
5.5"
7.5" * For satuated steam inlet presssures above 55 psig (300°F) use EL3905
High Temperature Kit.
Accessories
2.6"
A linkage kit is supplied as standard for use with the L & K series
Actuator without
2.6" Actuator with spring spring reserve valves 1/2" to 2"
reserve (SE and SR)
Auxiliary potentiometer: EL3901 (10 kΩ) or EL3902 (220Ω) are available
Weight for mounting on site. They can be used as a feedback potentiometer and /
Spring reserve (SE / SR) 5.2 lb (2.4 kg) or to provide remote indication to the valve position. A cable gland is sup-
plied with this.
Non spring reserve 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
EL3903 auxiliary switches: Their switching points are adjustable over the
full length of the actuator stroke. The switches can be used e.g. to provide
Installation and wiring remote indication of any stroke position. A cable gland is supplied with this.
The valve should be installed in the horizontal line. The position of EL3905 High Temperature Kit: Many steam and thermal oil applications
the actuator will depend on the type of valve to which it is fitted. have medium temperatures up to and above 482°F. To electrically actuate
However, it is not recommendd that the actuators should be fitted valves with these temperatures requires physical separation of the actuator
directly below the valve in a wet environment. Full instructions are electronics within the actuator from the valve. Kit provides addiitonal physical
separation of the actuator from the valve. Using this kit, the maximum valve
supplied with the product. medium temperature rating can be increased to +482°F.
Control
How to order
Valves
To receive this actuator for use with an L or K valve, order:
1 - EL3501 actuator
Actuators
Linear
TI-P321-13-US 01.05
3: 173
for 1/2" to 4" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL5600 series electric actuators are reversible having linear out-
put. 1
Available types
The actuators are available with 3 supply variants. 230 Vac,115 Vac
and 24 Vac. The standard version is suitable for VMD (Valve Motor
Drive) input power signal. If required the actuator can be fitted with a
positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc control
signals.
The actuators are fitted as standard with 1kΩ potentiometer. This can
either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or 4-20
mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are auxiliary 2
limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-06 US for futher
details on the accessories.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjunction
with an appropriate valve adaptor and mounting flange.
2-port — L Series and K Series
Control
Valves
Note: A mounting flange and valve adaptor is required

to mount the actuator to a valve. See the
Valve adaptor
associated tables below.
Mounting flange selection
EL560_, EL561_,
EL562_, EL563_,
Actuators
EL564_, Actuator EL565_ actuator

Linear
L&K Series 1/2" to 2" EL5970 -

Mounting
L Series 2-1/2" to 4" EL5971 -
flange
K Series 2-1/2" to 4" EL5971 EL5972
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Case Polycarbonate
2 Housing Die-cast aluminum
Valve adaptor selection

Actuator type EL560_ EL561_ EL562_ EL563_ EL564_
EL565_
Valve type Valve stem Valve adaptor type
L & K Series 1/2" to 2" M8 thread EL5901 EL5911 EL5921 EL5931 EL5941 -
L & K Series 2-1/2" to 4" M12 thread EL5902 EL5912 EL5922 EL5932 EL5942 EL5945
Technical data
Model EL560_ EL561_ EL562_ EL563_ EL564_ EL565_
Supply voltage 230 Vac / 115 Vac / 24 Vac + 10%
Supply frequency Hz 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60 50 / 60
53 / 53
Power consumption VA* 9.2 / 10.4 10.9 / 12.6 25 /27 (24 V supply 78 / 78 142 / 142
is 36 VA)
Enclosure rating IP65 (For outdoor installations provide adequate shelter)
Actuator speed mm/s 0.25 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 1.0
Actuator thrust maximum .738 ft.lbs (1kN) 1.47 ft.lbs (2kN) 3.3 ft.lbs (4.5 kN) 5.9 ft.lbs (8kN) 8.8 ft.lbs (12kN) 18.4 ft. lbs (kN)
Ambient limits -4° to 140°F (-20 to + 60°C) -4° to 120°F (-20 to +50°C) with positioner card fitted
Motor Asynchronous capacitor reversing motor
2
Terminations 1.5 mm
Manual Handwheel
Conduit entries 2 x PG13 3 x PG16
Positioner power consumption 1.0 VA
* Power consumption is relative to 50 / 60 Hz respectively. TI-P358-07-US 09.03
3: 174
Approvals
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2 (EMC), EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of
directives 89/336/EEC amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC (EMC) amended by 93/68/EEC (LVD).
Actuator selection
Valve size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4"
Valve travel 3/4" (20mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
K & L Series Cvs 0.5 1.2 7.4 11.7 18.7 29.3 42. 74 117 187
equal percentage trim 1.9 4.7
Valve Actuator Voltage Maximum closing pressures in psi

type
EL5601 230 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5602 115 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5603 24 580 (355) 440 (195) 265 (110) 135 (50) 75 (25) 40 (10) 15 (0) 8 (0) 4 (0)
EL5611 230 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5612 115 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 175 (120) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5613 24 580 (580) 580 (580) 555 (205) 285 (205) 175 (120) 95 (65) 50 (30) 30 (15) 15 (10)
EL5621 230 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5622 115 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5623 24 - - 580 (580) 580 (580) 410 (360) 235 (205) 130 (115) 85 (75) 55 (45)
EL5631 230 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5632 115 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5633 24 - - - - 580 (580) 430 (390) 250 (235) 165 (155) 105 (95)
EL5641 230 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
EL5642 115 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
Control
Valves
EL5643 24 - - - - - 580 (580) 385 (370) 255 (245) 165 (155)
EL5651 230 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
EL5652 115 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
EL5653 24 - - - - - - 580 (580) 550 (535) 355 (350)
Notes: *L Series maximum ∆P is 200 psi
Actuators
*Differential pressures shown in brackets ( )
Linear
are for a valve with graphite (H) stem sealing.
Actuators should be sized against Cvs rather
than valve size.
Selection example
Control valve 1/2" KEA43 2 port valve
Maximum ∆P 200 psi C
B
electrical supply 230 Vac
Control signal 4 - 20 mA
Actuator selected EL5601
Positioner required EL5961
Valve adaptor EL5901
Mounting flange EL5970
A
Dimensions and weights
approx. in inches & pounds (mm & kg)
Model A B C Weight
EL560_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 9.9 (4.5)
EL561_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 10.5 (4.8)
EL562_ 18.1 (460) 6.9 (177) 5.4 (138) 11.4 (5.2)
EL563_ 19.9 (605) 6.9 (177) 5.9 (150) 15.4 (7.0)
EL564_ 22.4 (569) 8.8 (225) 9.0 (231) 22.0 (10.0)
EL565_ 31.7 (807) 8.9 (227) 11.0 (280) 44.0 (20.0)
TI-P358-07-US 09.03
3: 175
EL5650 Series Electric Actuators
6" to 8" K Series Valves
Description
The EL5600 series electric actuators are reversible having linear output.
Available types
The actuators are available with 3 supply variants, 230 Vac, 115 Vac
Engage button
and 24 Vac. The standard version is suitable for VMD (Value Motor
for handwheel
Drive) input power signal. If required the actuator can be fitted with a
positioner input card that can accept (4 - 20 mA or 2 - 10 Vdc) control
signals. All the actuators are fitted as standard with 1 kΩ potentiometer.
This can either be used in conjunction with the positioner for 2 - 10 V or
4 - 20 mA input signals, or as feedback for VMD. Also available are aux-
iliary limit switches and anti-condense heater. See TI-P358-06 US for
further details on the accessories.
These actuators can be used with the following valves, in conjuntion
with a mounting flange EL5973 and valve adaptor EL5946.
2-port 6" & 8" K Series Valves

Control
Valves
Technical data Handwheel

Model EL5651 EL5652 EL5653
Supply voltage 230 Vac 115 Vac 24 Vac
Supply frequency HZ 50 / 60 Hz
Actuators
Power consumption 142 VA

Linear

Actuator speed mm/s 1 mm/s
Actuator thrust 18.5 ft. lbs (25 kN)
Ambient limits -4° to 140°F (-20 to +60°C) or -4° to
120°F
(-20 to +50°C) with positioner card fitted
Motor Asynchronous capacitor reversing
motor
2
Terminations 1.5 mm
Manual override Handwheel
Conduit entries 3 x PG16
Positioner power consumption 1 VA
EL5946
valve
Approvals adaptor
This equipment is CE marked, and conforms to EN 50081-1 and EN
50082-2 (EMC). EN 61010-1/A2 (Safety), following the provisions of direc-
tives 89/336/EEC amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC (EMC) and
72/73/EEC amended by 93/68/EEC (LVD).
EL5973
mounting
flange
3: 176
EL5650 Series Electric Actuators
EL5650 actuator maximum closing pressures in psi for K Series Valves

Valve size 6" 8"
Travel (mm) (50) (30) (50) (30)
Valve seat Full Cvs Reduced Cvs Full Cvs Reduced Cvs
sizes 351 281 187 117 550 351 281 187
Maximum 160 235 355 550 90 160 235 355
∆P in psi (155) (230) (350) (540) (85) (155) (230) (350)
Note: Differential pressures are shown in brackets for a valve with graphite (H) stem sealing. Actuators should be
sized against Cvs rather than valve size.
Selection example Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)

Control valve 6" KEA43 ANSI 150 2 port valve
Maximum ∆P 110 psi Weight 44 lbs (20 kg)
Electrical supply 115 Vac 8.9" 11.0"
Control signal 4 - 20 mA (277) (280)
Actuator selected EL5652
Positioner required EL5962
Valve adapter EL5946
Mounting flange EL5973
Control
Valves
Actuators
Linear
31.75"
(807)
TI-P358-09-US 09.03
3: 177
Accessories for EL5600 Series Actuator
Available types and technical data
EL5961 - 230 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
EL5962 - 115 Vac positioner card Power consumption 1 VA
EL5963 - 24 Vac positioner card (except for EL5643 and EL5653 Power consumption 1 VA
EL5964 - 24 Vac positioner card (For EL5643 and EL5653 actuator only) Power consumption 1 VA
EL5951 - 2 auxiliary limit switches 2 off 5 A 230 Vac including cams, mounting kit,
wiring and terminals
EL5952 - Auxiliary feedback potentiometer 1000 ohms including mounting kit and pinion
(fitted as standard)
EL5953 - Tandem feedback potentimeter 2 x 1000 ohms including mounting kit and pinion
EL5954 - 115 - 230 V anti-condense heater
EL5956 - 24 V anti-condense heater
For information on EL5600 series actuators see TI-P358-07 US and TI-P358-09 US.
Control
Valves
Actuators
Linear
Positioner card
Actuator termination board

(showing positoner card location)
3: 178
Accessories for EL5600 Series Actuator
Control
Valves
Actuators
Linear
TI-P358-06-US 09.03
3: 179
EL5060/5061 Series Electric Actuators (Spring Extend)
1/2" to 3" K & L Series Valves
Description
The EL5660/5061 Series actuators are reversible actuators having a linear
output with power fail, spindle extend. These actuators are suitable for either
two positon or modulating control dependent on the controller or other
switching device providing the input signal. These actuators can be used with
the following valves:
1
2-port K & L Series Valves
Note: Fixing kit EL3806 is required when using 1/2" to 2" L and K Series Valves.
Fixing kit EL3816 is required when using 2-1/2" to 3" L and K Series Valves.
Available types
Actuator Operation Actuator Type
Spring Reserve 220/240 Volt EL5060
Spring Reserve 24 Volt EL5061
Spring Reserve 110 Volt EL5062
Control
Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)

Valves
2
Model A B Weight
EL506_ 18.1 (445) 6.6 (162) 15.1 lbs (8.7 kg)
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Case Polycarbonate
Actuators
Linear
EL5060/EL5061
2 Housing Steel
EL 506_
EL 3806 Fixing Kit - 1/2" to 2" K and L Series Valves

EL 3816 Fixing Kit - 2-1/2" and 3" K and L Series Valves
Technical data
Model EL506_
Supply voltage 220/240, 110 or 24 volt
Supply frequency HZ 50 Hz A
Power consumption 6.8w (run) 15w (hold)
Actuator speed mm/s 0.29 Under power
Ambient limits 0-50°C
Reseat time 8.5 1-3/16" (30mm) stroke
at no voltage (seconds) 5.5 3/4" (20mm) stroke
Motor Split phase capacitor reversing
Terminations (accept) 1 x 4mm2 cable
Transfer switching 5A, 250Vac (2 switches)
Conduit entries 4 x Pg11 connections with plastic covers
3: 180
EL5060/5061 Series Electric Actuators (Spring Extend)
How to select L & K Series Valves

Valve Size and Maximum Closing Pressures (psi)
EL5000 Actuator Actuator 20mm travel 30 mm travel
Spring Voltage Speed 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3"
Return AC/50Hz mm/s 0.47 1.17 7.4 11.7 18.7 29 42 74 117
1.8 4.7
EL5060 220/240 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
EL5061 24 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
EL5062 110 0.29 260 260 150 105 50 30 15 7
Selection example Installation and wiring

Control Valve - 1/2" KEA43, ANSI 150 The actuator should preferably be mounted above the valve,
Max ∆P - 150 psi but in any case should not be mounted below it. Ensure the
Electrical Supply - 240Vac actuator is coupled to the valve before power is applied and
Actuator Selected - EL 5060 wiring meet local regulations.
EL3806 Linkage
How to specify
1 — EL 5060 Spring Reserve Actuator
Wiring diagram for power fail return actuators:

EL5060 & EL 5061
Control
Valves
❍
M
❍
M
220/240,
110 or 24 Volt • ❍
40
Actuators
❍
Linear
41
0 Vac N
• ❍
N
❍1
❍
42
Switched
Lives • ❍2 Retreat ] Manual
Adjustment
220/240, 110
or 24 Volt • ❍3 Buttons
(for adjustment
❍
12 Extend ] under power)
❍
15 © Spirax Sarco, Inc. 2003
TI-1-522-US 09.03
3: 181
PP5 Pneumatic Positioner
Control
Valves
Description How To Specify

Positioners &
The PP5 positioner is a single acting unit, requiring a 3 - 15 psi 1- PP5 pneumatic positioner
Switches
signal and is for use with linear pneumatic actuators. The position-
er compares the output signal from a pneumatic controller (or
transducer) with the valve position feedback, and varies the pneu-
matic output signal to the actuator accordingly. The valve position
is; therefore, guaranteed for any controller output signal and the Dimensions
effects of varying valve differential pressure, stem friction and (nominal) in inches and millimeters
diaphragm hysterisis are overcome. The positioners can also be A B C D Weight
used where the controller output signals are of too low a magni- 7.0 4.3 6.5 4.3 5.5 lb
tude to be used directly with high pressure actuators. A mounting 175 110 165 110 2.8 kg
kit is supplied with each positioner for mounting either to columns
or yoke in accordance with IEC 60534-6-1 Standard.
C
The positioners can be used with the following actuators:

PN1000/2000, 3000/4000, 5000/6000 Series.
Technical Data
Input signal range 3 - 15 psi (0.2 to 1 bar)
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 20 to 90 psig (1.4 to 6 barg)
Stroke range .4 to 4" (10 to 100mm) D A
Amplification Adjustable
Hysterisis Less than 0.5%
Air consumption 13.06 ft3/h at 90 psi (0.7m3/hr at 6 bar) Materials
Pneumatic connections 1/4" NPT Base plate and cover Die cast aluminum with
Ambient conditions -4° F to 250° F (-20 to 80°C) anti corrosive paint
3: 182
PP5 Pneumatic Positioner
Installation
Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation &
Air Connections (rear view)

Air Connections 1/4" NPT
Positioner (rear view)
Gauge
block
connections
Control
Valves
Gauge block
2"
Positioners &
51 mm
Switches
Spares Gauge Block (front view)
Gauge 0-30 psi output
Springs and pneumatic tube set
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
Input from controller
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges
4"
100 Supply
Output to actuator
2"
51 mm
TI-1-610-US 04.04
3: 183
EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner
ISP5 Intrinsically Safe E/P Positioner
Control
Valves
Description
The EP5 is a 2-wire Positioner requiring a 4-20 mA input signal, and is
Positioners &
for use with linear pneumatic actuators. The positioner compares the
Switches
electrical signal from a controller with the valve position feedback, and How To Specify
varies a pneumatic output signal to the actuator accordingly. The valve 1- EP5 Electro pneumatic positioner.
position is therefore guaranteed for any controller output signal and the
effects of varying differential pressure, stem friction and diaphragm hys-
terisis are overcome. A mounting kit is supplied with each positioner for
mounting to either columns or yoke in accordance with IEC60534-6-1 Dimensions
standards. (nominal) in inches and millimeters
A B C D E Weight
The positioners can be used with the following actuators:
PN1000/2000, 3000/4000, 5000/6000. 6.5 4.3 7.0 4.3 1.0 5.5 lb
165 110 175 110 30 2.8 kg
E A
Technical Data
Input signal range 4-20 mA
Output signal range 0 to 100% supply air pressure
Supply air pressure 20 to 90 psig (1.4 to 6 barg)
Stroke range .4" to 4" (10 to 100 mm)
Sensitivity Less than 0.2% span B
Linearity 1.0% span
Hysterisis Less than 0.5%
Input impedence 200 ohms
I Max 50 mA
Temperature Limitations 0 to 175° F (-15 to +65°C)
D C
Enclosure rating IP54 (approximate equivalent of Nema 3 enclosure)
ISP4 Intrinsically safe to
EEx.ia llc T6.T5.T4 (CESI)
(approximate equivalent of FM Class I and II,
Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D)
Air consumption 13.06 ft3/h at 90 psi (0.7 m3/h at 6 bar) Materials
Pneumatic connections 1/4” NPT Body and cover Die cast aluminum with
Electrical connections PG 13.5 anti corrosive paint
3: 184
EP5 Electro Pneumatic Positioner
ISP5 Intrinsically Safe E/P Positioner
Installation
Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation &
Air & Electrical Connections (rear view)

Air Connection 1/4" NPT
Cable Connection PG 13.5 Positioner (rear view)
Input from controller
Gauge
block
supply air
connections
output to actuator
Control
Valves
Gauge block
2"
51 mm
Positioners &
Switches
Spares Gauge Block (front view)
Springs and pneumatic tube set
Set of gaskets, diaphragms and orifice
Signal (in ratio of 3-15 psi/4-20mA)
Amplifying relay set
Block for gauges
4"
100 mm Supply
Output to actuator
2"
51 mm
TI-1-611-US 04.04
3: 185
SP2
Electro Pneumatic Smart Valve Positioner
Description
The SP2 smart valve positioner can be loop powered from a
4-20 mA input signal or independently powered to provide accurate
adaptive positional control of pneumatic linear actuated valves.
Precise control is maintained through valve position feedback that
automatically varies the pneumatic output pressure to overcome
the effects of stem friction and flow forces to maintain desired
valve position. Indication of valve position is provided through a
rotating travel indicator plus continuous digital display of % travel.
The SP2 includes many smart functions that can be fully
programmed through menu driven software using an integral keypad
and LCD alphanumeric data. Valve commissioning is simplified SP2 with front cover closed
through an autostroke routine and LCD data of programming status,
software travel switch status, mA input signal and valve diagnostics
data. The SP2 is supplied with a IEC 60534-6-1 standard mounting kit
for attachment to yoke or pillar mounted actuators.
Control
Valves
Applications
The SP2 can be used with the following pneumatic actuators:
PN1000/2000, 3000/4000, 5000/6000
Technical data
Positioners &
Switches
Input signal range 4 - 20 mA nominal

SP2 with front cover removed
Minimum input signal (loop powered) 3.6 mA
Supply pressure 20 psig (1.4 barg) minimum - 85 psig (6 barg)
maximum, oil, water and dust free (to DIN / IEC60770)
Output pressure 0 to 100% supply pressure
Stroke range .4" to 4.0" (10 mm to 100 mm)
Action Single action / fail vent
Operating temperature 14° to 175°F (-10°C to +80°C)
Maximum air flow 141 ft 3 h at 20 psig
3
Programmable functions
(4.5 normal m / h at 1.4 barg) Autostroke Automatic commissioning routine
388 ft 3 h at 85 psig Valve type 2-port or 3-port
(11 normal m 3 / h at 6 barg) % travel Selectable 0 - 100% or 100% - 0%
Steady state air consumption Less than 1.2 ft 3 / h depending on valve / actuator configuration
(0.035 normal m 3 / h) Control action Direct or reverse action (4-20 or 20-4mA)
Air connections Screwed 1/4" NPT Travel limits Setting of minimum and maximum travel limits
Cable gland Pg 13.5 Signal span 4-20 mA or split ranged
Electrical connections Spring clamp terminals for (minimum span 4 mA)
0.2 to 1.5 mm• wire Deadband Positional accuracy
Enclosure rating IP65 (minimum 0.2% to max. 10% of valve travel)
Characteristics Linear, Equal % (ratio 1:50) or Tight shut-off Fully vent or inflate at preset input signals
Fast opening (ratio 50:1) Characteristic Linear, = % or fast opening
Resolution (maximum) 8000 steps input signal to valve travel relationship
Scan time 10 ms Travel time Slows down valve opening or closing
Options Individually isolated and externally powered Travel switches Software configured travel switch setting
Front cover Hinged with security tag facility (range 0 - 100%)
Shipping weight 10 lb (3.2 kg) Reset Resets all programmed values
Calibrate Centering of feedback potentiometer span
Materials Input signal Visualisation of input mA signal
Part Material Finish Auto operation/vent Option of automatic operation or
Case and cover Die cast Aluminum Anti-corrosive paint to vent (actuator) whilst reprogramming
RAL5010 Data logging Diagnostic record of total number of valve
Linkage kit Stainless steel / plated steel strokes and completed hours run time.
3: 186 TI-P343-17-US 09.03
SP2 Electro Pneumatic Smart Valve Positioner
Dimensions approximate in inches (mm)
A B C D E F
1.2 (32) 7.6 (195) 1.6 (41) 3.9 (100) 6.5 (166) 3.8 (98)
Options D
Can be supplied fitted or may be fitted at a later date.
Software travel Two software configured travel switches
switches (1 x normally closed, 1 x normally open)
Vane operated Two Pepperl & Fuchs proximity switches plus
proximity two software travel switches (cannot be
switches used simultaneously). A B C
Manifold block complete with two pressure
Gauge block gauges (supply pressure and pressure to
with gauges the actuator). Center bolt for yoke
Available ranges: mounted actuators
2 x 0 - 30 psi, 2 x 0 - 60 psi, 2 x 0 -100 psi 'U' bolts for pillar
4-20MA 4-20MA re-transmitter of valve position mounted actuators
Re-transmit (requires 8-30Vdc external psu)
Available spares
Pressure gauge only
Pressure gauge Available ranges:
0 to 30 psi, 0 to 60 psi, or 0 to 100 psi E
Filter plug kit Plug plus 3 off filters and 'O' rings
F
Air supply
The SP2 smart positioner must be provided with a high quality air
supply. A Spirax Sarco MPC2 filter regulator with coalescing filter
Control
Valves
or equivalent must be used. A fixing kit is available to mount the
MPC2 filter regulator onto the actuator.
Installation
Full details are contained in the SP2 smart positioner Installation
SP2 and Maintenance Instructions supplied with the product.
Positioners &
with gauge
Switches
block and fix- How to order
ing kit shown Examples
1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner.
1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner fitted with gauge block
and 2 x 0 to 100 psi gauges.
1 off SP2 electropneumatic smart positioner fitted with 2 x software
configured travel switches.
Wiring details for the main board connections

The SP2 can be loop powered using the 4 - 20 mA signal source providing a minimum signal of 3.6 mA can be maintained. If required, the SP2
can be separately powered. This is particularly useful if the input signal is likely to fall below 3.6 mA minimum or for applications that has limited
voltage drop available.
Loop powered mode Separate power mode
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Remove loop
Loop between
supplied terminals
filled 5 and 6
+ - + - + -
4-20 mA signal 4-20 mA
signal
Minimum current = 3.6 mA Maximum supply voltage = 36 V @ 9.6 mA

Maximum current = 30 mA Minimum supply voltage = 18 V @ 3.6 mA
Voltage drop = 8-10 volts Maximum loop current = 30 mA @ 3.0 volts
Minimum loop current = 0 mA
Note: For wiring details of the options board wiring, please refer Loop series resistance = 100 ohms
tothe Installation and Maintenance Instructions. Supply to signal isolation = 50 Vac
TI-P343-17-US 09.03
3: 187
Positioners & Control
Switches Valves
3: 188
IPC4A Convertor
Description
The IPC4A Convertor is a two wire, wall mounted, electro-pneumatic
convertor requiring a standard 4-20 mA input signal to provide a 3-
15 psi output signal.
Note: This convertor will not vent all actuator air at 4mA when direct-
ly coupled. Allowable ∆P’s on actuator TIS’s will not apply in this
instance. Please contact Spirax Sarco for correct actuator selections.
Technical Data
Input signal range 4-20 mA
Output signal range 3-15 psi (0.2 to 1 bar)
Supply air pressure 20 psi (1.4 bar)
Air consumption .33 lb/hr (0.25Nm3/hr) average
Pneumatic connections 1/8" NPT
Control
Electrical connections PG9
Valves
Working temperature 0 to 175° F (-15° to 65°C)
Input impedence 220 ohms
I Max 50 mA
Linearity 0.5%
Hysteresis 0.2%
Positioners &
Switches
Materials
Base plate Die cast aluminum with
anti corrosive paint
Cover Reinforced polymer (ABS)
Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters

A B C Weight
3.0 6.0 3.3 2.0 lb B
75 152 86 0.7 kg
How To Specify
1- Spirax Sarco IPC4A Convertor
Wall or
Pipe Mounting
Conections
C A
Board
Mounting Strips Installation
(DIN track) Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation &
Air & Electrical Connections

Output Signal Input Air Supply Air connections 1/8" NPT
Electrical connection PG9
Electrical Connection
3: 189
MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air
Filter/Regulator
Spirax Sarco high efficien- Model ➪ MPC2

cy oil removing filter/regula-
tor. To provide very high Sizes 1/4"
quality compressed air, with
accurate pressure control, Connections 1/4" O.D. Tube
for pneumatic actuators Construction Aluminum/Polycarbonate
and general purpose sys-
tems. Pressure
Range 0 to 100 psig
Limiting Operating Conditions

150 65.6
Temperature ˚F
Temperature ˚C
122 50.0
Control
Valves
100 37.8
50 10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Positioners &
(1.3) (2.7) (4.1) (5.5) (6.8) (8.2) (9.6) (11.03)

Switches
145
Pressure psig (barg) (10)
The product should not be used in shaded area.
C
No. Part Material
1 Body Aluminum
2 Body Finish Electrophoretic Epoxy A
Internal and External
3 Bowl Polycarbonate
4 Bonnet Assembly Polycarbonate
5 Filter Element MicroFibre/Stainless Steel
6 Valve Nitrile B
Pressure Gauge
1-1/2" gauge with face in psi and bar is supplied with each
MPC2.
Pressure Range: 0 to 100 psig (0 - 7 barg)
E Withdrawal Distance
Dimensions
(nominal) in inches and millimeters C Dimensions (nominal) in inches and millimeters
Size A B C A Size A B C E Weight

1-1/2" 1.5 1.8 B 1/4" 2.5 6.1 1.6 1 1 lb
40 47 R1/8" 65 155 41 25 0.2 kg
3: 190
MPC2 High Efficiency Compressed Air
Filter/Regulator
FK21 Fixing Kit
All MPC2’s come complete with FK21 Fixing Kits to allow direct Spare Parts
mounting onto the Spirax Sarco range of PN Pneumatic
Actuators.
G
H
Dimensions (nominal)
in inches and millimeters
E E F G H J
1.5 1.2 2.4 1.26 0.31
40.0 30.5 61.5 32.0 8.2
J
F
Performance Selection D
For any specified primary filtration pressure, there is a maxi-
mum recommended air flow rate. Keeping within this, will
ensure that the element performance maintains the stated high
efficiency levels, particularly for the removal of oil and water
C
contaminants.
Control
Valves
Air flow scfm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7
100
6
Primary pressure barg
80 A
Primary pressure psig
Positioners &
w
flo
Switches
d
4 de 60
en
m
m
3 co
re 40
um
im
2 ax
M
20
1
0 0
0 1 2 3
Air flow dm3/s
Bowl Assembly (specify with or without Drain) A,B

Element and O Ring Set B, C, D
How to order
Example: 1 Element and ‘O’ ring set for 1/4" Spirax-
Monnier Filter/Regulator Type MPC2
TI-1-609-US 09.97
3: 191
Stonel Position Transmitter
Description
The Stonel Limit Switch is for use with the K Series pneumatic control
valves and PN5000/6000 actuators. It is mounted on the PN5000/6000
actuators and can provide visual indication if the valve is fully open, fully
closed, partially open (0-100%) or partially closed (0-100%). By comparing
flow rates over time with your valve position, you can determine valve wear.
The Stonel Position Transmitter provides a precise 4-20mA signal
on a two-wired DC loop to provide exact valve position. Additionally,
two solid state sensors are provided for use in AC and DC comput-
er input circuits.
Technical Data
Model No. PQ5XE2R
Junction Features (1) 3/4" NPT and (1) 1/2" NPT conduit entries
Visual Indicator OPEN - Green
CLOSED - Red
Enclosure Rating Factory Mutual and Canadian Standards
(Aluminum Cover) approved for:
Class I: Groups C &D. Divisions 1 and 2.
Control
Valves
Class II: Groups E, F, G. Division 1.

Class II: Groups F & G. Division 2.
NEMA 4, 4X and 6
Output Signal Two wire, 4-20mA
Recommended Supply 24VDC, 50mA minimum Installation
Voltage Range 10 to 40 VDC at terminals Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation & Maintenance
Positioners &
Maximum Loading 700 ohms @ 24 VDC Instructions supplied with the product.
Switches
Sensors 2XSST Solid State Sensors

Electrical Ratings 0.3A @ 120VAC (continuous)
Temperature Range -40° to 180°F (-40° to 82°C)
Operating Life unlimited
Maximum Voltage 6.5 volts @ 10 mA
Drop 7.0 volts @ 100 mA
Minimum Current for
LED Illumination 2.0 mA
.625"
.75"
1.50"
Part Material 1/2" NPT* 3/4" NPT 1/2" NPT
Cover Features Epoxy coated anodized aluminum cover 4.75"
(optional clear Lexan cover)
O-Ring Seals Viton
Shaft and Drive All materials are 303 or 316 stainless steel
Internal Fasteners Stainless Steel
.75" .75"
.38" .27 ∅/2

3.25"
.718"
3.65"
.718"
6.0"
.156 ∅ Pins/2 #6-32 Pan Head Screw
* The 1/2" Conduit Entry is Located on the Left Side of the 3/4"
Conduit Entry
TI-1-616-US 09.03
3: 192
Stonel Limit Switch
Description
The Stonel Limit Switch is for use with the K Series pneumatic control
valves and PN5000/6000 actuators. It is mounted on the PN5000/6000
actuators and can provide visual indication if the valve is fully open, fully
closed, partially open (0-100%) or partially closed (0-100%).
The Stonel Limit Switch has fully adjustable cams which allow the
switches to be set to be actuated at any desired valve travel.
Technical Data
Model No. PQ2SE2R
Function 2 switches
Switch Data 2x SPDT. Maxx-Guard LED Proximity switches
Junction Features (1) 3/4" NPT and (1) 1/2" NPT conduit entries
Visual Indicator OPEN - Green
CLOSED - Red
Enclosure Rating Factory Mutual and Canadian Standards
Control
Valves
(Aluminum Cover) approved for:
Class I: Groups C &D. Divisions 1 and 2.
Class II: Groups E, F, G. Division 1.
Class II: Groups F & G. Division 2.
NEMA 4, 4X and 6 Installation
Sensors SPDT Full details are contained in the appropriate Installation & Maintenance
Positioners &
Electrical Ratings 0.3A @ 120VAC Instructions supplied with the product.
Switches
Temperature Range -23° to 180°F (-40° to 82°C)
Seal Hermetically Sealed
Operating LIfe 5,000,000 cycles
Maximum Voltage 3.5 volts @ 10 mA
Drop 6.5 volts @ 100 mA
Minimum Current for
LED Illumination 2.0 mA
.625"
.75"
1.50"
Part Material 1/2" NPT* 3/4" NPT 1/2" NPT
Cover Features Epoxy coated anodized aluminum cover 4.75"
(optional clear Lexan cover)
O-Ring Seals Viton
Shaft and Drive All materials are 303 or 316 stainless steel
Internal Fasteners Stainless Steel
.75" .75"
.38" .27 ∅/2

3.25"
.718"
3.65"
.718"
6.0"
.156 ∅ Pins/2 #6-32 Pan Head Screw
* The 1/2" Conduit Entry is Located on the Left Side of the 3/4"
Conduit Entry
TI-1-617-US 09.03
3: 193
PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers
Description
The PN600 Series Pneumatic Controller provides temperature or pressure
control giving a 3 psi to 15 psi output signal with proportional action (plus
manual reset) or proportional plus integral control action.
The range of pneumatic controllers can be used in conjunction with PN5000
and PN6000 Series Linear Actuators and PP4 Pneumatic Positioners.
Available Types
Temperature Model Control Function
662-T5-M5 Proportional (+Manual Reset)
663-T5-M5 Proportional + Integral
Scale Range for Temperature Models:
0°-50°F 0°-100°F 50°-150°F 100°-200°F 150°-250°F 200°-300°F
T-5 = Nitrogen filled sensing bulb and capillary.
M-5 = Meters (16.5 ft) capillary tube. (Option of 10 meters [32 ft] - suffix
“M10”)
SY = Sensing bulb for sterile applications
T6 = Sensing bulb for air/gas applications 50 75
100 125 150
Control
Pressure Model Control Function

Valves
622 Proportional (+Manual Reset)

623 Proportional + Integral
Scale Range for Pressure Models:
0-25 psi 0-50 psi 25-100 psi 50-150 psi 100-200 psi
Trans. & Sensors
Technical Data
Controllers
Controller
Enclosure Rating IP54 (Standard)
Scale length 4" (100mm)
Pointers MeasuringValue - black
Set Point - red
Gauges Output Signal Pressure (bar/psig)
Control Mode Proportional (5-200% of scale range).
Integral (0.1 to 20 repeats per minute).
Output Signal 3-15 psi (0.2 - 1 bar)
Control Action Direct or Reverse Action - Field Reversable
Set Point Adjustment Manual Adjustment
Accuracy 1% of Range Span
Sensitivity 0.2% of Range Span
Repeatability 0.5% of Range Span
Linearity 0.5% of Range Span
Air Supply 20 psig (1.4 bar)
Air Consumption 7 ft3/hr (0.2 Nm3/hr) Average
Air Connections 1/4" NPT
Ambient temperature limit 0-175° F (-15-65°C) 25 50
75 100
Mounting Wall or Flush Panel Mounted psig
Weight 7.5 lbs (3.5 kg)
Measuring Elements
Pressure
Bourdon Tube AISI 316L Stainless Steel
Connection 1/4" NPT
Maximum Pressure + 25% of scale range
Temperature
Bulb and Capillary AISI 316L Stainless Steel Materials
- Cylindrical Bulb for Liquids Casing Aluminium Alloy
- Sanitary Bulb for Sterile Applications Internals Stainless and brass
Spiral Bulb for Air/Gas
Bulb Connection 3/4" NPT
Capillary Length 5 Meters (16.5 ft) Installation and Commissioning
10 Meters (32 ft) (in some ranges)
(Other options available) Installation should be carried out in accordance with the instructions sup-
Max. Measured Temp. +25% of scale range plied with each controller.
3: 194
PN600 Series Pneumatic Controllers
Dimensions E
(nominal) in inches and millimeters
Controller
A B C D G
7.8 5.7 5.3 .67
202 144 136 17 F
Temperature Sensing Bulb
E F G
6.7 4.7 .5
170 120 13
Panel Mounting Cut Out
J H
7.4 5.5
188 138
Mounting Arrangements
Controllers are panel mounted using the brackets provided with the
A
units as standard.
Control
Valves
D
B C
Trans. & Sensors

Controllers,
J
H
TI-1-613-US 08.99
3: 195
SX25
Process Controller
Description
The SX25 controllers are 1/16 DIN panel mounted, suitable for constant
set point applications and for use with the Spirax Sarco range of pneumat-
ic (PN) and electric (EL) control valves and sensors.
Available types
SX25 mA One linear control output (mA)
Auxiliary power supply for loop powered sensors
SX25 VMD VMD (Valve Motor Drive) control output
SX25 general technical data

Mounting arrangement Panel mounted 1/16 DIN
100 to 240 Vac, 50 / 60 Hz
Power supply
(-15 to +10% of the nominal value) Control action
Electrical connections Screw connection terminal block Proportional band 0.5 to
Control
Power consumption 1.6 VA maximum

Valves
999.9%
Protection IP65 front protection Integral time 0.1 to 100.0 minutes or
Operating temperature 0 to +122°F, 5 to 90% RH off
RTD Pt100 2 or 3 wire connection Control parameters Derivative time 0.01 to 10.00 minutes or
Universal Linear mA 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, using external off
inputs shunt resistor 2.5Ω , Ri10 MΩ
Trans. & Sensors
Error band 0.1 to

Voltage 0 / 10 to 50 mV, Ri 10 MΩ
Controllers
10%
Thermocouples L, J, T, K, S, custom One shot tune, or natural frequency tune.
Sampling time 500 ms Auto tuning The controller will automatically select
RTD Pt100 / the best method according to the
0.25% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient
Accuracy thermocouples process conditions.
Linear mA 1.25% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient A self-learning, non-intrusive analysis of the
Linear voltage 0.10% ±1 digit @ 80°F ambient Adaptive
process to continuously calculate the PID
Number of set points 1 tuning
parameters.
On-Off control Hysteresis from 0.1 to 10%
Overshoot To minimise overshoot on
SX25 mA version tchnical data protection critical processes.
0 / 4 - 20 mA 750 mA Actuator response time from 15 to 600 secs.
mA control output (OP4) (15 V maximum) Valve motor
Minimum correction step 0.1 to 5.0%
Resolution 12 bit (0.025%) drive control
of the valve travel
Accuracy 0.1% Auto / manual modes Selectable from keyboard.
*Relay (OP1) SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac
SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac or
*Relay / SSR (OP2)
SSR 5 V ±10%, 30 mA maximum Functions available
*Relay (OP3) SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac Universal input Resistance thermometers,
Supply for a two wire 4 - 20 mA thermocouples, mA and volt
Auxiliary power supply or three wire, +18 V ±20%, Auxiliary power For external sensors requiring loop power
30 mA maximum for transmitters supply (SX25 mA only)
*Only two of the outputs can be used from relays OP1, OP2 or OP3. Auto / manual Indication of manual mode
selection and power output %
Ramps Two independent ramps (ramp up and
SX25 VMD version technical data ramp down) for set point change
2 x SPST relay N.O. 2A/250 Vac Two programmable relay outputs for
Valve travel time: 15 - 600 seconds Event alarm deviation, band and process alarms with
VMD (OP1, OP3)
Valve minimum step: latch and block feature
0.1 to 5.0% of travel
SPST relay N.O. 2 A / 250 Vac or
Relay / SSR OP2
SSR ±10%, 30 mA maximum
TI-P323-24-US 09.02
3: 196
SX25 Process Controller
Wiring diagram
(SX25 mA ONLY)
L 1 7 + 13 NO
OP2-L 18V OP4 mA
VMD
N
~ 2 8 - 14 C
OP2-R
NO 3 9 + 15 NO
VMD
OP1
C 4 10 + 16 C
B
- 5 11 - 17
TC
+ b
6 12 A 18
mA
mV SX25 VMD
Pt100 Output on OP1:
OP3:
! SX25 mA
Output on OP4: mA
Control
Valves
Dimensions and weight
(approximate) in inches, millimeters pounds and grams
4.72"
Trans. & Sensors

(120 mm)
Controllers,
1.89"
(48mm)
Weight
1.89" 13.0 g (0.23 lbs) approximately
(48mm)
Panel cut-out
(approximate) in mm
2.56"
(65mm) 0.79"
minimum (20 mm) maximum
2.56"
(65mm)
minimum
1.77" + 0.024
(45 + 0.6 mm)
1.77" + 0.024
(45 + 0.6 mm)
How to order
Example: 1 off SX25 mA, with mA output or 1 off SX25 VMD, with valve motor drive output.
TI-P323-24-US 09.02
3: 197
EL2300 Single Loop Controller
Description
The EL2300 controller is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted single-loop controller
suitable for constant set point applications and for use with the Spirax ®
Sarco range of pneumatic and electric series actuators, valves and sen- FC
sors. PV
Standard Model Number: 230B-C0-0A-10-0000B00-00-0 ALM 12
MA
OUT 12
2300
Technical Data SP RL
Mounting Arrangement Panel mounted 1/4 DIN
Power Supply 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VAC/DC optional
Power Cosumption 6 VA
FUNCTION DISPLAY MAN-AUTO SET UP
Front Protection IP65/NEMA 3 hose down rating
RESET
Accuracy ± 0.25% of span
Analog Inputs 1 universal input: T/Cs, 100PT RTD, mA, mV AUTO RUN
Control
Valves
or volts. TUNE HOLD

Input sampling rate 6 times per second
Output 4 - 20 mA current output
Trans. & Sensors
Controllers
Options
A variety of options are available to special order. These include an
additional input, alarms and communications. Contact Spirax Sarco for Installation and Commissioning
further details. Installation and commissioning should be carried out in accordance
with the instructions supplied with each controller.
Mounting Arrangements
Controllers are panel mounted as standard using the brackets provided
with the units.
Features
Easy to Configure -A bright dedicated configuration display provides
straightforward multilanguage prompts that allow easy set-up with mini-
mum time and effort.
Autotune - This standard feature provides plug and play tuning alo-
gorithm, which will, at the touch of a button or through digital input, accu-
rately identify and tune any process including those with deadtime and
integration processes.
Fuzzy Logic -This feature uses fuzzy logic to suppress process variable
overshoot which can result from setpoint changes or externally induced
process disturbance. It operates independently from Autotune. It can be
enabled or disabled.
Universal Inputs - Accepts RTD’s, mA, mV or voltage input through sim-

ple configurations (other inputs also available).
Thermocouple Failsafe - Configurable for upscale or downscale burnout

or failsafe output level.
Dual Setpoints - Simple push-button selection allows quick switchover

from primary to alternate setpoint.
3: 198
EL2300 Single Loop Controller
Upper Display - Four digits
• Normal operation -Process Variable
• Configuration mode- displays parameter
➤ value or selection
B ➤
➤
®
FC F - ˚Fahrenheit being used

PV
➤
➤
ALM - Alarm ALM 12 C - ˚Centigrade being used
conditions exist MA ➤
OUT - Control ➤ OUT 12
2300 M or A - Manual/Auto display
RL R - Remote or Local SP2 setpoint active
Relay 1 or 2 on ➤ L - Local setpoint active
SP 2300
A Lower Display - Six alpha-numeric characters
• Normal operation- displays operating
MAN-AUTO parameters and values (four numeric digits)
FUNCTION DISPLAY SET UP
RESET • Configuration mode- displays functions and
Keys parameters
AUTO RUN
TUNE HOLD
➤
H Max Panel I
Thickness
Control
Valves
Dimensions
Trans. & Sensors

Controller
Controllers,
A B C D E
E
3.78" 3.78" 4.19" 0.826" 3.57"
96 96 105.4 21 90.7
F G H I
3.62" 3.62" .945" .394"
92 92 24 10
D C
EL2300 Wiring Diagram
G
}
}
8 + 9
ALM2
7 - Input 10
6 R } 11
ALM1
5 + Current
}
12
4 - Output 13 Panel F
Cutout
L2/Neutral 14
L1/Hot 15
Ground
16
90-132 VAC
TI-1-614-US 09.03
3: 199
EL3300 Multi Loop Controller
Description
The EL3300 controller is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted multi-loop controller
suitable for constant set point applications and for use with the Spirax ®
Sarco range of pneumatic and electric series actuators, valves and sen-
sors. MAN
ALM 12
Standard Model Number: 330E-K0-2D0-21-00B000-00-0 FC
DI 123 -%
Technical Data R 3300
Mounting Arrangement Panel mounted 1/4 DIN RSP
Power Supply 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 24 VAC/DC optional
OUT 12
SP 3300
Power Cosumption 6 VA
Front Protection IP65/NEMA 3 hose down rating
Accuracy 0.20% of span typical (1 digit for display)
Inputs 1 standard universal/analog inputs plus one FUNCTION LOWER MANUAL SETPOINT
optional isolated universal input. LOOP 1/2 DISPLAY AUTO SELECT
Thermocouples (Type B, E, J, K, N, R, NiMoly,
S,T,W5W26); 100 ohm Platinum RTD;
Voltages or Current (0-10mV, 10-50mA, RUN
Control
SET UP
Valves
1-5V, 0-10V, 4-20mA) HOLD

Input sampling rate 6 times per second
Alarms One 5 - amp SPDT relays
Output 4 - 20 mA current output
Control Algorithms Configurable for PID-A, PID-B, PID with
manual reset or On-Off control
Trans. & Sensors
Heat/Col Capability Provides split range control with independent

Controllers
PID tuning constants for heating and cooling.

Two Loops of Control Two independent loops or iternally cascaded
loops in one device
Options
A variety of options are available to special order. These include additional
inputs, alarms and communications. Contact Spirax Sarco for further details.
modes.
Features
Easy to Configure -A bright dedicated configuration display provides straight- Thermocouple Failsafe - Configurable for upscale or downscale
forward multilanguage prompts that allow easy set-up with minimum time and burnout or failsafe output level.
effort.
Dual Setpoints - Simple push-button selection allows quick switchover
Autotune - This standard feature provides plug and play tuning alogorithm, from primary to alternate setpoint.
which will, at the touch of a button or through digital input, accurately identify
and tune any process including those with deadtime and integration process- Installation and Commissioning
es. Installation and commissioning should be carried out in accordance
with the instructions supplied with each controller.
Fuzzy Logic -This feature uses fuzzy logic to suppress process variable over-
shoot which can result from setpoint changes or externally induced process Mounting Arrangements
disturbance. It operates independently from Autotune. It can be enabled or Controllers are panel mounted as standard using the brackets provid-
disabled. ed with the units.
Universal Inputs - Accepts RTD’s, mA, mV or voltage input through simple

configurations (other inputs also available).
Setpoint Ramp - A configurable ramp rate or a single programmable setpoint

ramp up to 4-1/4 hours adds to start-up flexibility.
Heat/Cool Capability - Provides split-range control with independent PID tun-

ing constants for heating and cooling, plus mixed output forms.
Manual/Automatic Modes - Bumpless, balanceless transfer between control

3: 200
Upper Display - six characters
EL3300 Multi Loop Controller
• Normal operation -four digits dedi-
cated to display the process variable
• Configuration mode- displays
parameter value or selection F - ˚Fahrenheit being used MAN - controller in manual mode MAN and A - off —
Lower Display - eight characters C - ˚Centigrade being used A - conroller in automatic mode communications option
• Normal operation - displays operat- active
ing parameters and values ➤
• Configuration mode- displays func- B ➤
tion groups parameters
➤
®
➤
➤
ALM - Alarm conditions exist ➤ ALM 12
FC
MAN
➤
DI - Digital Input active ➤ DI 123 -% Deviation Bargraph -
3 - LSP 3 active R 3300
➤
• Center bar indicated PV is within ±1%
RSP - Remote SP or SP2 active ➤ RSP ➤ of setpoint.
SP3300
OUT - Control Relay 1 or 2 on ➤ OUT 12 • Next bar will light if PV is between ±1%
but less than ±2% in deviation.
A • If PV is equal to or greater than ±10%
T - Accutone in progress FUNCTION LOWER MANUAL SETPOINT deviation, the center bar plus all ten
t - PV tune in progress LOOP 1/2 DISPLAY AUTO SELECT
deviation bars will light.
L" - Loop 2 display
I - Cascade control RUN
SET UP
C - Computer setpoint active Keys HOLD
O - Output override active

R - Run SP ramp/program
➤
H - Hold SP reamp/program
Control
Valves
Max Panel
H
Thickness
I
Trans. & Sensors

Controllers,
Dimensions
Controller
A B C D E E
3.78" 3.78" 5.82" 0.85" 3.57"
96 96 147.3 21.6 90.7
F G H I
3.62" 3.62" .945" .394"
92 92 24 10
D C
EL3000 Wiring Diagram G
Ground 10 1
L1/Hot +
11 2
90-264 VAC 4-20
mA
L2/Neutral 12 3 -
Output
22 13 4
ALM 2 or
+ Power for F
23 14 5 Panel
2-Wire
Transmitter Cutout
24 15 6 -
25 R 16 7
26 +
27 -
} Input 1
17 8
9
ALM 1
TI-1-615-US 09.03
3: 201
Description
This range of temperature probes offers a range of Pt100 platinum resist-
ance sensors and a range of 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitters. All Enclosure
probes are available in several insertion lengths and separate pockets
are available for applications that require the probe to be removed from
the pipe without depressurising the process.
The EL2270 is a Pt100 platinum resistance temperature sensor designed

for general industrial use. The sensing device is a three wire device that
meets BS EN 60751:1996 Class B (DIN 43760 Class B). This sensor can
be connected directly to any temperature indicator or controller that has
a three wire Pt100 input.
The EL2271 is a combined Pt100 sensor and transmitter assembly. The
sensing element is a 3 wire device that meets
BS EN 60751:1996 Class A (DIN 43760 Class A) and the transmitter out-
puts 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to
any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that has a 4 - 20
mA input.
Control
Valves
The EL2810 is a stand alone 4 - 20 mA temperature transmitter for gen- Pocket

eral industrial use. The transmitter accepts a Pt100 input and converts it
to a 4 - 20 mA output. The 4 - 20 mA output can be connected directly to
any temperature indicator, controller or flow computer that has a 4 - 20 Probe
mA input.
Trans. & Sensors
Technical data
Controllers
The EL2270 and EL2271 temperature probes can be used in applica-

tions where process temperature is within the following limits. Where
greater temperatures and pressures are present, the temperature probe
should be fitted with an additional pocket.
Operating range
Pressure and temperature limits of temperature probe.
932
Temperature ˚F
752
curve
392
212
0
-58
0 147(10) 294(20)441(30) 588(40) 735(50)
Pressure and temperature limits of additional pocket.

932 EL2810
Temperature ˚F
752 Remote
curve temperature
392
transmitter
212
0
-58
0 294(20) 588(40) 882(60) 1176(80) 1470(100)
3: 202
Technical data
Mechanical data EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket
Enclosure Epoxy coated aluminium alloy Epoxy coated aluminium alloy ABS plastic
Probe 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel
Process connection 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT - 1/2" NPT
Electrical connection M20 with cable gland fitted M20 with cable gland fitted M20 -
Enclosure rating NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) NEMA 4 (IP65) -
Maximum ambient
158˚F (70˚C) 131˚F (55˚C) 158˚F (70˚C) -
temperature
Electrical data 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C)
32˚F TO 302˚F (0˚C to 150˚C)
32˚F TO 392˚F (0˚C to 200˚C)
-58˚F TO 122˚F(-50˚C to +50˚C) 32˚F TO 482˚F (0˚C to 250˚C)
Available ranges -58˚F TO 662˚F (-50˚C to +350˚C) 32˚F TO 212˚F (0˚C to 100˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C)
-58˚F TO 932˚F(-50˚C to +500˚C) 212˚F TO 482˚F (100˚C to 250˚C) 212˚F TO 752˚F (100˚C to 400˚C) -
302˚F TO 572˚F (150˚C to 300˚C)
392˚F TO 622˚F (200˚C to 350˚C)
392˚F TO 932˚F (200˚C to 500˚C)
482˚F TO 752˚F (250˚C to 400˚C)
Output Pt100 to BS EN 60751: Loop powered 4 - 20 mA Loop powered 4 - 20 mA -
1996 Class B
Output on sensor failure - 23.5 mA 30 mA -
Supply - 10 to 30 Vdc 10 to 30 Vdc -
Maximum loop resistance - 700 Ω at 24 Vdc 700 Ω at 24 Vdc -
Accuracy - ±(0.36˚F + 0.2 % of reading) ±(0.18˚F + 0.1 % of reading) -
Approvals - - EEX ia. iic. T5 -
EMC emmissions - BS EN 50081-1 BS EN 50081-1 -
Control
Valves
EMC susceptibility - BS EN 50082-2 BS EN 50082-1 -
EL2270 and EL2271

➤
Trans. & Sensors

➤
Dimensions
Controllers,
(approximate) in inches A
EL2270 EL2271 EL2810 Pocket ➤
A 3.5 3.5 2.3 -
B 5 5 4 -
C 3 3 2.8 -
D 1,2,3,5, 1,2,3,5 M20 .059 1,2,4,8, B
9, 28.5 8, 27.5
E .25 .25 - -
Note: Pocket should be 1" shorter than

the EL2270/EL2271.
Example: EL2270=9", Pocket=8" Pocket
➤
C
EL2810
➤
➤
➤
A
➤
D
D
➤
D
➤
C ➤
➤
B ➤
➤
➤
➤ ➤
➤
E B
TI-8-402-US 07.99
3: 203
Safety EL2600
Your attention is drawn to Safety Information Leaflet IM-GCM-10.
Description
The EL2600 is a combined pressure sensor and transmitter which
is designed for general industrial use.
It has a 2 wire 4-20 mA current loop, and a 1/4" NPT process
connection. Two syphon tube and valve assemblies are available,
one with a maximum design pressure of 362.5 psig and one with a
maximum design pressure of 1160 psig.
Available Ranges psig

0-14.5 0-145 0-1450 *
0-23.2 0-232 0-2320 *
0-36.25 0-362.5 0-3625 *
0-58 0-870
0-87 0-580
Control
*No 'U' syphon available for these ranges, therefore maximum

Valves
operating temperature is limited to 158°F.

Note: High pressure 'spikes' above maximum overpressure, even
of very short (milli-seconds) duration, could damage sensors. If
pressure peaks are likely to occur in your application, we recommend
the use of a pressure snubber. Alternatively, a higher range pressure
Trans. & Sensors
transmitter could be used, though this would mean some loss of

Controllers
signal resolution.
Limiting conditions
Pressure/ temperature limits EL2600
Minimum operating temperature 32°F
(without syphon tube) 158°F
Low pressure syphon tube/ valve
Maximum design pressure 362.5 psig
Maximum working conditions 304.5 psig and 422.6°F
High pressure syphon tube
Maximum design pressure 1160 psig Materials
EL2600
Maximum working conditions 870 psig and 842°F
Part Material
Process connection
Body Stainless steel 316L WS 1.4435
For fluids below 158°F the EL2600 may be mounted directly via its
1/4" NPT connection. Connector Moulded plastic Polyamide PA 66
Above 158°F, a 'U' syphon and isolating valve must be fitted between *Low pressure syphon tube assembly
the EL2600 and the vessel or pipeline.
Part Material
Technical data Tube Carbon steel ASTM A106 Gr. B. Phosphated
Pressure Overpressure Burst pressure Accuracy Valve Body Brass
range (psig) (psig) (+/-%FSD at 68°F) Valve Handle Phenolic
up to 29 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5
29 - 362.5 3 x full scale 2900 > 0.5 High pressure syphon tube assembly
362.5 - 362.5 3 x full scale 12.325 > 0.5
Part Material
Supply voltage 9 to 33 V dc Tube Carbon steel BS 3602: Part.1 1987 CFS 360
Supply voltage influence < 0.1% full scale (zinc plated/ passivated)
Enclosure rating NEMA4 Valve Body Carbon steel
Valve Seat PEEK/ Polymain
Approvals
EMC emissions BS EN 50081 - 1 * Valve ordered separately
EMC susceptibility BS EN 50082 - 2
Supply voltage - 9 Volts
Maximum loop resistance (ohms)
0.02 Amps
3: 204
Wiring details
Powered current loop input:-
Dimensions/ weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
EL2600 Screen
A B C D E Weight 1+ +
2.6" 1.9" 1.1" 0.5" 1.4" 0.2 4-20 mA
2- -
'U' Syphon and isolating valve
F G H J K L Weight
4 Any powered
6.3" 2" 5.9" 6.3" 2.3" 5.9" 1.1 Ground 4-20 mA input
EL2600
Unpowered current loop input:-
D A C 24 Vdc Power
+ -
supply
Screen
E
B 1+ -
1/4" NPT
2- +
4 Any unpowered
Ground
4-20 mA input
1/4" NPT F EL2600
Control
Valves
1/4" NPT
Trans. & Sensors

Parallel
Controllers,
(NPSM) Installation
H The EL2600 pressure sensor must be installed as described in the
Installation and Maintenance Instructions supplied with each unit. It
is essential to use a 'U' syphon and valve for temperatures above
158°F to avoid damage to the unit. The syphon tube must be
filled with water before fitting the EL2600.
Low Pressure Maintenance

No specific maintenance is required, but we recommend inspection
of the transmitter and its connector at least once a year. The
EL2600 can be re-calibrated - see Installation and Maintenance
1/4" NPT
Instructions.
J
Cable requirements
• 2 core cable with screen if noise expected.
• Maximum cable length is dependent upon the driving voltage and
K
cable resistance.
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco EL2600 pressure transmitter, range 0-232 psig
1/4" NPT with 'U' syphon and valve.
parallel
(NPSM)
High Pressure
TI-8-403-US 05.01
3: 205
Type PF51G-NC (Normally Closed)
Piston Actuated On/Off Valves
Description
A 2-port normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off bronze valve for
use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. 8
The valve is designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2).
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve. 10
A spring acts above the piston to close the valve. The valve plug has a
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is includ- 9
ed on standard and flow regulator models.
Note: For water/liquid applications, a bi-directional valve (type BD) is rec-
2
ommended to prevent waterhammer on valve closure.
5 6
Available types
PF51G-1NC normally closed with 45 mm diameter actuator 3 11 and 12
PF51G-2NC normally closed with 63 mm diameter actuator
1
4
Control
Valves
PF51G-1NC 1/2", 3/4", and 1" NPT Port 2 Port 1

PF51G-2NC 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
PF51G-3NC 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
Materials
No. Part Material
1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
Options 2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
Actuated Valves
Travel switch
3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the
4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A,

5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with
6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2NC-I-1" NPT
*7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
Stroke regulator
8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and
9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2NC-R-1" NPT
10 Piston lip seal Viton
Pilot Solenoid Valves
11 Gasket PTFE
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves.
12 'O' ring Viton
(see TI-P373-04US for details)
* not shown
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot
Solenoid Valves. (see TIS 8.500 US for details)
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate Cv values
location, consult SSI for options.
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
All Pilot Solenoid Valves are available in 240, 120, 24 VAC and 24 VDC
Cv 4.7 8.8 19.6 29.4 45.5 57.8
voltages. (see applicable TI sheets)
Technical details
Leakage PTFE soft seal ANSI class VI
Operating range
Flow characteristic Fast opening on /off
Flow direction Flow over seat port 1 to 2
Pilot media Air, water or inert gas (140°F max.) 356
Temperature °F
A B C
Actuator housing rotation 360° 302
Pilot connection Max. pilot pressure Steam
212 saturation
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig
curve
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig 122
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig A B C
0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Limiting conditions Pressure psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F B-B Maximum operating pressure sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
C-C Maximum operating pressure sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
Maximum saturated steam pressure 130 psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf
3: 206
Dimensions / weight (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Port size Actuator Bronze
(NPT) Diameter A B C D Weight 3.03"
inches inches inches inches inches pounds
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 5.79 6.74 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9* D C
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3*
3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
* Plus 0.5 lbs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option A Stroke regulator
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-NC (Normally closed) piston actuated valves
Port size Actuator diameter Flow direction Max diff. pres.(psig) Max diff. pres.(psig) Pilot pressure
Model (NPT) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF51G-1NC 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 1" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-2NC 1/2" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
Control
Valves
PF51G-2NC 3/4" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF51G-2NC 1" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF51G-2NC 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 44 150
PF51G-2NC 1-1/2" 63 over seat 230 130 44 150
PF51G-2NC 2" 63 over seat 160 130 44 150
PF51G-3NC 1" 90 over seat 290 130 15 120
Actuated Valves
PF51G-3NC 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 36 120
PF51G-3NC 1-1/2" 90 over seat 230 130 36 120
Piston
PF51G-3NC 2" 90 over seat 220 130 36 120
Pilot / media pressure relationship Installation

PF51G-1NC flow over seat (1 to2) The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
150 flow as indicated on the inlet/outlet ports by the connection
Pilot pressure (psig)
120 1"
numbers 1 to 2.
90 3/4" To simplify mounting of the pilot pressure lines or solenoid
60 1/2" valves, the actuator can be rotated through 360°.
30 The pipework should be supported to prevent the valve body
26 being stressed.
0 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with the
0 60 120 175 230
Media pressure (psig) valve.
PF51G-2NC flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order

150
2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2NC-1" NPT

120
1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2NC-I-1" NPT
90 1"
Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2NC-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
44 1/2"
30
22 Spare parts
0
0 60 120 175 230 290 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes compris-
Media pressure (psig) ing: piston lip seal, actuator stem ‘O‘ ring, plug soft seal
PF51G-3NC flow over seat (1 to 2) (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
150
2" How to order spare seal kits

90 1-1/2" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
60 1-1/4"
date code (given on actuator label i.e. 120=week 12, year
36 1"
30 2000).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2NC,-1" NPT date code 120
0
0 60 120 230 290
Media pressure (psig) TI-P373-10-US 08.03
3: 207
Type PF51G-NO (Normally Open)
Description
A 2-port normally open pneumatically actuated on/off bronze valve for use
on water, air, oil and gases and can also be used for lower specification 9
steam applications. The valves are not suitable for vacuum conditions. 10
The valve is designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1) suitable for anti-
waterhammer liquid applications.
8
A pneumatic signal acts above the actuator piston to close the valve. A
spring acts below the piston to open the valve, The valve plug has a PTFE
soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is included on 2
standard and flow regulator models.
5 6
3 11
Available types
PF51G-1NO normally open with 45 mm diameter actuator 4 1
PF51G-2NO normally open with 63 mm diameter actuator
PF51G-3NO normally open with 90 mm diameter actuator rt 1
Po
Sizes and pipe connections rt 2
Control
Po
Valves
PF51G-1NO 1/2", 3/4" and 1" NPT

PF51G-2NO 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
Materials
PF51G-3NO 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
No. Part Material
Options 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
Travel switch 2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
Actuated Valves
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2NO-I-1" NPT 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Stroke regulator *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF51G-2NC-R-1" NPT 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
Pilot Solenoid Valves 10 Piston lip seal Viton
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves. 11 Gasket PTFE
(see TI-P373-04US for details) 12 'O' ring Viton
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot * not shown
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate Cvs values
location, consult SSI for options.
All Pilot Solenoid Valves are available in 240, 120, 24 VAC and 24 VDC Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
voltages. (see applicable TI sheets) Cv 4.7 8.8 19.6 29.4 45.5 57.8
Technical details
Flow characteristic Fast opening on /off Operating range
356
Temperature °F
Pilot media Air, water or inert gas (140°F max.) A B C

302
Actuator housing rotation 360°
Steam
Pilot connection Max. pilot pressure 212 saturation
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4")dim. 1/8" BSP 150 psig curve
122
63 mm (2-1/2")dim. 1/4" BSP 150 psig
A B C
90 mm (3-9/16")dim. 1/4" BSP 120 psig 0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Limiting conditions A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F
3: 208
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 5.79 6.74 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
A Stroke regulator
* Plus 0.5 lbs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-NO (Normally open) piston actuated valves

Port size Actuator diameter Flow direction Max diff.pres.(psig) Max diff.pres.(psig) Pilot pressure
Model (NPT) (mm) (2 to 1) gas & liquid steam min(psig) max.(psig)
PF51G-1NO 1/2" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NO 3/4" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-1NC 1" 45 under seat 230 130 26 150
PF51G-2NO 1/2" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
Control
Valves
PF51G-2NO 3/4" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/4" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/2" 63 under seat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 2" 63 under seat 175 130 22 150
Actuated Valves
PF51N-3NO 1 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
PF51G-3NO 1-1/4" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
Piston
PF51N-3NO 1-1/2" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115
PF51G-3NO 2" 90 under seat 230 130 15 115

The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
PF51G-1NO flow over seat (2 to 1) flow as indicated on the inlet/outlet ports by the connection
150
1" numbers 1 to 2.
120 To simplify mounting of the pilot presure lines or solenoid
90 3/4"
valves, the actuator can be rotated through 360°.
60 1/2"
The pipework should be supported to prevent the valve body
30 being stressed.
26
0 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with the
0 60 120 175 230
PF51G-2NO flow over seat (2 to 1) How to order

150 1-1/2"
2" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2NO-1" NPT

120 1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2NO-I-1" NPT
90 1" Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2NO-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
30 1/2"
22 Spare parts
0
0 60 120 175 230 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes compris-
(PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
PF51G-3NO flow over seat (2 to 1)

120

60 1-1/4"
1" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
30 2001).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2NO-1" NPT date code 401
0
0 60 120 175 230 TI-P373-08-US 08.03
Media pressure (psig)
3: 209
Type PF51G-BD (Bi-directional Normally Closed)
Description
A 2-port bi-directional normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off
bronze valve for use on water, air, oil and gases and can also be used on
lower specification steam applications. 8
The valve is designed for special applications that require flow in both
directions and incorporates an anti-waterhammer design for liquid appli- 10
cations flowing under the seat (ports 2 to 1). 9
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve.
5 6
Available types
PF51G-1BD normally closed with 45 mm diameter actuator 3 11 and 12
PF51G-2BD normally closed with 63 mm diameter actuator 1
PF51G-3BD normally closed with 90 mm diameter actuator
4
Control
Valves
PF51G-1BD 1/2", 3/4" and 1" NPT Port 2 Port 1

PF51G-2BD 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
PF51G-3BD 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT Materials
No. Part Material
Options 1 Body Bronze EN 1982 CC491K
Travel switch 2 Bonnet Bronze EN 12165 CW617N
Actuated Valves
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF51G-2BD-I-1" NPT 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Stroke regulator *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF51G-2BD-R-1" NPT 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
Pilot Solenoid Valves 10 Piston lip seal Viton
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves. 11 Gasket PTFE
(see TI-P373-04US for details) 12 'O' ring Viton
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot * not shown
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate location, consult Cvs values
SSI for options.
All Pilot Solenoid Valves are available in 240, 120, 24 VAC and 24 VDC voltages. Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
(see applicable TI sheets) Cv 4.7 8.8 19.6 29.4 45.5 57.8
Technical details
Anti-waterhammer Flow under seat port 2 to 1 356
Temperature °F
A B C
Actuator housing rotation 360° Steam
212 saturation
Pilot connection Max. pilot pressure curve
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig 122
0
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig 0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Limiting conditions A-A
B-B
Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam
Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2"
130 psig
230 psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
Maximum differential pressure See table overleaf TI-P373-09-US 08.03
3: 210
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 1.1
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.12 1.8
1" 1-3/4 (45mm) 3.55 6.60 6.30 5.79 2.6
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 2.0* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 2.9*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 3.5*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 4.4*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 5.3*
3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 6.0*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 4.6*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 5.5*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 6.2*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 7.1*
A Stroke regulator
B
Differential pressures for PF51G-BD (Normally closed) piston actuated valves
Valve Actuator Flow Max diff.pres. Max diff.pres. Flow Max diff.pres. Max. diff.pres. Pilot
Model size size direction (psig) (psig) direction (psig) (psig) pressure
(inches) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam (2 to 1) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF51G-1BD 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 230* 130 73 150
PF51G-1BD 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 100* 100* 73 150
PF51G-1BD 1" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 75* 75* 73 150
Control
Valves
PF51G-2BD 1" 63 over seat 230 130 under seat 160* 130 55 150
PF51G-2BD 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 under seat 90* 90* 55 150
PF51G-2BD 2" 63 over seat 115 115* under seat 36* 36* 55 150
Actuated Valves
PF51G-3BD 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 under seat 175* 130 48 116
Piston
* Maximum differential pressures for all pilot pressures.
Installation
Pilot / media pressure relationship The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
PF51G-1BD flow over seat (1 to 2)
150
flow as indicated on the inlet/outlet ports by the connection
1"
120 3/4" numbers 1 to 2.
90 1/2" To simplify mounting of the pilot pressure line or solenoid
73 valves, the actuator can be rotated through 360°.
60
0 being stressed.
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with the
PF51G-2BD flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order
150
2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF51G-2BD-1" NPT

120 1-1/4"
90 1" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF51G-2BD-I-1" NPT
3/4"
60 1/2" Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF51G-2BD-R-1" NPT
55
30
0 Spare parts
0 60 120 175 230 A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes compris-
ing: piston lip seal, actuator stem ‘O‘ ring, plug soft seal
PF51G-3BD flow over seat (1 to 2) (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120
2"
90 1-1/2" How to order spare seal kits
1-1/4"
60 1" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
48 date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40,
30 year 2001).
0 Example: 1-seal kit for PF51G-2BD-1" NPT date code 401
0 60 120 175 230
3: 211
Description
A 2-port normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off stainless steel
valve for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases.
The valve is designed for flow over the seat (port 1 to 2). 8
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve.
A spring acts above the piston to close the valve. The valve plug has a 10
Note: For water/liquid applications, a bi-directional valve (type BD) is rec-
ommended to prevent waterhammer on valve closure. 2
Available types 5
6
PF61G-2NC normally closed with 63 mm diameter actuator 3 11 and 12
PF61G-3NC normally closed with 90 mm diameter actuator 1
PF61G-1NC 1/2" and 3/4" NPT
Control
Valves
PF61G-2NC 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT Port 2 Port 1
PF61G-3NC 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT
Materials
Options No. Part Material
Travel switch 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the 2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
Actuated Valves
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
Power (P) = 30 VA. Available on 63 mm and 90 mm actuators with 4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2NC-I-1" NPT 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Stroke regulator 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2NC-R-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Pilot Solenoid Valves 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves. 10 Piston lip seal Viton
(see TI-P373-04US for details) 11 Gasket PTFE
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot 12 'O' ring Viton
Solenoid Valves. (see TIS 8.500 US for details) * not shown
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate loca-
tion, consult SSI for options.
Cv values
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Cv 4.9 9.1 21.7 31.5 49.0 60.1
Technical details
Operating range
Temperature °F
A B C
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig 212 saturation
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig curve
122
0
Limiting conditions 0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
3: 212
Port size Actuator St. Steel

1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* Travel switch
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3* D C
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
2 1
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 9.5* A Stroke regulator
* Plus 0.5 lbs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option B
Differential pressures for PF61G-NC (Normally closed) piston actuated valves

PF61G-1NC 1/2" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-1NC 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-2NC 1/2" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF61G-2NC 3/4" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
Control
Valves
PF61G-2NC 1" 63 over seat 290 130 22 150
PF61G-2NC 1-1/4" 63 over seat 230 130 41 150
PF61G-2NC 1-1/2" 63 over seat 230 130 41 150
PF61G-2NC 2" 63 over seat 160 130 41 150
PF61G-3NC 1" 90 over seat 290 130 15 115
PF61G-3NC 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 41 115
Actuated Valves
PF61G-3NC 1-1/2" 90 over seat 230 130 41 115
PF61G-3NC 2" 90 over seat 220 130 41 115
Piston
PF61G-1NC flow over seat (1 to 2) The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
120 numbers 1 to 2.
90 3/4" To simplify mounting of the pilot pressure lines or solenoid
26 being stressed.
0
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with
Media pressure (psig) the valve.
PF61G-2NC flow over seat (1 to 2) How to order

150
2" 1-1/2" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2NC-1" NPT

120
1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2NC-I-1" NPT
90 1"
60 3/4" Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2NC-R-1" NPT
41 1/2"
30
22
0
Spare parts
PF61G-3NC flow over seat (1 to 2) (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120

60 1-1/4" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 120=week 12,
41
30 1" year 2000).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2NC-1" NPT, date code 120
0
0 60 120 175 230 290
3: 213
Description
A 2-port normally open pneumatically actuated on/off stainless steel valve
for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. 9
The valve is designed for flow under the seat (port 2 to 1) suitable for anti- 10
waterhammer liquid applications.
A pneumatic signal acts above the actuator piston to close the valve. A
8
spring acts below the piston to open the valve, The valve plug has a PTFE
soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve positon indicator is included on
standard and flow regulator models. 2
Available types 5 6
PF61G-2NO normally open with 63 mm diameter actuator
Sizes and pipe connections rt 1

Po
PF61G-1NO 1/2" and 3/4"
rt 2
Control
Po
Valves
PF61G-2NO 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2"

PF61G-3NO 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2"
Materials
No. Part Material
Options
1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
Travel switch
2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
Actuated Valves
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the

3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A,
4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston

5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316
nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2NO-I-1" NPT
6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Stroke regulator
*7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and
8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2NO-R-1" NPT
9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
Pilot Solenoid Valves
10 Piston lip seal Viton
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves.
11 Gasket PTFE
(see TI-P373-04US for details)
12 'O' ring Viton
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot
* not shown
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate
location, consult SSI for options. Cvs values
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Cv 4.9 9.1 21.7 31.5 49.0 60.1
Technical details
Temperature °F
A B C
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig 212 saturation
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig curve
122
0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Limiting conditions Pressure psig
B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
Minimum design temperature 14°F C-C Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1/2" to 1" 360 psig
3: 214
3.04"
(NPT) Diameter A B C D Weight
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* Travel switch
D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 9.5*
A Stroke regulator
B
Differential pressures for PF61G-NO (Normally open) piston actuated valves

PF61G-1NO 1/2" 45 underseat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-1NO 3/4" 45 underseat 230 130 26 150
PF61G-2NO 1/2" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 3/4" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
Control
Valves
PF61G-2NO 1" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 1-1/4" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF51G-2NO 1-1/2" 63 underseat 230 130 22 150
PF61G-2NO 2" 63 underseat 175 130 22 116
PF61G-2NO 1 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
PF61G-3NO 1-1/4" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
Actuated Valves
PF61G-3NO 1-1/2" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
PF61G-3NO 2" 90 underseat 230 130 15 115
Piston
Pilot / media pressure relationship
Installation
PF61G-1NO flow under seat (2 to1) The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
120 numbers 1 to 2.
3/4"
90 To simplify mounting of the pilot pressure lines or solenoid
25 being stressed.
0
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with
the valve.
PF61G-2NO flow under seat (2 to 1) How to order
150 1-1/2"
2" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2NO-1" NPT

120 1-1/4" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2NO-I-1" NPT
90 1"
Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2NO-R-1" NPT
60 3/4"
45 1/2"
30
20 Spare parts
0
(PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
PF61G-3NO flow under seat (2 to 1)

120

90 Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
1-1/2"
60 1-1/4" date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
1"
30 2001).
15 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2NO -1" NPT date code 401
0
0 60 120 175 230
3: 215
Description
A 2-port bi-directional normally closed pneumatically actuated on/off
stainless steel valve for use on steam, water, air, oil and gases. The valve
8
is designed for special applications that require flow in both directions and
incorporates an anti-waterhammer design for liquid applications flowing
10
under the seat (ports 2 to 1).
A pneumatic signal acts below the actuator piston to open the valve. 9
PTFE soft seal to provide tight shut-off. A valve position indicator is includ-
ed on standard and flow regulator models. 2
Available types 5
6
3 11 and 12
PF61G-3BD normally closed with 90 mm diameter actuator 1

PF61G-1BD 1/2", 3/4" NPT
Control
Valves
PF61G-2BD 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", and 2"NPT Port 2 Port 1
PF61G-3BD 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" NPT Materials
Options No. Part Material
Travel switch 1 Body Stainless steel AISI 316L
Relays an electrical signal to indicate open or closed position of the 2 Bonnet Stainless steel AISI 316L
Actuated Valves
valve. Maximum rating: Voltage (V) = 500 V, Current (I) = 0.5 A, 3 Plug Stainless steel AISI 316L
4 Plug seal PTFE
Piston

nomenclature suffix 'I'. i.e. PF61G-2BD-I-1" NPT 5 Valve stem Stainless steel AISI 316L
Stroke regulator 6 Stem seals PTFE chevrons
Limits valve lift to regulate maximum flow. Available on 63 mm and *7 Stem 'O' ring Viton
90 mm actuators with nomenclature suffix 'R'. i.e. PF61G-2BD-R-1" NPT 8 Actuator housing Glass filled polyamide
Pilot Solenoid Valves 9 Piston Glass filled polyamide
For direct mounting, use type “DM” Pilot Solenoid Valves. 10 Piston lip seal Viton
(see TI-P373-04US for details) 11 Gasket PTFE
For remote mounting for a series of PAV’s, use type “DMD” banked Pilot 12 'O' ring Viton
Solenoid Valves. (see TIS 8.500 US for details) * not shown
For remote mounting for individual PAV’s, at a panel or separate
location, consult SSI for options. Cvs values
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Cv 4.9 9.1 21.7 31.5 49.0 60.1
Technical details
Flow direction Flow over seat port 1 to 2 Operating range
Anti-waterhammer Flow under seat port 2 to 1
356
Temperature °F
Pilot media Air, water or inert gas (140°F max.) A B C

302
Actuator housing rotation 360°
212 saturation
Actuator size 45 mm (1-3/4") dia. 1/8" BSP 150 psig curve
63 mm (2-1/2") dia. 1/4" BSP 150 psig 122
A B C
90 mm (3-9/16") dia. 1/4" BSP 115 psig 0
0 70 145 220 290 360
Pressure psig
Limiting conditions A-A Maximum operating pressure on saturated steam 130 psig
Maximum design temperature 356°F B-B Maximum operating pressure on gas & liquids sizes 1-1/4" to 2" 230 psig
TI-P373-01-US 08.03
3: 216
3.04"
(NPT) Diameter A B C D Weight
1/2" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.56 5.67 5.36 4.85 2.9
3/4" 1-3/4" (45mm) 2.96 6.11 5.63 5.13 3.1 Travel switch
1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.56 7.57 7.25 6.74 3.1* D C
3/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 2.96 7.81 7.57 6.94 3.3*
1" 2-1/2" (63mm) 3.55 8.36 8.08 7.29 4.2*
1-1/4" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.35 8.87 8.55 7.61 5.1*
1-1/2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 4.73 9.06 8.87 7.81 6.6* 3.27"
2" 2-1/2" (63mm) 5.91 9.78 9.50 8.16 8.2*
1" 3-9/16" (90mm) 3.55 8.76 8.44 7.67 5.5*
1-1/4" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.34 9.27 8.94 7.96 6.4*
1-1/2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 4.73 9.42 9.26 8.16 8.0*
2" 3-9/16" (90mm) 5.91 10.13 9.85 8.51 9.5* A Stroke regulator
* Plus 0.5 lbs. for travel switch or stroke regulator option B
Differential pressures for PF61G-BD (Normally closed) piston actuated valves

Valve Actuator Flow Max diff.pres. Max diff.pres. Flow Max diff.pres. Max. diff.pres. Pilot
Model size size direction (psig) (psig) direction (psig) (psig) pressure
(inches) (mm) (1 to 2) gas & liquid steam (2 to 1) gas & liquid steam min (psig) max. (psig)
PF61G-1BD 3/4" 45 over seat 230 130 under seat 100* 100* 60 150
Control
Valves
PF61G-2BD 2" 63 over seat 115 115* under seat 36* 36* 55 150
Actuated Valves
PF61G-3BD 1-1/4" 90 over seat 230 130 under seat 175* 130 48 115
Piston
* Maximum differential pressures for all pilot pressures.

The valve can be installed in any position with the direction of
120 3/4" numbers 1 to 2.

1/2" To simplify mounting of the pilot pressure line or solenoid
90
60 valves, the actuator can be rotated through 360°.
0 being stressed.
0 60 120 175 230 Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with the
valve.
150
How to order
2" 1-1/2"
120 1-1/4" Standard Valve 1 - PF61G-2BD-1" NPT
1" Valve with travel switch 1 - PF61G-2BD-I-1" NPT
90 3/4"
1/2"
60 Valve with stroke regulator 1 - PF61G-2BD-R-1" NPT
55
30
0 Spare parts
0 60 120 175 230
Media pressure (psig) A seal kit is available for all valve and actuator sizes compris-
PF61G-3BD flow over seat (1 to 2) (PTFE), body seal and ‘O‘ ring.
120
2"
90 1-1/2" How to order spare seal kits
1-1/4"
60 1" Always order spares by specifying the valve size, type and
48 date code (given on actuator label i.e. 401=week 40, year
30
2001).
0 Example: 1-seal kit for PF61G-2BD-1" NPT date code 401
0 60 120 175 230
3: 217
Piston Control
Actuated Valves Valves
3: 218
Type DM Solenoid Valves
for use with Piston Actuated Valves
Description
A 3 way normally closed electropneumatic pilot solenoid valve that can
be directly mounted (banjo connection) to the PF51G, and PF61G-NC,
NO and BD series piston actuated valves.
Suitable for air, water or inert gas operating media. The valve is supplied
with a DIN connector and fitted with manual override as standard.
Available types Actuator

Model Actuator Voltage/Frequency Connection
DM11N 45mm 240/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM12N 45mm 120/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM13N 45mm 24/60 VAC 1/8" BSP
DM14N 45mm 24 VDC 1/8" BSP
DM21N 63mm 240/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM22N 63mm 120/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM23N 63mm 24/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
Control
Valves
DM31N 90mm 240/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM32N 90mm 120/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
DM33N 90mm 24/60 VAC 1/4" BSP
Actuated Valves
Technical details
Piston
Mounting Banjo connection
Manual override Fitted as standard
Form B DM11N, DM12N, DM13N, and DM14N Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
Connector Form B DM21N, DM22N, DM23N, and DM24N
DIN 43650 Form A DM31N, DM32N, DM33N, and DM34N Type A B C Weight
DM11N to DM14N 1/8" NPT
Pilot media DM11N, DM12N, DM13N and DM14N 1.22 3.03 1.06 0.60
DM21N to DM24N
connection 1/8" NPT DM21N, DM22N, DM23N and DM24N 1.38 3.07 1.06 0.60
DM31N to DM34N
AC 9 (holding) DM31N, DM32N, DM33N and DM34N 1.38 3.74 1.06 0.84
DM11N, DM12N
AC 14 (inrush)
DM13N, DM14N
DC 6
Coil DM21N, DM22N AC 9 (holding)
consumption DM23N, DM24N AC 14 (inrush)
DC 6
AC 15 (holding) Ground
DM31N, DM32N
DM33N, DM34N AC 30 (inrush) terminal B
DC10
DIN
connector
Limiting conditions
Maximum media temperature 140°F
Minimum media temperature 14°F
Protection class IP65 (with connector)
Operating pressure 0 - 150 psig C A
Materials
Part Material Installation
Body ELNP Niploy coated brass The valve can be directly mounted (banjo connection) onto the
Seal FKM actuator.
Spare parts How to order

Coil and/or DIN connector available, consult SSI. Example: 1-DM21N Solenoid Valve 240 VAC
Local regulation may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only. TI-P373-04-US 08.03
3: 219
Type MDM Banked Pilot Valves
Description
A series of 3 way normally closed, solenoid operated, banked pilot valves
that are joined together and supply pressure to operate a correponding
number of Piston Actuted Valves. This banked manifold assembly may be
mounted in any posiiton. They are suitable for air or water media.
Standard for each banked valve is a manual override button, FKM seals,
a strain relief electrical connector with IP65 protection.
Technical details
Construction material: Body — Brass
Seals — Viton
Mounting: Universal, any position
Accepts #6 machine screws
Manual Override: Slotted 180° turn-button
Pilot Valve Connections: 1/8" NPT common "IN"
Control
Valves
1/8" NPT individual "OUT"

Electrical Connection: DIN 43650 Form B
Coil Consumption: AC: 9 VA (holding)
14 VA (inrush)
DC: 7 W
Limiting conditions
Actuated Valves
Maximum media temperature: 140°F

Minimum media temperature: 14°F
Piston
Protection class: IP65 (with DIN connector)

Operating pressure: 0 - 150 psig
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches and lbs.
C Wgt.
Sta. in. lbs.
2 3.00 1.3 Left Center Right
B919CVCM B920CVCM B921CVCM
3 4.00 1.9 3
4
4 5.00 2.5
5 6.00 3.1
6 7.00 3.7
7 8.00 4.3
8 9.00 4.9
3.06"
2
.38"
IN
2.32"
typ. 1.35" .98"
typ.
CL Mounting
typ.
CL Mounting
3: 220
Type MDM Banked Pilot Valves
Installation
The blanket valve assembly can be directly mounted to a system plate in any
position. Incoming pilot pressure to connect with the common “IN” port (end).
Outgoing pilot pressure to connect from the individual “OUT” ports (sides).
Each “Out” port line to connect to a correponding Piston Actuated Valve actu-
ator. Note: When attaching to the PAV’s with 63mm or 90mm actuator heads,
it will be necessry to bush up from 1/8" NPT to 1/4" NPT.
Order Information
Example: MDM92N-4
A (4) station banked Pilot Valve assembly, 120V AC,
1/8" NPT for a 45mm or 63mm Piston Actuate Valve.
MDM92N-4
MDM 4
Banked Pilot Valve Assembly (4) station banked assembly
9 N
For a remote banked installation NPT port connectionas
Control
Valves
2
120V AC Voltage
Actuated Valves
Piston
Available Types
Pav Port
Model Number Actuator Voltage/Frequency Connections
MDM91N-X* 45, 63mm** 240V AC 1/8" NPT
MDM92N-X* 45, 63mm** 120V AC 1/8" NPT
MDM93N-X* 45, 63mm** 24V AC 1/8" NPT
MDM93N-X* 45, 63mm** 24V DC 1/8" NPT
* X denotes number of banked stations. Number may be from (2) to (8) depending on amount of PAV’s requiring
service. For information on additional stations, consult Spirax Sarco, Inc.
**90mm Actuators, consult Spirax Sarco, Inc.
Materials
No. Description Part No.
1 Valve - Left B919CVCM
Valve - Center B920CVCM
Valve - Right B921CVCM
2 Adaptor 72415
3 Coil 270R - 240VAC

240R - 120VAC
220R - 24VAC
225R - 24VDC
4 Connector 001
DIN 43650
TI-8-500-US 03.03
3: 221
M10S
Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10S is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other indus-
trial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher temperatures and
pressures.
M10S can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline.
(Screwed and welded versions only).
Available types
M10S2RB Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
M10S2FB Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore.
M10S3RB Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
M10S3FB Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore.
M10S4RB A complete stainless steel construction,
R-PTFE seats, reduced bore.
A complete stainless steel construction,
M10S4FB
R-PTFE seats, full bore.
Options
Control
Valves
• Self-venting ball.
• Extended stem to 2" (50 mm) and 4" (100 mm) to allow full insulation.
• Lockable handle.
Materials
• Oval handle for confined spaces. Ideal for trap modules.
No Part Material
M10S2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Quarter Turn
1 Body M10S3
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
Valves
M10S4
reduced bore).
M10S2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Screwed BSP, BSPT, API/NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore.
2 Cap M10S3
DN15 - DN50 Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10S4
Flanged PN40, ANSI 150 and 300 full bore and reduced bore 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
Technical data 5 Seat Carbon/graphite reinforced PTFE
Flow characteristic Modified linear 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
Port Full and reduced port versions M10S2
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
7 Separator M10S3
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 316
8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Limiting conditions M10S2
Maximum operating temperature 500°F @ 0 psig (260˚C @ 0 barg) Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
9 Nut M10S3
Maximum operating pressure 1500 psig @ 140°F (100 barg @ 60˚C) M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 304
Maximum saturation steam pressure 260 psig (17.5 barg) 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Cold hydraulic test pressure 2180 psig (150 barg) M10S2
Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
11 Stem nut M10S3
Operating range M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 304
M10S2
500 (260) 12 Lever M10S3
390 (200) M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 316
13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
Temperature °F (°C)
300 (150)
14 Grip Vinyl
212 (100) M10S2
Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
120 (50) 15 Bolts M10S3
0 M10S2
0 (17.5) (20) (40) (62) (80) (100) 16 Nuts M10S3
255 290 580 900 1160 1450 M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 304
This product must not be used in this region. Pressure psig (barg) * 17 Studs M10S4 Stainless steel AISI 316
A-B 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB only
A-C 1/4" - 1-1/2" FB, RB and 2" RB * Item not shown
3: 222
Dimensions (approximate) in inches Cv values
Reduced bore Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Size A A1 A2 A3 B B1 C C1 D D1 D2 E Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 197
1/4" 2.21 2.05 - - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - - 0.32 Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
3/8" 2.21 2.05 - - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - - 0.32
1/2" 2.48 2.05 4.26 5.12 4.73 4.73 2.40 3.43 0.95 3.51 3.74 0.43
3/4" 2.68 2.36 4.61 5.91 4.73 4.73 2.48 3.51 1.02 3.86 4.14 0.55
1" 3.39 3.31 5.00 6.30 6.19 6.19 3.59 3.59 1.22 4.26 4.53 0.83 Operating torque (ft / lb)
1-1/4" 3.90 3.70 5.52 7.09 6.19 6.19 3.74 3.74 1.46 4.65 5.52 0.99 Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
1-1/2" 4.26 4.02 6.50 7.88 7.09 7.09 4.29 4.29 1.62 5.00 5.91 1.22 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
2" 4.89 4.65 7.01 9.06 7.09 7.09 4.53 4.53 1.89 5.99 6.50 1.50 Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33 -
2-1/2" 5.99 5.99 - - 9.65 - 5.20 - 2.25 - - 2.01
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are
Full bore submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 1500 psig (100 barg).
Size A A1 A2 A3 B B1 C C1 D D1 D2 E Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75%
1/4" 2.21 2.29 - - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - - 0.32 greater break out torque.
3/8" 2.48 2.36 - - 4.73 - 2.40 - 0.95 - - 0.43
1/2" 2.68 2.52 - 5.12 4.73 4.73 2.48 3.51 1.02 - 3.74 0.55
3/4" 3.39 3.31 - 5.91 6.19 6.19 3.59 3.59 1.22 - 4.14 0.83 Maintenance
1" 3.90 3.86 - 6.30 6.19 6.19 3.74 3.74 1.46 - 4.53 0.99 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
1-1/4" 4.26 4.18 - 7.09 7.09 7.09 4.29 4.29 1.62 - 5.52 1.22 place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line
1-1/2" 4.89 4.89 - 7.88 7.09 7.09 4.53 4.53 1.89 - 5.91 1.50 should be drained off.
2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.06 9.65 9.65 5.20 5.20 2.25 - 6.50 2.01 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve from
the pipeline (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two. The com-
Weights (approximate) in lbs plete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
Reduced bore Full bore M10S flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to facilitate
Size Scrd/BW/S PN40 ANSI Scrd/BW/SW PN40 the fitting of the new parts.
1/4" 1.2 - - 1.2 -
3/8" 1.2 - - 1.4 - How to order
1/2" 1.4 4.9 3.6 1.5 5.1 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ball valve.
Control
Valves
3/4" 1.5 6.4 4.9 2.8 7.9
1" 2.8 8.6 7.5 3.9 9.7 Spare parts
1-1/4" 3.9 11.9 9.8 5.5 13.7 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in bro-
1-1/2" 5.5 14.3 12.9 7.7 16.4 ken line are not supplied as spares.
2" 7.7 19.4 19.8 15.2 26.9
2-1/2" 15.2 - - - - Available spare
Quarter Turn
Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
Valves
How to order spares
Always order spares by using the description given in the column headed
'Available spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10S2FB ball valve.
A : Scrd and BW
A1 : SW
A2 : Flanged ANSI 150
A3 : Flanged PN40
B : Scrd, BW, SW
B1 : Flanged ANSI 150, PN40
C : Scrd, BW, SW
C1 : Flanged ANSI 150,
Flanged PN40
D : Scrd, BW, SW
D1 : Flanged ANSI 150
D2 : Flanged PN40 TI-P133-06-US 01.05
3: 223
M10S ISO Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description 14 12 13 11 4 18
M10S ISO is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other
industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher tempera-
tures and pressures.
M10S ISO can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline.
(Screwed and welded versions only).
2
ISO mounting
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without 3
losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to 9 10
remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of
Spirax Sarco ball valves.
Available types 8
7
Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, 6
M10S2RB ISO
reduced bore, ISO mounting. 16 1 15
Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats, 5
M10S2FB ISO
full bore, ISO mounting.
Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, reduced bore,
M10S3RB ISO
Control
ISO mounting.
Valves
M10S3FB ISO
Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats, full bore, Materials
ISO mounting. No Part Material
A complete stainless steel construction, M10S2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
M10S4RB ISO
R-PTFE seats, reduced bore, ISO mounting. 1 Body M10S3 ISO
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
A complete stainless steel body, M10S4 ISO
M10S4FB ISO
Quarter Turn
R-PTFE seats, full bore, ISO mounting. M10S2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Valves
2 Cap M10S3 ISO

Options Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10S4 ISO
• Self-venting ball. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
• Extended stem to 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow for full 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
insulation. 5 Seat Carbon/graphite reinforced PTFE
Sizes and pipe connections 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with M10S2 ISO
reduced bore). Screwed BSP, BSPT, API/NPT, BW, SW full bore and Zinc plated carbon steel
7 Separator M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
reduced bore. M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
DN15 — DN50 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Flanged PN40, ANSI150, and ANSI300 full bore and reduced bore. M10S2 ISO
Zinc plated carbon steel
Technical data 9 Nut M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Flow characteristic Modified linear M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
Port Full and reduced bore versions 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) M10S2 ISO
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 Zinc plated carbon steel
11 Stem nut M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Limiting conditions M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
Maximum operating temperature 445°F @ 150 psig (230˚C @ 10 barg) M10S2 ISO
Zinc plated carbon steel
Maximum operating pressure 1500 psig @ 140°F (100 barg @ 60˚C) 12 Lever M10S3 ISO SAE 1010
Maximum saturation steam pressure 260 psig (17.5 barg) M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
Cold hydraulic test pressure 2250 psig (150 barg) 13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
14 Grip Vinyl
Operating range M10S2 ISO
15 Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
445 (230) Bolts M10S3 ISO
390 (200) A
M10S2 ISO
300 (150) Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
Steam
16 Nuts M10S3 ISO
212 (100) saturation M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 304
120 (50) curve *17 Studs M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
B C
0 M10S2 ISO
0 (20) (40) (62) (80) (100) Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
290 580 1160 1500
18 Stop screwM10S3 ISO
900
M10S4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 30
The product must not be used in this region. Pressure psig (barg).
A - B 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB only * Item not shown
A - C 1/2" - 1-1/2" FB, RB and 2" RB
Local regulations may restrict the use of this product below the conditions quoted. Limiting conditions refer to standard connections only. TI-P133-12-US 01.05
3: 224
Dimensions (approximate) in inches Cv values
Reduced bore Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Size A A1 A2 A3 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 D2 E Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 197
1/4" 2.21 2.05 - - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - - 0.32 Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
3/8" 2.21 2.05 - - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - - 0.32
1/2" 2.48 2.05 4.26 5.12 5.12 5.71 2.60 3.19 0.95 3.51 3.74 0.43 Operating torque (ft / lb)
3/4" 2.68 2.36 4.61 5.91 5.12 5.71 2.72 3.31 1.02 3.86 4.14 0.55 Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
1" 3.39 3.31 5.00 6.30 6.38 6.38 3.94 3.94 1.22 4.26 4.53 0.83 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
1-1/4" 3.90 3.70 5.52 7.09 6.38 6.38 4.10 4.10 1.46 4.65 5.52 0.99 Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
1-1/2" 4.26 4.02 6.50 7.88 7.29 7.29 4.41 4.41 1.62 500 5.91 1.22
2" 4.89 4.65 7.01 9.06 7.29 7.29 4.73 4.73 1.89 599 6.50 1.50 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are
21/2" 5.99 5.99 - - 9.85 - 5.52 - 2.25 - - 2.01 submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 600 psig (42 barg).
Valves that are subject to long static periods may require up to 75%
Full bore greater break-out torque.
Size A A1 A2 A3 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 D2 E
1/4" 2.21 2.29 - - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - - 0.32 Maintenance
3/8" 2.48 2.36 - - 5.12 - 2.60 - 0.95 - - 0.43 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
1/2" 2.68 2.52 - 5.12 5.12 5.71 2.72 3.31 1.02 - 3.74 0.55 place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the
3/4" 3.39 3.31 - 5.91 6.38 6.38 3.94 3.94 1.22 - 4.14 0.83 line should be drained off.
1" 3.90 3.86 - 6.30 6.38 6.38 4.10 4.10 1.46 - 4.53 0.99 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
1-1/4" 4.26 4.18 - 7.09 7.29 7.29 4.41 4.41 1.62 - 5.52 1.22 from the pipeline, (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
1-1/2" 4.89 4.89 - 7.88 7.29 7.29 4.73 4.73 1.89 - 5.91 1.50 Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two. The
2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.06 9.85 9.85 5.52 5.52 2.25 - 6.50 2.01 complete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
M10S ISO flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to
Weights (approximate) in kg facilitate the fitting of new parts.
Reduced bore Full bore
Size
Scrd/BW/SW PN40 ANSI 150 Scrd/BW/SW PN40 How to order
1/4" 1.4 - - 1.4 - Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ISO ball valve.
3/8" 1.4 - - 1.6 -
1/2" 1.6 5.1 3.9 2.1 5.7 Spare parts
3/4" 2.1 7.1 5.2 3.5 8.4
Control
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
Valves
1" 3.5 9.3 7.7 4.5 10.4 broken line are not supplied as spares.
1-1/4" 4.5 12.6 9.9 6.1 14.1
1-1/2" 6.1 15.0 13.1 9.4 18.3 Available spare
2" 9.4 21.0 20.2 16.5 28.2 Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
2-1/2" 16.5 - - - -
Quarter Turn
How to order spares
B2, B3 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Valves
headed Available Spare and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10S2FB ISO ball valve.
C2,
C3
D1,
D2 ØE
D
A, A1
A2, A3
A: Scrd and BW 6
A1: SW 6
A2: Flanged ANSI 150
A3: Flanged PN40
B2: Scrd, BW and SW

B3: Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150
C2: Scrd, BW and SW

C3: Flanged PN40 and ANSI 150
D: Scrd, BW and SW
D1: Flanged ANSI 150 5
D2: Flanged PN40
E: All versions 5
TI-P133-12-US 01.05
3: 225
M10F Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10F is a three piece firesafe antistatic ball valve designed for steam and
other industrial fluids for service ranging from vacuum to the higher
temperatures and pressures. 14
12
Firesafe design
In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals 13
ensuring total closure.
When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-PTFE can
withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the R-PTFE to
extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed, the ball will come
to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, producing a metal-metal
closing. This secondary seat in the valve cap, that has been machined with 11
the same radius as the ball, ensures the valve will operate to 10
international API Spec 6FA standard, and BS 6755 part 2 standards. 8 9
7
Available types 16
6
4
M10F2RB Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore.
Control
Valves
M10F2FB Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore. 5

3
2
Options 17
• Self venting ball.

Quarter Turn
2
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with
Valves
reduced bore). 15
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, BW, SW full bore and reduced bore.
Note: Flanged connections ANSI class 150, 300 and PN40 are available
on request.
Technical data Materials

Flow characteristic Modified linear No Part Material
Port Full and reduced bore versions 1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) 2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seat R-PTFE
Limiting conditions 6 Stem seal Antistatic R-PTFE
Maximum operating temperature 445° F @ 0 psig (230˚C @ 0 barg) 7 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 77°F (62 bar g @ 25˚C) 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Maximum saturation steam pressure 215 psig (15 barg) 9 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
11 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
Operating range 12 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
390 (200) 14 Grip Vinyl
15 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
300 (150) Steam

saturation 16 Stem seal Graphite
212 (100) curve 17 Body gasket Graphite
120 (50)
0
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62)
150 290 435 580 725 900
3: 226
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches
Reduced bore
Size A A1 B C D E Weight
1/4" 2.36 1.93 4.73 2.48 1.02 0.43 1.5
3/8" 2.36 1.93 4.73 2.48 1.02 0.43 1.5
1/2" 2.36 1.93 4.73 2.48 1.02 0.43 1.5
3/4" 2.60 2.29 4.73 2.60 1.14 0.55 1.9
1" 3.15 3.07 6.19 3.70 1.30 0.83 3.3
1-1/4" 3.78 3.59 6.19 3.90 1.46 0.99 5.1
1-1/2" 4.02 3.78 7.09 4.37 1.62 1.22 6.6
2" 4.65 4.41 7.09 4.61 1.89 1.50 9.9
2-1/2" 5.75 5.75 9.65 5.28 2.25 2.01 17.2
Full bore
Size A A1 B C D E Weight
1/4" 2.36 2.36 4.73 2.48 1.02 0.43 1.5
3/8" 2.36 2.36 4.73 2.48 1.02 0.43 1.5
1/2" 2.60 2.56 4.73 2.60 1.14 .055 1.9
3/4" 3.15 3.15 6.19 2.70 1.30 0.83 3.3
1" 3.78 3.78 6.19 3.90 1.46 0.99 5.1
1-1/4" 4.02 4.02 7.09 4.37 1.62 1.22 6.6 How to order
1-1/2" 4.65 4.65 7.09 4.61 1.89 1.50 9.9 Example: Spirax Sarco " screwed NPT M10F2RB ball valve.
2" 5.75 5.75 9.65 5.28 2.25 2.01 20.1
Spare parts
Cv values The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4"1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 197
Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
Available spare
Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets 5, 6, 16, 17
Operating torques (ft / lb)
Control
Valves
How to order spares
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5
headed Available Spares and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
Example: 1-Body gasket, seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10F2FB
ball valve.
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are sub-
Quarter Turn
mitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psig (62 barg).
Valves that are subject to loing static periods, may require up to 75 %
Valves
greater break out torque.
Maintenance
Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is taking
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line
should be drained off.
To fit new parts, remove the valve from the pipeline, and remove the eight
coupling bolts. Remove the valve body and fit parts as necessary.
Whenever the valve is dismantled, the graphite stem seals and body gas-
kets (16, 17) must be replaced before reassembly.
6
16
17 5 5 17
TI-P133-07-US 01.05
3: 227
M10F ISO Ball Valve 1/2" to 2-1/2"
Description
M10F is a three piece firesafe antistatic ball valve designed for steam
and other industrial fluids for service ranging from vacuum to higher
temperatures and pressures. 14
Firesafe design 12
In normal working conditions, the ball rests against R-PTFE seals
ensuring total closure. 13
When the valve is submitted to temperature above the limits R-PTFE
can withstand, the seat becomes deformed and renders the
R-PTFE to extrusion. When the R-PTFE has been totally destroyed,
the ball will come to rest firmly against the metal seat in the cap, 18
producing a metal-metal closing. This secondary seat in the valve 11 10
cap ensures the valve will operate to international API Spec 6 FA
and BS 6755 part 2 standards.
ISO mounting
➧
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated
3
Control
without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassem-
Valves
2
bly. Manual to remote control may therefore be safely and easily 17
accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves. 1
15
Available types
2
M10F2RB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, reduced bore.
8
Quarter Turn
M10F2FB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, full bore.

7 9
Valves
6
Options 16
• Self venting ball. 4
6
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with 5
reduced bore).
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore.
Note; Flanged connections ANSI class 150, 300 and PN40 are
available on request.
Technical data
Flow characteristic Modified linear Materials
Port Full and reduced bore versions No Part Material
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) 1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Firesafe Designed to BS 6755 Part 2 and API Spec 6FA standards 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Limiting conditions 5 Seat R-PTFE
Maximum operating temperature 445°F@0 psig (230°C @ 0 barg) 6 Stem seal Antistatic R-PTFE
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 77°F (62 barg @ 25˚C) 7 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Maximum saturation steam pressure 215 psig (15 barg) 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 9 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Operating range 11 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
390 (200) 12 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
300 (150) 13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430

Steam 14 Grip Vinyl
212 (100) saturation 15 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A193 B7
curve
120 (50) 16 Stem seal Graphite
17 Body gasket Graphite
0
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62) 18 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
150 290 435 580 725 900
The product must not be used in this region. Pressure psig (barg)
3: 228
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg B2
Reduced bore
Size A A1 B2 C2 D E Weight
1/4" 2.36 1.93 5.12 2.60 1.02 0.43 2.0
3/8" 2.36 1.93 5.12 2.60 1.02 0.43 2.0
1/2" 2.36 1.93 5.12 2.60 1.02 0.43 2.0
3/4" 2.60 2.29 5.12 2.72 1.14 0.55 2.1
C2
1" 3.15 3.07 6.38 3.94 1.30 0.83 3.6
1-1/4" 3.78 3.59 6.38 4.10 1.46 0.99 5.1
1-1/2" 4.02 3.78 7.29 4.41 1.62 1.22 6.7
2" 4.65 4.41 7.29 4.73 1.89 1.50 10.1
2-1/2" 5.75 5.83 9.85 5.52 2.25 2.01 17.5 ØE
Full bore D
1/4" 2.36 2.36 5.12 2.60 1.02 0.43 2.0
A1: SW
3/8" 2.36 2.36 5.12 2.60 1.02 0.43 2.0
1/2" 2.60 2.56 5.12 2.72 1.14 0.55 2.1 A: Scrd and BW
3/4" 3.15 3.15 6.38 3.94 1.30 0.83 3.6
1" 3.78 3.78 6.38 4.10 1.46 0.99 5.1 How to specify
1-1/4" 4.02 4.02 7.29 4.41 1.62 1.22 6.7 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10F2RB ISO ball valve.
1-1/2" 4.65 4.65 7.29 4.73 1.89 1.50 10.1
2" 5.75 5.75 9.85 5.52 2.25 2.01 17.5 Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
Cv values broken line are not supplied as spares.
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Reduced bore 3.5 7.6 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 197 Available spares
Full bore 3.5 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 - Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets 5, 6, 16, 17
Operating torques (ft / lb) How to order spares

Control
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
Valves
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 ed Available Spares and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 - Example: 1- Seat, stem seal set and body gaskets for 1/2" M10F2FB
ISO ball valve.
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psi (62 barg).
Quarter Turn
Valves that are subject to a long static period, may require up to 75 %
greater break out torque
Valves
Maintenance
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the
line should be drained off.
To fit new parts, remove the valve from the pipeline, and remove the
eight coupling bolts. Remove the valve body and fit parts as necessary.
Whenever the valve is dismantled, the graphite stem seal and body
gaskets (16, 17) must be replaced before reassembly.
16
6
17 5
5 17
TI-P133-11-US 01.05
3: 229
M10H ISO Ball Valve 1/4" to 2"
Description
M10H ISO is a three piece body ball valve designed for steam and other
industrial fluids for services ranging from vacuum to the higher 13
temperatures and pressures.
M10H ISO can be serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline. 12
The M10H ISO mounting makes it safe and easy to automate the ball
valve.
As a main feature, the valve has a special ball, which has received a sur-
face hardening.
11
ISO mounting
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated without 15
losing seal integrity, as the body does not require disassembly. Manual to 14
remote control may therefore be easily accomplished by the ISO range of
10
Spirax Sarco ball valves. 9
8 7
Available types 6 4
5
Zinc plated carbon steel body, PEEK seats, 16 3
Control
M10H2RB ISO
Valves
reduced bore, ISO mounting. 2

Zinc plated carbon steel body, PEEK seats, 17
M10H2FB ISO 19
1
Options 2
Quarter Turn
• Self venting ball.

18
Valves

1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", (2" only available with reduced bore).
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore.
Note: Flanged connections ANSI class 150, 300 and PN40 are available
on request.
Technical data
Flow characteristic Modified linear
Port Full and reduced bore versions Materials
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) No Part Material
1 Body Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Limiting conditions 2 Cap Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Maximum operating temperature 590°F@ 0 psig (310°C @0 barg) 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
(590°F for short periods) 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
For continuous operation maximum operating temperature is 250°F (121°C). 5 Seat PEEK
Maximum operating pressure 900 psig @ 140°F (62 barg @ 60˚C) 6 Stem seal PEEK
Maximum saturation steam pressure 490 psig (34 barg) 7 Stem seal Graphite
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 8 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Operating range 10 Nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
470 (242)
12 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
390 (200)
13 Grip Vinyl
300 (150) Steam 14 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
212 (100) saturation
curve 15 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
122 (50) 16 Seat seal Graphite reinforced with AISI 316
0 17 Cap gasket Graphite
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62) 18 Bolts Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
150 290 435 580 725 900 19 Nuts Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5

3: 230
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in inches
B2
Reduced bore
1/4" 2.48 0 5.71 3.19 0.87 0.43 2.0
3/8" 2.48 2.36 5.71 3.19 0.87 0.43 2.0
3/8" 2.48 2.01 5.71 3.19 1.02 0.43 2.0
1/2" 2.76 2.40 5.71 3.31 1.10 0.55 2.2 C2
1" 3.27 3.19 6.34 3.94 1.30 0.83 3.7
1-1/4" 3.90 3.74 7.09 4.10 1.46 0.99 5.3
1-1/2" 418 4.02 8.67 4.61 1.62 1.22 7.1
2" 4.81 4.57 8.67 4.93 1.89 1.50 10.4
2-1/2" 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 ØE
D
Full bore
1/4" 2.48 2.36 5.71 3.19 0.87 0.43 2.0 A, A1
3/8" 2.48 2.36 5.71 3.19 1.02 0.43 2.0 A: Scrd and BW
1/2" 2.76 2.60 5.71 3.31 1.10 0.55 2.2 A1:SW
3/4" 3.27 3.23 6.34 3.94 1.30 0.83 3.7
1" 3.90 3.90 7.09 4.10 1.46 0.99 5.3
1-1/4" 4.18 4.18 8.67 4.61 1.62 1.22 7.1 How to order
1-1/2" 4.81 4.81 8.67 4.93 1.89 1.50 10.4 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10H2FB ISO ball
2" 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0 valve.
Cv values Spare parts

Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Reduced bore 5.9 5.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Full bore 5.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 -
Available spare
Operating torque (ft / lb) Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets 5, 6, 7, 16, 17
Control
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2"
Valves
Reduced bore 6 6 6 8.5 18 33 37 37 How to order spares
Full bore 6 6 8.5 18 33 37 37 - Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed Available Spare and stating the size and type of ball valve.
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are Example: 1 - Seat, stem seals, seat seal set and cap gaskets for
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 900 psig (62 barg). 1/2" M10H2FB ISO ball valve.
Quarter Turn
Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75 %
Valves
Maintenance
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the
line should be drained off.
The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
from the pipeline.
Remove the four bolts and nuts.The complete body can then be
removed and the new parts fitted.
6
7
6 6
17 16 5 5 16 17
TI-P133-13-US 01.05
3: 231
M10V Ball Valve 1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description 14 12 13 4 1110 7 17
M10V is a three piece body ball valve designed for use with the majority
of industrial fluids. The M10V can be serviced without removing the valve
from the pipeline (screwed and welded versions).
Available types
Zinc plated carbon steel body,
M10V2RB
PTFE seats, reduced bore. 9
Zinc plated carbon steel body, 8
M10V2FB
PTFE seats, full bore. 6
Stainless steel body, 5
M10V3RB
PTFE seats, reduced bore. 3
Stainless steel body, 1
M10V3FB
PTFE seats, full bore. 16
A complete stainless steel construction,
M10V4RB 2
PTFE seats, reduced bore. ➧
A complete stainless steel construction, 15
M10V4FB
PTFE seats, full bore.
Control
Valves
Options
• Self venting ball. Materials
• Extended stem to 2" (50 mm) and 4" (100 mm), No Part Material
to allow full insulation. M10V2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
• Lockable handle. 1 Body M10V3
• Oval handle for confined spaces. Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
Quarter Turn
M10V4
M10V2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Valves
Sizes and pipe connections 2 Cap M10V3

1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316
M10V4
reduced bore).
Screwed BSP, BSPT, NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
1/2" to 2" flanged ANSI 150 only available with reduced bore. 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
5 Seat Virgin PTFE
Technical data 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE antistatic
Flow characteristic Modified linear M10V2
Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Port Full and reduced bore 7 Separator M10V3
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
M10V2
Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Limiting conditions 9 Stem nut M10V3
Maximum operating temperature 445° @ 0 psig (230˚C @ 0 barg) M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum operating pressure 1000 psig @ 104°F (70 barg @ 40˚C) 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Maximum saturation steam pressure 150 psig (10 barg) M10V2
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1500 psig (105 barg) 11 Stem nut M10V3
M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Operating range M10V2
A 12 Lever M10V3
470 (242) M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
390 (200)
300 (150) 14 Grip Vinyl
Steam M10V2
212 (100) saturation Zinc plated carbon steel
curve 15 Bolts M10V3
122 (50) M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
B C
0 M10V2
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62) Zinc plated carbon steel
16 Nuts M10V3
150 290 435 580 725 900
M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
The product must not be used in this region. Pressure psig (barg) 17 Studs M10V4 Stainless steel AISI 316
A-B 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB only.
A-C 1/4" - 1-1/2" FB, RB and 2" RB.
3: 232
Dimensions (approximate) in inches and lbs. A: Scrd and BW
A1: SW
Reduced bore ➤
B, B1 ➤
A2: ANSI 150
Size A A1 A2 B B1 C C1 D D1 E Weight B: Scrd, SW, BW
➤
1/4" 2.21 0 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1 B1: ANSI 150
3/8" 2.21 2.05 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1 C: Scrd, SW, BW
1/2" 2.48 2.05 4.26 4.73 4.73 2.40 3.43 0.95 3.51 0.43 1.3 C1: ANSI 150
D: Scrd, BW,SW
3/4" 2.68 2.36 4.61 4.73 4.73 2.48 3.51 1.02 3.86 0.55 1.5 D1: ANSI 150
1" 3.39 3.31 5.00 6.19 6.19 3.59 3.59 1.22 4.26 0.83 2.8 C,
➤
1-1/4" 3.90 3.70 5.52 6.19 6.19 3.74 3.74 1.46 4.65 0.99 3.9 C1
1-1/2" 4.26 4.02 6.50 7.09 7.09 4.29 4.29 1.62 5.00 1.22 5.5
2" 4.89 4.65 7.01 7.09 7.09 4.53 4.53 1.89 5.99 1.50 7.7
2-1/2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.65 - 5.20 - 2.25 - 2.01 15.2
➤
D1
➤
ØE
➤
Full bore
➤
Size A A1 A2 B B1 C C1 D D1 E Weight D
1/4" 2.21 2.29 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1
➤
➤
3/8" 2.48 2.36 - 4.73 - 2.40 - 0.95 - 0.43 1.3 A, A1 ➤
1/2" 2.68 2.52 - 4.73 - 2.48 - 1.02 - 0.55 1.5
➤
3/4" 3.39 3.31 - 6.19 - 3.59 - 1.22 - 0.83 2.8
➤
1" 3.90 3.86 - 6.19 - 3.74 - 1.46 - 0.99 3.9 A2 ➤
1-1/4" 4.26 4.18 - 7.09 - 4.29 - 1.62 - 1.22 5.5 How to order
1-1/2" 4.89 4.89 - 7.09 - 4.53 - 1.89 - 1.50 7.7 Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed NPT M10V2FB ball valve.
2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.65 - 5.20 - 2.25 - 2.01 15.2
Spare parts
Weights shown are only for screwed, butt and socket weld versions. The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
in broken line are not supplied as spares.
Cv values
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" Available spare
Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7 12 32 57 82 121 197 Seat and stem seal set 5, 6
Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
How to order spares
Control
Valves
Always order spare by using the description given in the column
Operating torques (ft/lb) headed Available spare and stating the size and type of ball valve
Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" required.
Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 7.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M10V2FB ball valve.
Full bore 1.5 1.5 3 10 15.5 23 29.5 33.5 -
Quarter Turn
Valves
submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 930 psi (64 barg)
Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75 %
Maintenance
place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line
should be drained off.
The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve from
the pipeline, (screwed, SW, BW versions only).
Remove the two upper bolts and nuts and loosen the lower two nuts. The
complete assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
The M10V flanged ball valve must be removed from the pipeline to
6 5
facilitate the fitting of new parts. 5
6
TI-P133-08-US 01.05
3: 233
M10T Ball Valve DN1/4" to 2-1/2"
Description M10T Flanged
The M10T is a three piece body ball valve specially designed for
applications that cannot use Teflon, for example the tobacco industry.
The seats and seals are of UHMWPE* (Ultra High Molecular Weight 13 11 4 9
Polythylene). Screwed and welded versions of M10T can be serviced
without removing the valve from the pipeline.
Available types
M10T2RB Carbon steel body and ends, 10
UHMWPE seats, reduced bore.
M10T2FB Carbon steel body and ends, 9 7
8
UHMWPE seats, full bore.
6
M10T3RB Stainless steel body and ends,
5
UHMWPE seats, reduced bore. 3
M10T3FB Stainless steel body and ends,
UHMWPE seats, full bore. 12
M10T4RB A complete stainless steel construction, 15
UHMWPE seats, reduced bore.
Control
Valves
M10T4FB A complete stainless steel construction,

UHMWPE seats, full bore.
Options
• Extended stems 2" (50mm) and 4" (100mm) to allow full insulation. 2 1 14
Quarter Turn
• Lockable handle.
Valves
• Oval handle for confined spaces.

• Can be automated.
Materials
Sizes and pipe connections No. Part Material
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with M10T2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
reduced bore). 1 Body
M10T3/4 Stainless steel ASTM A182F 316
Screwed BSP, BSPT and NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. M10T2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Standard flanges ANSI 150. Optional ANSI 300 and PN40 full bore 2 Cap
M10T3/4 Stainless steel ASTM A182F 316
and reduced bore. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Technical data
5 Seat UHMWPE*
6 Stem seal UHMWPE*
Port Full and reduced port versions
M10T2/T3 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate 3) 7 Separator
M10T4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Antistatic (optional) Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351
Limiting conditions 9 Stem M10T2/T3 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
Maximum allowable temperature 160°F @ 1020 psig (70°C @ 70 barg) nut M10T4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum allowable pressure 1020 psig @160°F (70 barg @ 70°C) 10 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure M10T2/T3 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
11 Lever
of 1520 psig (105 barg). M10T4 Stainless steel AISI 316
Operating range 13 Grip Blue Vinyl
470 (242) M10T2/T3 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
A B D 14 Bolts
390 (200) M10T4 Stainless steel AISI 316
300 (150) M10T2/T3 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105

15 Nuts
M10T4 Stainless steel AISI 316
212 (100)
122 (50)
*UHMWPE is an ultra high molecular weight polythylene, that can
C E
0 be used in low to medium level radiation service and in applications
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62)
where fluorocarbons cannot be tolerated. UHMWPE seats are white
150 290 435 580 725 900
A-D-E: 1/4" to 1-1/2" FB and RB, and 2" RB in color, more translucent than PTFE.
A-D-C: 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB The product must not be used in this region.
3: 234
Dimensions inches approximate Cv values
ANSI 150 - Reduced bore M10T
Size A A1 A2 B B1 C C1 D D1 E weight Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-
1/4" 2.21 2.05 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1 1/2"
3/8" 2.21 2.05 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1 Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121
1/2" 2.48 2.05 4.26 4.73 4.73 2.40 3.43 0.95 3.51 0.43 1.3 197
3/4" 2.68 2.36 4.61 4.73 4.73 2.48 3.51 1.02 3.86 0.55 1.5 Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
1" 3.39 3.31 5.00 6.19 6.19 3.59 3.59 1.22 4.26 0.83 2.8 Operating torque (FT. lbs.)
1-1/4" 3.90 3.70 5.52 6.19 6.19 3.74 3.74 1.46 4.61 0.99 3.9 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.6 9.6 15.5 22.1 29.5
1-1/2" 4.26 4.02 6.50 7.09 7.09 4.29 4.29 1.62 5.00 1.22 5.5 33.2
2" 4.89 4.65 7.01 7.09 7.09 4.53 4.53 1.89 5.99 1.50 7.7 Full bore 1.5 1.5 2.6 9.6 15.5 22.1 29.5 33.2 -
2-1/2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.65 - 5.20 - 2.25 - 2.01 15.2
The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that
are submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 1450 psig (100
bar).
ANSI 150 - Full bore Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75%
1/4" 2.21 2.29 - 4.73 - 2.25 - 0.87 - 0.32 1.1 greater break out torque.
3/8" 2.48 2.36 - 4.73 - 2.40 - 0.95 - 0.43 1.3
1/2" 2.68 2.52 - 4.73 - 2.48 - 1.02 - 0.55 1.5 Maintenance
3/4" 3.39 3.31 - 6.19 - 3.59 - 1.22 - 0.83 2.8 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is
1" 3.90 3.86 - 6.19 - 3.74 - 1.46 - 0.99 3.9 taking place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining
1-1/4" 4.26 4.18 - 7.09 - 4.29 - 1.62 - 1.22 5.5 in the line should be drained off.
1-1/2" 4.89 4.89 - 7.09 - 4.53 - 1.89 - 1.50 7.7 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.65 - 5.20 - 2.25 - 2.01 15.2 from the pipeline (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
Note: the weights shown correspond to screwed, BW and SW versions. Remove the four bolts and nuts. The complete assembly can then
be removed and the new parts fitted.
Flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to facilitate
the fitting of the new parts.
A: Scrd and BW
A1: SW
How to order
Control
Valves
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1/" screwed BSP M10T2FB ball valve.
A2: ANSI 150
B: Scrd , SW, BW
B1: ANSI 150
Spare parts
The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
C: Scrd , SW, BW B, B1 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
C1: ANSI 150
D: Scrd , BW,SW
Quarter Turn
D1: ANSI 150
Available spares
Valves
C,
C1
How to order spares
headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve.
D1 Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for a 1/" M10T2FB ball valve.
ØE
A,
A1
A2 5
5
6
6
TI-P133-49-US 01.05
3: 235
M10T ISO Ball Valve DN1/4" to DN2-1/2"
Description 14 12 13 9 4 18
The M10T ISO is a three piece body ball valve specially designed for
applications that cannot use Teflon, for example the tobacco industry.
The seats and seals are of UHMWPE* (Ultra High Molecular Weight
Polythylene). The screwed and welded versions of M10T ISO can be
serviced without removing the valve from the pipeline.
The integral ISO body mounting allows the valve to be automated
without losing seal integrity, as the body does not require
disassembly. Manual to remote control may therefore be easily 2
accomplished by the ISO range of Spirax Sarco ball valves.
3
Available types
M10T2RB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, UHMWPE seats,
reduced bore, ISO mounting.
M10T2FB ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, UHMWPE seats,
M10T3RB ISO Stainless steel body, UHMWPE seats, reduced bore,
ISO mounting. 16 1 15
M10T3FB ISO Stainless steel body, UHMWPE seats, full bore, 10
ISO mounting. 9
Control
8
Valves
M10T4RB ISO A complete stainless steel construction, 7

UHMWPE seats, reduced bore, ISO mounting. 6
M10T4FB ISO A complete stainless steel construction,
5
UHMWPE seats, full bore, ISO mounting.
Options
Materials
Quarter Turn
• Extended stems 2" (50mm) and 4" (100mm). No. Part Material
Valves
• Lockable handle. M10T2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
• Oval handle for confined spaces, ideal for trap modules. 1 Body M10T3 ISO
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
M10T4 ISO
Sizes and pipe connections M10T2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A105
1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", (2-1/2" only available with 2 Cap M10T3 ISO
Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
reduced bore). M10T4 ISO
Screwed BSP, BSPT and NPT, SW, BW full bore and reduced bore. 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
Standard flanges ANSI 150. Optional ANSI 300 and PN40 full bore 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316
and reduced bore. 5 Seat UHMWPE*
6 Stem seal UHMWPE*
Technical data M10T2 ISO
Flow characteristic Modified linear Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
7 Separator M10T3 ISO
Port Full and reduced port versions M10T4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A) 8 Belleville washer Stainless steel AISI 301
Antistatic (optional) M10T2 ISO
9 Stem Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
nuts M10T3 ISO
Limiting conditions M10T4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
Maximum allowable temperature 160°F @1015 psig (70°C @ 70 barg) 10 Name-plate (DN) Stainless steel AISI 430
Maximum allowable pressure 1015 psig @ 160°F (70 barg @ 70°C) M10T2 ISO
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 12 Lever M10T3 ISO
of 1525 psig (105 barg). M10T4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
Operating range 13 Name-plate Stainless steel AISI 430
14 Grip Vinyl
470 (242)
A B D M10T2 ISO
390 (200) Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
15 Bolts M10T3 ISO
300 (150) M10T2 ISO

16 Nuts M10T3 ISO
212 (100) M10T4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
122 (50) M10T2 ISO
C E 18 Stop M10T3 ISO
0
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62) screw M10T4 ISO Stainless steel AISI 316
150 290 435 580 725 900 *UHMWPE is an ultra high molecular weight polythylene, that can
be used in low to medium level radiation service and in applications
A-D-E: 1/4" to 1-1/2" FB and RB, and 2" RB Pressure psig (barg) where fluorocarbons cannot be tolerated. UHMWPE seats are white
A-D-C: 2" FB and 2-1/2" RB in color, more translucent than PTFE.
3: 236
Dimensions (approximately) in inches Cv Values
Reduced bore M10T ISO
Size A A1 A2 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 E Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2"
1/4" 2.21 2.05 - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - 0.32 Reduced bore 2.9 2.9 7.0 12 32 57 82 121 197
3/ 8" 2.21 2.05 - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - 0.32 Full bore 2.9 8.0 20 42 68 104 179 240 -
1/2" 2.48 2.05 4.26 5.12 5.71 2.60 3.19 0.95 3.51 0.43
3/4" 2.68 2.36 4.61 5.12 5.71 2.72 3.31 1.02 3.86 0.55 Operating torque (FT. lbs.)
1" 3.39 3.31 5.00 6.38 6.38 3.94 3.94 1.22 4.26 0.83 Reduced bore 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.6 9.6 15.5 22.1 29.5 33.2
1-1/4" 3.90 3.70 5.52 6.38 6.38 4.10 4.10 1.46 4.65 0.99 Full bore 1.5 1.5 2.6 9.6 15.5 22.1 29.5 33.2 -
1-1/2" 4.26 4.02 6.50 7.29 7.29 4.41 4.41 1.62 5.00 1.22
2" 4.89 4.65 7.01 7.29 7.29 4.73 4.73 1.89 5.99 1.50 The indicated torque values are for valves frequently operated, that are
2-1/2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.85 - 5.52 - 2.25 - 2.01 submitted to a maximum differential pressure of 100 bar.
Valves that are subject to long static periods, may require up to 75%
Full bore greater break out torque.
Size A A1 A2 B2 B3 C2 C3 D D1 E
1/4" 2.21 2.29 - 5.12 - 2.48 - 0.87 - 0.32 Maintenance
3/ 8" 2.48 2.36 - 5.12 - 2.60 - 0.95 - 0.43 Before commencing any dismantling work ensure that no flow is
1/2" 2.68 2.52 - 5.12 5.71 2.72 3.31 1.02 - 0.55 taking place in the pipeline and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining
3/4" 3.39 3.31 - 6.38 6.38 3.94 3.94 1.22 - 0.83 in the line should be drained off.
1" 3.90 3.86 - 6.38 6.38 4.10 4.10 1.46 - 0.99 The new parts can be fitted without removing the complete ball valve
1-1/4" 4.26 4.18 - 7.29 7.29 4.41 4.41 1.62 - 1.22 from the pipeline (screwed, SW and BW versions only).
1-1/2" 4.89 4.89 - 7.29 7.29 4.73 4.73 1.89 - 1.50 Remove the four bolts and nuts and loosen thes lower two. The complete
2" 5.99 5.99 - 9.85 9.85 5.52 5.52 2.25 - 2.01 assembly can then be removed and the new parts fitted.
M10T ISO flanged ball valves must be removed from the pipeline to facili-
tate the fitting of the new parts.
Weights (approximate) in lb
Size Reduced bore Full bore
Scrd /BW/SW ANSI 150 Scrd /BW/SW
How to order
Example: 1 off Spirax Sarco 1/2" screwed BSP M10T2FB ball valve.
1/4" 1.4 - 1.4
3/ 8" 1.4 - 1.0
1/2" 1.6 3.9 2.1
Spare parts
Control
3/4" 2.1 5.2 3.5
Valves
1" 3.5 7.7 4.5
1-1/4" 4.5 9.9 6.1
1-1/2" 6.1 13.1 5.0
Available spares
2" 5.0 20.2 16.5
2-1/2" 16.5 - -
How to order spares
Quarter Turn
Valves
B2, B3 headed 'Available spares' and state the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for a 1/2" M10T2FB ball valve.
C2,
C3
D1 ØE
D
A, A1
A2
6
A: Scrd and BW
A1: SW
6
A2: ANSI 150
B2: Scrd , BW and SW

B3: Flanged ANSI 150

C2: Scrd , BW and SW
C3: Flanged ANSI 150
D: Scrd , BW and SW
D1: Flanged ANSI 150
E: All versions TI-P133-54-US 01.05

5 5
3: 237
M20
Ball Valve 1" to 6"
Description
1" to 2-1/2"
M20 is a reduced bore ball valve, with a single piece body design
which can be used with the majority of industrial fluids. The M20 is
antistatic and firesafe as standard.
Available types
M20V2 Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats.
M20V3 Stainless steel body, PTFE seats.
M20C2 Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats.
M20C3 Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats.
Options
• Extended stems 50 mm (2") and 100 mm (4") to allow full insulation.

1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4", 6"
Standard flange BS 4504 PN40, ANSI 150 and ANSI 300
Control
Technical data
Valves

Port Reduced bore 3" to 6"
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A)
Antistatic Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351
Firesafe Designed to API 6FA-1985
Quarter Turn
Valves
Limiting conditions
Body design conditions 392°F @0 psig ANSI 300
M20V 392°F @0 psig (200˚C @ 0 barg)
M20C 392°F @ 215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg)
Maximum operating pressure 735 psig @ 110°F (51 barg @ 45˚C)
Maximum saturation steam pressure

M20V 150 psig (10 barg) Materials
M20C 220 psig (15 barg) No Part Material
1130 psig (78 barg) Carbon steel body M20_2 Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A216 WCB
Cold hydraulic test pressure 1 Body
1085 psig (75 barg) Stainless steel body M20_3 Stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M
Operating range M20_2 Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1040
2 Insert
Virgin PTFE version (v) M20_3 Stainless steel AISI 316
3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316
M20C Carbon reinforced PTFE
4 Seat
M20V PTFE
6 Stem seals Carbonreinforced PTFE
7 Stem seal Graphite
8 Insert 'O' ring Viton
9 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
11 Name-plate Stainless Steel AISI 430
12 Cap screw Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
13 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
14 Pipe handle Zinc plated carbon steel
15 Grip Vinyl
16 Gland nuts Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14
17 Stem adaptor Zinc plated cast iron
18 Support washer Zinc plated carbon steel
19 Stop plate Zinc plated carbon steel Grade 5
20 Separator Zinc plated carbon steel
TI-P133-02-US 12.01
3: 238
Dimensions / weights (approximate) in mm and kg
Flanged BS 4504 PN40
Size A3 B1 C1 D2 E F Weight
DN25 165 205 106 115 21 50 5.0
DN32 178 205 109 140 23 52 6.4
DN40 190 213 126 150 30 64 8.8
DN50 216 213 134 165 37 70 11.0
DN65 241 258 146 185 51 74 17.0
DN80 283 410 168 200 63 94 25.0
DN100 305 510 180 235 76 100 30.0
DN150 403 700 246 300 111 137 63.0
Flanged ANSI 150

DN25 127 205 106 108 21 50 3.3
DN32 140 205 111 117 23 52 4.0
DN40 165 213 126 127 30 63 5.8
DN50 178 213 134 152 37 69 8.6
DN65 191 258 146 178 51 72 13.2
DN80 203 410 168 190 63 92 18.7 How to order
DN100 229 510 180 229 76 98 27.8 Size V = Virgin PTFE
DN150 267 700 246 279 111 137 44.0 Seats
Model C = Reinforced PTFE
Specify:
Seats 2 = Carbon steel
Flanged ANSI 300 Body material
Material 3 = Stainless steel
DN25 165 205 106 124 21 50 5.0 Example: Spirax Sarco 2", flanged ANSI 150 M20C3 ball valve.
DN32 178 205 110 133 23 52 6.0
DN40 190 213 126 156 30 63 8.8 Spare parts
DN50 216 213 134 165 37 69 11.0 The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn
Control
Valves
DN65 241 258 146 190 51 72 17.0 in broken line are not supplied as spares.
DN80 283 410 168 210 63 92 25.0
DN100 305 510 180 254 76 98 40.0 Available spare
DN150 403 700 246 318 111 137 63.0 Seat, stem seals and gasket set 4, 6, 7, 8
Cv values How to order spares
Quarter Turn
1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6" Always order spares by using the description given in the column
Valves
35 46 94 120 239 351 699 1099 headed 'Available spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
Example: 1-Seat, stem seals and gasket set for 2" ANSI 150
M20C3 ball valve.
Operating torque (ft/lb)
1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
10.3 14.7 25.8 36.8 51.6 59 95.8 258
The torque figures shown are for a valve at

maximum operating pressure that is operated
frequently.
Valves that are subject to long static periods
may require at least 75% greater break out
torque.
Maintenance
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions
are provided with the product.
TI-P133-02-US 12.01
3: 239
M40 ISO Ball Valve 1" to 6"
Description 1" to 2-1/2" 12 4 10 11

M40 ISO is a reduced bore ball valve, with a single piece body
design, having ISO mounting as standard.
M40 ISO can be used with the majority of industrial fluids.
Available types
M40V2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, PTFE seats.
M40V3 ISO Stainless steel body, PTFE seats. 9
M40C2 ISO Zinc plated carbon steel body, R-PTFE seats.
M40C3 ISO Stainless steel body, R-PTFE seats. 8
7
Options 6
5
1", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2", 3", 4" and 6".
Standard flange ANSI 150 and ANSI 300.
Control
Valves
Technical data 2
Port Reduced bore 1
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate A)
Antistatic (optional) Complies with ISO 7121 and BS 5351
Materials
Quarter Turn
Limiting conditions
No. Part Material
Valves

M40V 392°F@0 psig (200˚C @ 0 barg) Zinc plated carbon steel ASTM A 216 WCB
1 Body
M40C 392°F@215 psig (200˚C @ 15 barg) Stainless steel ASTM A 351 CF8M
Maximum operating pressure 275 psig@113°F (19 barg @ 45˚C) 2 Insert SAE 1040 / AISI 316
M40V 150 psig (10 barg) 3 Ball AISI 316
Maximum saturation steam press 4 Stem AISI 316
M40C 220 psig (15 barg)
Designed for a maximum cold hydraulic test pressure of 415 psig (28.5 barg) M40V VirginPTFE
5 Seat
M40C Reinforced PTFE
Operating range 6 Stem seal Reinforced PTFE
7 Separator SAE 1010 / 1045
B 8 Belleville washer AISI 301
390 (200)
A 9 Stem nut Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 12L14

300 (150) C 10 Lever Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010
212 (100)
Steam 11 Grip Vinyl
saturation
curve 12 Stop screw Zinc plated carbon steel
122 (50)
13 Fixing screw Zinc plated carbon steel
A
0 14 Support washer Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1045
0 (2) (4) (6) (8) (10) (12) (14) (16) (18) (19) 15 Stem adaptor Zinc plated SG iron
30 60 90 120 150 175 205 230 260 275
16 Stop plate Zinc plated carbon steel SAE 1010

13 14
The products must not be used in this region.
M40V must not be used in this region.

A-C-A M40V using virgin PTFE seats
A-B-A M40C using reinforced PTFE seats
15
16
3" to 6"
In the interests of development and improvement of the product, we reserve the right to change the specification. TI-P133-09 US 01.05
3: 240
Dimensions/weights (approximate) in inches Cv values
Size A2 B3 C3 E D1 F Weight 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
DN25 5.00 7.09 3.94 0.79 4.26 1.93 5.1 24 95 110 230 290 680 854
DN40 6.50 7.09 4.53 1.22 5.00 2.13 9.9
DN50 7.01 8.67 5.08 1.42 5.99 2.40 15.0
DN65 7.49 8.67 5.59 1.97 7.01 2.48 21.4 Operating torques (ft / lb)
DN80 8.00 10.84 5.67 2.25 7.49 2.88 30.9 1" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 6"
DN100 9.02 16.35 6.78 2.96 9.02 3.23 46.3 6 19 26 37 45 74 206
DN150 10.52 27.58 8.67 3.94 10.99 4.65 83.8
The torque figures shown are for a valve at maximum operating
pressure that is operated frequently.
Valves that are subject to long static periods may require at least
F 75% greater break out torque.
B3
Maintenance
Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are provided with
the product.
C3 How to order
Size V = Virgin PTFE
Seats
Model C = Reinforced PTFE
Specify:
Seats 2 = Carbon steel
Body material
Material 3 = Stainless steel
D1 ØE
Example: Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40V2 ISO ball
valve.
Spare parts
A2
Control
Valves
1" to 2-1/2"
Available spare
How to order spares
Quarter Turn
B3 Always order spares by using the description given in the column
headed 'Available spare' stating the size and type of ball valve.
Valves
Example: 1-Seat and stem seal set for 2" M40V2 ISO ball valve.
C3
3" to 6"
6 6
5 5
TI-P133-09 US 01.05
3: 241
M60 Stainless Steel Ball Valve
for Clean Steam Systems
Description 11 10 9 11
M60 clean ball valve for use in high purity and aseptic processes.
Low maintenance, clean design is suitable for steam, liquid and gas
service ranging from vacuum to high temperature and
pressure.
13
Options 12
• Cavity filler
• Electropolishing with internal wetted surfaces to 16-24 microinch 8
7
es (0.40 - 0.61 µm) Ra.
• Seat available in either glass reinforced PTFE (standard) or virgin 6 4
PTFE. 5
3
Sizes and end connections 1
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/2", 2".
End connections : 0.065" (16 gauge) O/D tube and Tri-clamp
Other connections available on request
2
Control
Valves
14
Internal finish
Internal wetted surfaces finished to 32 microinches (0.81 µm) Ra.
Technical data
Leakage Test procedure to ISO 5208 (rate 3)
Materials comply with FDA Code of
Quarter Turn
Stem seal and seat

Federal Regulations Title 21, Part 177. Materials
Valves
No Part Material
Limiting conditions 1 Body Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
Body design conditions 900 psig (62 barg) 2 End connections Stainless steel ASTM A 182 F 316L
Maximum operating temperature 392°F @ 0psig (200˚C @ 0 barg) 3 Ball Stainless steel AISI 316L
Maximum operating pressure 900psig @ 68°F (62 barg @ 20˚C) 4 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316L
Maximum saturation Virgin PTFE seat 100 psig (7.0 barg) 5 Seat Reinforced or Virgin PTFE
steam pressure Reinforced PTFE seats 115 psi (8.5 barg) 6 Stem seals Reinforced PTFE
Maximum cold hydraulic test pressure 1350 psig (93 barg) 7 Spacer Stainless steel AISI 316
8 Compression nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Note: that lower limits may be imposed by end connection type. 9 Lock washer Stainless steel AISI 316
10 Stem nut Stainless steel AISI 316
Operating range 11 Name-plates Stainless steel AISI 430
A, B 12 Handle Stainless steel AISI 316
470 (242) 13 Cover Vinyl
14 Studs and nuts Stainless steel AISI 316
390 (200)
* 15 Cavity filler (optional) Reinforced PTFE

300 (150) Steam
saturation
212 (100) curve * Item 15 is shown overleaf.
122 (50)
A B
0
0 (10) (20) (30) (40) (50) (62)
150 290 435 580 725 900
This product must not be used in this region.

A — A Virgin PTFE seats.
B — B Reinforced PTFE seats.
TI-P182-01-US 01.05
3: 242
Dimensions (approximate) in inches G1 B
Tri-clamp
Size A4 B C D G1 Port dia. Weight
1/2" 3.51 4.73 2.25 0.87 1.75 0.32 1.0
3/4" 4.02 4.73 2.48 1.02 2.01 0.55 1.5
1" 4.49 6.19 3.59 1.22 2.25 0.83 2.9
C
1-1/2" 5.52 7.09 4.29 1.62 2.76 1.22 5.5
2" 6.26 7.09 4.53 1.89 3.11 1.50 7.7
Tube
Size A5 B C D G2 ID OD Weight Tri-clamp
1/2" 3.94 4.73 2.25 0.87 1.97 0.37 0.50 1.0
3/4" 4.02 4.73 2.48 1.02 2.01 0.63 0.75 1.5 D
1" 4.89 6.19 3.59 1.22 2.44 0.87 1.00 2.8
1-1/2" 5.44 7.09 4.29 1.62 2.72 1.38 1.50 5.3 A4
2" 5.91 7.09 4.53 1.89 2.96 1.88 2.00 7.5
A4: Tri-clamp B
Cvs values A5: Tube
Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2" G1: Tri-clamp
G2: Tube
2.9 12 32 82 121
G2
Operating torque (ft/lb) C

Size 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" 2"
1.4 2.5 9.5 22 29
Installation
M60 ball valves may be located in any convenient position in the Tube
pipeline. Gas welding can safely be used with all tube ended ver-
sions. Steam installations require a trapped drain pocket at the inlet D
Control
low point and the valve should be opened slowly to prevent water-
Valves
hammer damage. Full Installation and Maintenance Instructions are
provided. A5
Spare parts
Maintenance The spare parts available are shown in heavy outline. Parts drawn in
Before rebuilding, ensure that no flow is taking place in the pipeline broken line are not available as spares.
Quarter Turn
and the line is isolated. Any fluid remaining in the line should be Available spare
drained off. Spares can be fitted without removing the complete ball
Valves
valve from the pipeline. Remove the two upper studs and nuts and Cavity filler 15
loosen the lower two. The complete body assembly can then be Seat and stem seal set with cavity filler 5, 6, 15
removed and new parts fitted.
How to order spares
How to order headed 'Available Spare' and stating the size and type of ball valve.
The M60 stainless steel clean ball valve has a number of features
Example: 1 - Seat and stem seal set for 1/2" M60 ball valve.
that must be specified at the time of order. They are; size, type of
end connection, seat material, degree of internal finish and cavity
filler (if required).
Example: Spirax Sarco 1/2" M60 stainless steel ball valve for
clean steam systems.
16 gauge O/D tube end connection. Reinforced PTFE seat.
32 microinch Ra finish.
5
6 5
15 Optional
6
TI-P182-01-US 01.05
3: 243
Series 200 BVA Pneumatic Actuators
with Spirax Sarco Ball Valves
Description
The BVA 200 Series is a range of pneumatic rotary actuators to auto-
mate Spirax Sarco ball valves for a wide range of industrial applica-
tions.
The pneumatic actuated ball valve range comprises:-
Actuators combined with three piece ball valves M10V, M10S, M10S
ISO, M10F ISO and M10H ISO.
Actuators combined with one piece ball valves M20, M40 ISO and
M21S ISO. 20
Available types 21
Single acting 210S, 215S, 220S, 225S 230S, 235S,
(spring return): BVA 240S, 245S, 250S and 255S
210D, 215D, 220D, 225D,
Double acting: BVA 230D, 235D, 240D, 245D, 17
250D and 255D
12
Technical data actuators
Control
Valves
Maximum pressure 150 psig (10 barg) Port “B”

Operating pressure range 1/4" NPT
60, 75 or 90 psig (4, 5 or 6 barg)
(standard)
Operating temperature range -22°F to +212°F (-30˚C to 100˚C) Port “A”
Compressed air (dry or lubricated) 1/4" NPT
Operating media Non corrosive gas 16
Quarter Turn
1
Actuators
Light hydraulic oil

Anti-clockwise with 4
Rotation 90° 13 3
port 'A' pressurized
Materials
No Part Material
1 Body Aluminium hard anodized
3* Pinion Nickel plated carbon steel
4 End caps Aluminium epoxy coated
12 'O' ring NBR
13 Screws Stainless steel
16 Blind nut Stainless steel
17 Washer Stainless steel
20 Indicator cap Polyamide
21 Coloured indicator Polyamide
* Item 3 not shown on this diagram
Normal ft3 / stroke

BVA actuator size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255
Single acting .142 .248 .495 .813 1.201 1.978 2.967 5.298 7.063 11.301
Double acting .248 .459 .883 1.413 2.049 3.214 4.945 8.829 12.008 18.364
Normal ft3 per open/close cycle when supplied with air at 90 psig (6 barg).
Time (seconds)
BVA actuator size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 255
Single acting 0.11 0.20 0.27 0.32 0.50 0.70 0.90 2.20 2.30 2.80
Double acting 0.04 0.08 0.11 0.15 0.18 0.30 0.40 0.80 1.20 1.80
Typical operating time (seconds). Operating media - compressed air at 90 psig (6 barg).
Note: Operating time is for valve opening
Dimensions
Refer to individual TI for dimensions.
3: 244
Accessories Typical assemblies
MV solenoid valve: a range of Namur electrical valves with an encapsula-
tion rating to IP65 is available for use with BVA actuators. These can be A - BVA actuator series 200 F
used to drive actuators with compressed air, non-corrosive gas or light oil B - Three piece or one piece ball valve
in the temperature range -14°F to 195°F (-25°C to 90°C). C - Linkage kit (BVL)
F - Solenoid (MV)
Solenoid Coil voltage Power consumption (W)
MV11 240 / 220 Vac 4.5
MV12 110 Vac 4.5
MV13 24 Vac 4.5
MV14 24 Vdc 4.5
A
How to order
1 - Spirax Sarco BVA 225S actuator
1 - MV11 solenoid
1 - BVL248 linkage kit
or actuated ball valves may be supplied completely assembled to suit the C

application.
Available spares set comprises

'O' rings 9, 10, 11, 12, 18 B
Pinion washers 5, 8
Pinion circlip 7
State actuator model/type on order e.g. BVA 220-S Typical assembly for Typical assembly for
non-ISO ball valves ISO ball valves
20 21 12 17 16
Control
Valves
18 4 13
Quarter Turn
Actuators
7
8
13 4
5
1 18 4 13
11
9
3
16 17 12 10
13 4
TI-P372-09 US 01.05
3: 245
BVA200 Series Pneumatic Actuator
with M10S ISO, M10T ISO or M10F ISO Ball Valves
Selection tables
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig (4, 5 or 6 barg)
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S), Reduced bore (RB), Full bore (FB).
Operating pressure: 60psig (4 barg) BVL_ Linkage kit selection table

Valves BVA actuator Valves BVA actuator
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting M10S ISO / M10F ISO
M10T ISO M10T ISO
Size LS HS LS HS size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245
1/4"RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210 D 210 D 210 S/4 210 S/4 1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 200
1/2"RB - 3/8" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S/4 215 S/4 1/2" RB -3/8" FB 200 200
3/4"RB - 1/2" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S/4 215 S/4 3/4" RB -1/2" FB 200 200
1"RB - 3/4" FB 215 D 215 D 220 S/4 220 S/4 1" RB -1" FB 202 202 203
1-1/4"RB - 1" FB 215 D 220 D 220 S/4 220 S/4 1-1/4" RB -1" FB 204 205
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4" FB 220 D 220 D 220 S/4 225 S/4 1-1/2" RB -1-1/4"FB 208 209 209
2"RB - 1-1/2" FB 220 D 225 D 225 S/4 230 S/4 2" RB -1-1/2" FB 210 210 210
2-1/2"RB - 2" FB 225 D 230 D 230 S/4 235 S/4 2-1/2" RB -2" FB 211 211 211 216
Control
Valves
Operating pressure: 75 psig (5 barg)

Valves BVA actuator Conditions
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting Light service (LS)
M10T ISO • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
Size LS HS LS HS • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig (3 barg).
Quarter Turn
Actuators
1/4"RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S • Maximum working temperature 290°F (143°C) at 150 psig (10 barg).
1/2"RB - 3/8" FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S • Maximum differential pressure 300 psig ( 20 barg) at 100°F (38°C).
3/4"RB - 1/2" FB 210 D 210 D 215 S 215 S • Frequent operation.
1"RB - 3/4" FB 215 D 215 D 220 S 220 S
1-1/4"RB - 1" FB 215 D 215 D 220 S 220 S Heavy service (HS)
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4" FB 215 D 220 D 220 S 220 S All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned
2"RB - 1-1/2" FB 220 D 220 D 225 S 225 S conditions is exceeded.
2-1/2"RB - 2" FB 225 D 225 D 230 S 235 S
Operating pressure: 90 psig Example

Valves BVA actuator Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application
M10S ISO / M10F ISO Double acting Single acting Valve required: 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ISO ball valve.
M10T ISO Available air pressure: 90 psig (6 barg).
Size LS HS LS HS Light service, double acting actuator.
1/4"RB, FB - 3/8"RB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S
1/2"RB - 3/8"FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S 1. Select from 90 psig (6 barg) operating pressure table an actuator
3/4"RB - 1/2"FB 210 D 210 D 210 S 210 S for a 1-1/2" FB ball valve, light service (LS), double acting: BVA 220D
1"RB - 3/4"FB 210 D 215 D 215 S 215 S
1-1/4"RB - 1"FB 215 D 215 D 215 S 220 S 2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVL suitable for a
1-1/2"RB - 1-1/4"FB 215 D 215 D 220 S 220 S 1-1/2" FB ball valve and BVA 220 actuator: BVL 210
2"RB - 1-1/2"FB 220 D 220 D 220 S 225 S
2-1/2"RB - 2"FB 220 D 225 D 225 S 230S
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ISO ball
valve, with BVA 220D actuator and BVL 210 linkage kit, operating with
90 psig (6 barg) air pressure.
TI-P372-05-US 01.05
3: 246
Dimensions/weights
(approximate) in inches (mm) and lbs. (kg)
A1: Single acting
.630 (16) .945 (24)
.473 (12)
B1
1.260 (32) E
M5 x 12
D
Air inlet connection
C
A: Double Acting
BVA200 Series actuators in inches (mm)

A A1Actuator weight lbs.(kg)
Type Double acting Single acting B1 C D E Double acting Single acting
BVA210 5.12 (130) 8.47 (215) 3.78 (96) 2.99 (76) 1.89 (48) 1.34 (34) 2.4 (1.1) 3.3 (1.5)
BVA215 5.67 (144) 9.14 (232) 4.53 (115) 3.55 (90) 2.21 (56) 1.77 (45) 3.7 (1.7) 5.1 (2.3)
BVA220 6.38 (162) 10.64 (270) 5.40 (137) 4.37 (111) 2.60 (66) 2.17 (55) 5.7 (2.6) 8.8 (4.0)
BVA225 7.17 (182) 11.70 (297) 5.75 (146) 4.77 (121) 2.80 (71) 2.36 (60) 7.5 (3.4) 12.1 (5.5)
BVA230 8.31 (211) 13.08 (332) 6.50 (165) 5.32 (135) 3.07 (78) 2.76 (70) 11.2 (5.1) 18.5 (8.4)
Control
Valves
BVA235 9.65 (245) 14.62 (371) 7.17 (182) 5.95 (151) 3.39 (86) 3.15 (80) 16.8 (7.6) 26.7 (12.1)
BVA240 10.84 (275) 16.55 (420) 7.84 (199) 6.78 (172) 3.78 (96) 3.35 (85) 23.1 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
BVA245 13.24 (336) 18.68 (474) 8.55 (217) 7.56 (192) 4.18 (106) 3.86 (98) 35.3 (16.0) 52.9 (24.0)
BVA250 16.55 (420) 22.77 (578) 9.81 (249) 8.35 (212) 4.57 (116) 4.49 (114) 57.3 (26.0) 83.8 (38.0)
BVA255 18.20 (462) 24.19 (614) 11.03 (280) 9.53 (242) 5.16 (131) 5.16 (131) 80.5 (36.5) 114.6 (52.0)
Quarter Turn
Actuators
BVL linkage kit with M10S ISO, M10T ISO or
M10F ISO ball valve
Reduced bore inches (mm) lbs (kg)
Size (Valve) F F1 G H Weight (Valve)
1/4" 2.36 (60) 1.93 (49) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
3/8" 2.36 (60) 1.93 (49) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
1/2" 2.36 (60) 1.93 (49) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
3/4" 2.60 (66) 2.29 (58) 1.10 (28) 3.07 (78) 2.1 (0.95)
1" 3.15 (80) 3.07 (78) 1.30 (33) 3.31 (84) 3.6 (1.65)
1-1/4" 3.78 (96) 3.59 (91) 1.42 (36) 3.55 (90) 5.1 (2.30)
1-1/2" 4.02 (102) 3.78 (96) 1.62 (41) 3.66 (93) 6.7 (3.05)
2" 4.65 (118) 4.41 (112) 1.85 (47) 3.98 (101) 10.1 (4.60)
2-1/2" 5.75 (146) 5.57 (146) 2.25 (57) 5.54 (140) 17.5 (7.95)
Full bore inches (mm) lbs (kg)

Size (Valve) F F1 G H Weight (Valve)
1/4" 2.36 (60) 1.93 (49) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
3/8" 2.36 (60) 1.93 (49) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
1/2" 2.60 (66) 2.29 (58) 1.10 (28) 3.07 (78) 2.1 (0.95)
3/4" 3.15 (80) 3.07 (78) 1.30 (33) 3.31 (84) 3.6 (1.65)
Linkage kit description 1" 3.78 (96) 3.59 (91) 1.42 (36) 3.55 (90) 5.1 (2.30)
BVL Linkage kit components and materials are as follows 1-1/4" 4.02 (102) 3.78 (96) 1.62 (41) 3.66 (93) 6.7 (3.05)
Frame (1) Stainless steel AISI 304 1-1/2" 4.65 (118) 4.41 (112) 1.85 (47) 3.98 (101) 10.1 (4.60)
Stem adapter (1) Stainless steel AISI 304 2" 5.75 (146) 5.75 (146) 2.25 (57) 5.52 (140) 17.5 (7.95)
Frame-to-actuator screw (4) Stainless steel Gr5
Washer (4) Stainless steel

Frame-to-valve screw (4) Stainless steel Gr5
Stem nut (1) or locking plate (1) Stainless steel
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016

Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222 TI-P372-05-US 01.05
3: 247
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M10H ISO Ball Valves
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig (4, 5, or 6 barg.)
Key: Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).
Operating pressure: 60 psig (4 barg) BVL_ Linkage kit selection table

Valve BVA_ actuator
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting Valve BVA_ actuator
Size HS HS M10H ISO 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 215D 220S/4 Size
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 215D 220S/4 1/4" RB - 3/8" RB 200 200 201
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 220S/4 1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 200 200 201
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 225S/4 3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 200 201
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 230D 230S/4 1" RB - 3/4 " FB 212 212
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 230D 235S/4 1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 213 213
Control
Valves
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 230D 235S/4 1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 214 214 215

2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 214 214 215
Operating pressure: 75 psig (5 barg)
Valve BVA_ actuator Conditions
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting Heavy service (HS):
Size HS HS All those applications where at least one of the below mentioned conditions
Quarter Turn
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210D 215S is exceeded.

Actuators
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 215S

3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 220S • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 225S
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 225D 230S • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig (3 barg).
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 225D 235S
2" RB -1-1/2" FB 225D 235S • Maximum working temperature 290°F (143°C) at 150 psig (10 barg).
Operating pressure: 90 psig (6 barg) • Maximum differential pressure 300 psig (20 barg) at 100°F (38°C).
Valve BVA_ actuator
M10H ISO Double acting Single acting • Frequent operation.
Size HS HS
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210D 215S Note: For M10H ISO ball valve range, all applications are considered as
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 215S heavy service.
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 215D 215S
1" RB - 3/4" FB 220D 220S Selection example
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 225D 230S Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 225D 230S Valve required: 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10H2FB ISO ball valve.
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 225D 230S Available air pressure: 90 psig (6 barg).
Heavy service, double acting actuator.
1. Select from 90 psig (6 barg) operating pressure table an actuator for a

1-1/2" FB ball valve, heavy service (HS), double acting: BVA225D
2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVL suitable for a
1-1/2" FB ball valve and BVA225 actuator: BVL214
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10H2FB ISO ball valve,
with BVA225D actuator and BVL214 linkage kit, operating with 90 psig
(6 barg) air pressure.
3: 248
Dimensions/weights
A1: Single acting (approximate) in inches (mm) and lbs. (kg)
.630 (16) .945 (24)
.473 (12)
B1
1.260 (32) E
M5 x 12
D
C
A: Double Acting

BVA210 5.12 (130) 8.47 (215) 3.78 (96) 2.99 (76) 1.89 (48) 1.34 (34) 2.4 (1.1) 3.3 (1.5)
BVA215 5.67 (144) 9.14 (232) 4.53 (115) 3.55 (90) 2.21 (56) 1.77 (45) 3.7 (1.7) 5.1 (2.3)
BVA220 6.38 (162) 10.64 (270) 5.40 (137) 4.37 (111) 2.60 (66) 2.17 (55) 5.7 (2.6) 8.8 (4.0)
BVA225 7.17 (182) 11.70 (297) 5.75 (146) 4.77 (121) 2.80 (71) 2.36 (60) 7.5 (3.4) 12.1 (5.5)
BVA230 8.31 (211) 13.08 (332) 6.50 (165) 5.32 (135) 3.07 (78) 2.76 (70) 11.2 (5.1) 18.5 (8.4)
Control
BVA235 9.65 (245) 14.62 (371) 7.17 (182) 5.95 (151) 3.39 (86) 3.15 (80) 16.8 (7.6) 26.7 (12.1)
Valves
BVA240 10.84 (275) 16.55 (420) 7.84 (199) 6.78 (172) 3.78 (96) 3.35 (85) 23.1 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
BVA245 13.24 (336) 18.68 (474) 8.55 (217) 7.56 (192) 4.18 (106) 3.86 (98) 35.3 (16.0) 52.9 (24.0)
BVA250 16.55 (420) 22.77 (578) 9.81 (249) 8.35 (212) 4.57 (116) 4.49 (114) 57.3 (26.0) 83.8 (38.0)
BVA255 18.20 (462) 24.19 (614) 11.03 (280) 9.53 (242) 5.16 (131) 5.16 (131) 80.5 (36.5) 114.6 (52.0)
Quarter Turn
Actuators
BVL linkage kit with M10H ISO ball valve
Reduced bore inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
Size F F1 G H (Valve) Weight
1/4" 2.48 (63) 2.36 (60) 0.87 (22) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
H 3/8" 2.48 (63) 2.36 (60) 0.87 (22) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
1/2" 2.48 (63) 2.01 (51) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
3/4" 2.76 (70) 2.40 (61) 1.10 (28) 3.07 (78) 2.1 (0.95)
1" 3.27 (83) 3.19 (81) 1.30 (33) 3.31 (84) 3.6 (1.65)
1-1/4" 3.90 (99) 3.74 (94) 1.46 (37) 3.55 (90) 5.1 (2.30)
1-1/2" 4.18 (106) 4.02 (102) 1.62 (41) 3.66 (93) 6.2 (3.05)
2" 4.81 (122) 4.57 (116) 1.89 (48) 3.98 (101) 10.1 (4.60)
G
Full bore inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
Size F F1 G H Weight (Valve)
F: Screwed and BW
F1: SW 1/4" 2.48 (63) 2.36 (60) 0.87 (22) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
3/8" 2.48 (63) 2.36 (60) 1.02 (26) 2.96 (75) 2.0 (0.92)
1/2" 2.76 (70) 2.60 (64) 1.10 (28) 3.07 (78) 2.1 (0.95)
3/4" 3.27 (83) 3.23 (82) 1.30 (33) 3.31 (84) 3.6 (1.65)
1" 3.90 (99) 3.90 (99) 1.46 (37) 3.55 (90) 5.1 (2.30)
1-1/4" 4.18 (106) 4.18 (106) 1.62 (41) 3.66 (93) 2.2 (3.05)
1-1/2" 4.81 (122) 4.81 (122) 1.89 (48) 3.98 (101) 10.1 (4.60)
Linkage kit description
BVL Linkage kit components and materials are as follows
Frame (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Stem adapter (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Frame-to-actuator screw (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
Frame-to-valve screw (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
TI-P372-04-US 01.05
3: 249
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M20 Ball Valve
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60, 75 or 90 psig (4, 5 or 6 barg).
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).

Valve BVA_ actuator
Valve BVA_actuator M20
M20 Double acting Single acting 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250
Size
Size LS HS LS HS 1" 260 260 261
1" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/4" 260 261
1-1/4" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/2" 262 263 263
1-1/2" 220D 220D 220S/4 225S/4 2" 263 263
2" 220D 220D 225S/4 225S/4 2-1/2" 264 264 264 65-A
2-1/2" 225D 225D 230S/4 235S/4 3" 265 265 265 67
3" 225D 230D 235S/4 235S/4 4" 265 67 67 266
Control
Valves
4" 235D 240D 240S/4 245S/4 6" 71 71 267 268

6" 240D 245D 245S/4 250S/4
Operating pressure: 75 psig (5 barg) Conditions

Valve BVA actuator Light service (LS)
Quarter Turn
M20 Double acting Single acting

Actuators
Size LS HS LS HS
• Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1" 215D 215D 220S 220S
1-1/4" 215D 215D 220S 220S
• Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig (3 barg).
1-1/2" 220D 220D 220S 220S
2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
• Maximum working temperature 290°F (143°C) at 150 psig (10 barg).
2-1/2" 220D 225D 225S 230S
3" 225D 230D 230S 235S
• Maximum differential pressure 300 psig (20 barg)at 100°F (38°C).
4" 235D 235D 235S 240S
6" 235D 245D 240S 250S
• Frequent operation.
Operating pressure: 90 psig (6 barg) Heavy service (HS)
All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned con-
Valve BVA actuator
ditions is exceeded.
M20 Double acting Single acting
Size LS HS LS HS
1" 210D 210D 215S 215S
Example
Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
1-1/4" 215D 215D 215S 215S
Valve required: DN50 flanged ANSI 150 M20C2 ball valve.
1-1/2" 215D 215D 220S 220S
Available air pressure: 90 psig (6 barg).
2" 220D 220D 220S 225S
Light service, double acting actuator.
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
3" 220D 225D 225S 235S
1. Select from 90 psig (6 barg). operating pressure table an actuator for
4" 230D 235D 235S 240S
a 2" M20 ball valve, light service (LS), double acting: BVA220D
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
2" M20 ball valve and BVA220 actuator: BVL263
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M20C2 ball valve, with
BVA220D actuator and BVL263 linkage kit, operating with 90 psig
3: 250
Dimensions/weights
A1: Single acting (approximate) in inches (mm) and lbs. (kg)
.630 (16) .945 (24)
.473 (12)
B1
1.260 (32) E
M5 x 12
D
C
A: Double Acting

BVA210 5.12 (130) 8.47 (215) 3.78 (96) 2.99 (76) 1.89 (48) 1.34 (34) 2.4 (1.1) 3.3 (1.5)
BVA215 5.67 (144) 9.14 (232) 4.53 (115) 3.55 (90) 2.21 (56) 1.77 (45) 3.7 (1.7) 5.1 (2.3)
BVA220 6.38 (162) 10.64 (270) 5.40 (137) 4.37 (111) 2.60 (66) 2.17 (55) 5.7 (2.6) 8.8 (4.0)
BVA225 7.17 (182) 11.70 (297) 5.75 (146) 4.77 (121) 2.80 (71) 2.36 (60) 7.5 (3.4) 12.1 (5.5)
BVA230 8.31 (211) 13.08 (332) 6.50 (165) 5.32 (135) 3.07 (78) 2.76 (70) 11.2 (5.1) 18.5 (8.4)
BVA235 9.65 (245) 14.62 (371) 7.17 (182) 5.95 (151) 3.39 (86) 3.15 (80) 16.8 (7.6) 26.7 (12.1)
BVA240 10.84 (275) 16.55 (420) 7.84 (199) 6.78 (172) 3.78 (96) 3.35 (85) 23.1 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
Control
Valves
BVA245 13.24 (336) 18.68 (474) 8.55 (217) 7.56 (192) 4.18 (106) 3.86 (98) 35.3 (16.0) 52.9 (24.0)
BVA250 16.55 (420) 22.77 (578) 9.81 (249) 8.35 (212) 4.57 (116) 4.49 (114) 57.3 (26.0) 83.8 (38.0)
BVA255 18.20 (462) 24.19 (614) 11.03 (280) 9.53 (242) 5.16 (131) 5.16 (131) 80.5 (36.5) 114.6 (52.0)
BVL linkage kit with M20 ball valve

Flanged PN40 inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
Quarter Turn
Size (Valve) F G H Weight (Valve)
Actuators
DN25 6.50 (165) 4.53 (115) 4.02 (102) 11.0 (5.0)
DN32 7.01 (178) 5.52 (140) 4.14 (105) 14.1 (6.4)
DN40 7.49 (190) 5.91 (150) 4.65 (118) 19.4 (8.8)
DN50 8.51 (216) 6.50 (165) 4.96 (126) 24.3 (11.0)
H DN65 9.50 (241) 7.29 (185) 5.44 (138) 37.5 (17.0)
DN80 11.15 (283) 7.88 (200) 6.62 (168) 55.1 (25.0)
DN100 12.02 (305) 9.26 (235) 7.05 (179) 88.2 (40.0)
DN150 15.88 (403) 11.82 (300) 8.47 (215) 187.4 (85.0)
G
Flanged ANSI 150 inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
Size (Valve) F G H Weight
(Valve)
DN25 5.00 (127) 4.26 (108) 4.02 (102) 7.3 (3.3)
DN32 5.52 (140) 4.65 (118) 4.14 (105) 8.8 (4.0)
DN40 6.50 (165) 5.00 (127) 4.65 (118) 12.8 (5.8)
F
DN50 7.01 (178) 5.99 (152) 4.96 (126) 19.0 (8.6)
DN65 7.53 (191) 7.01 (178) 5.44 (138) 29.1 (13.2)
DN80 8.00 (203) 7.49 (190) 6.62 (168) 41.2 (18.7)
DN100 9.02 (229) 9.02 (229) 7.05 (179) 61.3 (27.8)
DN150 10.52 (267) 10.99 (279) 8.47 (215) 97.0 (44.0)
Frame (1) Zinc plated carbon steel
Flanged ANSI 300 inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
01.05
Stem adapter (1) Zinc plated carbon steel

Size (Valve) F G H Weight
Frame-to-actuator screws (4) Zinc plated carbon steel
(Valve)
TI-P372-03-US
Washers (4) Zinc plated carbon steel

DN25 6.5 (165) 4.89 (124) 4.02 (102) 11.0 (5.0)
Frame-to-valve screws (3) Zinc plated carbon steel
DN32 7.01 (178) 4.65 (118) 4.14 (105) 14.1 (6.0)
DN40 7.49 (190) 6.15 (156) 4.65 (118) 19.4 (8.8)
Stem nut (1*) Zinc plated carbon steel
DN50 8.51 (216) 6.50 (165) 4.96 (126) 24.3 (11.0)
Note: * For 3" to 6" ball valves two stem nuts will be supplied.
DN65 9.50 (241) 7.49 (190) 5.44 (138) 37.5 (17.0)
Spirax Sarco, Inc., 1150 Northpoint Blvd., Blythewood, SC 29016 DN80 11.15 (283) 8.27 (210) 6.62 (168) 55.1 (25.0)
Telephone: (803) 714-2000 FAX (803) 714-2222 DN100 12.02 (305) 10.00 (254) 7.05 (179) 88.2 (40.0)
DN150 15.88 (403) 12.53 (318) 8.47 (215) 187.4 (85.0)
3: 251
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M40 ISO Ball Valve
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60.70 or 90 psig. (4, 5 or 6 barg)
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S).

Valve BVA actuator Valve BVA_ actuator
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting M40 ISO
Size LS HS LS HS Size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245 250
1" 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1" 221 221 222
1-1/2" 215D 220D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/2" 221 222
Control
Valves
2" 220D 220D 220S/4 225S/4 2" 223 224 224

2-1/2" 225D 225D 230S/4 230S/4 2-1/2" 224 224 224
3" 225D 225D 230S/4 235S/4 3" 227 227 227 235
4" 230D 235D 235S/4 235S/4 4" 226 226 226 233
6" 240D 240D 245S/4 250S/4 6" 234 234 228 229
Quarter Turn
Operating pressure: 75 psig (5 barg) Conditions

Actuators
Light service (LS):

Valve BVA actuator • Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting
• Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig (3 barg).
Size LS HS LS HS
• Maximum working temperature 290°F (143°C) at 150 psig (10 barg).
1" 215D 215D 220S 220S
• Maximum differential pressure 300 psig (20 barg) at 100°F (38°C)
1-1/2" 215D 220D 220S 220S
• Frequent operation.
2" 215D 220D 220S 220S
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 230S
Heavy service (HS):
3" 220D 225D 230S 230S
All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned
4" 225D 230D 235S 235S
conditions is exceeded.
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
Example
Operating pressure: 90 psig (6 barg) Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
Valve required: 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40C2 ISO ball valve.
Valve BVA actuator
Available air pressure: 90 psig (6 barg)
M40 ISO Double acting Single acting
Light service, double acting actuator.
Size LS HS LS HS
1" 210D 210D 215S 215S
1. Select from 90 psig (6 barg) operating pressure table an actuator for
1-1/2" 215D 215D 215S 220S
a 2" M40 ISO ball valve, light service (LS), double acting:
2" 215D 215D 220S 220S
BVA215D
2-1/2" 220D 220D 225S 225S
3" 220D 220D 225S 225S
4" 220D 230D 230S 235S
2" M40 ISO ball valve and BVA215 actuator:
6" 235D 240D 240S 245S
BVL223
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 2" flanged ANSI 150 M40C2 ISO ball valve,
with BVA215D actuator and BVL223 linkage kit, operating with 90 psig
3: 252
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M40 ISO Ball Valve
Dimensions/weights
A1: Single acting
.630 (16) .945 (24)
.473 (12)
B1
1.260 (32) E
M5 x 12
D
C
A: Double Acting

BVA210 5.12 (130) 8.47 (215) 3.78 (96) 2.99 (76) 1.89 (48) 1.34 (34) 2.4 (1.1) 3.3 (1.5)
Control
Valves
BVA215 5.67 (144) 9.14 (232) 4.53 (115) 3.55 (90) 2.21 (56) 1.77 (45) 3.7 (1.7) 5.1 (2.3)
BVA220 6.38 (162) 10.64 (270) 5.40 (137) 4.37 (111) 2.60 (66) 2.17 (55) 5.7 (2.6) 8.8 (4.0)
BVA225 7.17 (182) 11.70 (297) 5.75 (146) 4.77 (121) 2.80 (71) 2.36 (60) 7.5 (3.4) 12.1 (5.5)
BVA230 8.31 (211) 13.08 (332) 6.50 (165) 5.32 (135) 3.07 (78) 2.76 (70) 11.2 (5.1) 18.5 (8.4)
BVA235 9.65 (245) 14.62 (371) 7.17 (182) 5.95 (151) 3.39 (86) 3.15 (80) 16.8 (7.6) 26.7 (12.1)
BVA240 10.84 (275) 16.55 (420) 7.84 (199) 6.78 (172) 3.78 (96) 3.35 (85) 23.1 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
Quarter Turn
Actuators
BVA245 13.24 (336) 18.68 (474) 8.55 (217) 7.56 (192) 4.18 (106) 3.86 (98) 35.3 (16.0) 52.9 (24.0)
BVA250 16.55 (420) 22.77 (578) 9.81 (249) 8.35 (212) 4.57 (116) 4.49 (114) 57.3 (26.0) 83.8 (38.0)
BVA255 18.20 (462) 24.19 (614) 11.03 (280) 9.53 (242) 5.16 (131) 5.16 (131) 80.5 (36.5) 114.6 (52.0)
BVL linkage kit with M40 ISO ball valve

Flanged ANSI 150 inches (mm) lbs (kg)
Size (Valve) F G H Weight (Valve)
DN25 5.00 (127) 4.26 (108) 3.11 (79) 5.1 (2.3)
DN40 6.50 (165) 5.00 (127) 3.70 (94) 9.9 (4.5)
DN50 7.01 (178) 5.99 (152) 3.82 (97) 15.0 (6.8)
H DN65 7.49 (190) 7.01 (178) 5.36 (136) 21.4 (9.7)
DN80 8.00 (203) 7.53 (191) 5.32 (135) 30.9 (14.0)
DN100 9.02 (229) 9.02 (229) 6.03 (153) 46.3 (21.0)
DN150 10.52 (267) 10.99 (279) 6.97 (177) 83.8 (38.0)
G
Frame (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Stem adapter (1) Stainless steel AISI 304
Frame-to-actuator screws (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
Washers (4) Stainless steel

Frame-to-valve screws (4) Stainless steel Gr. 5
F Washers (4) Stainless steel
Note: The DN150 M40 ISO ball valve is only available in carbon steel.
TI-P372-08-US 01.05
3: 253
Quarter Turn Control
Actuators Valves
3: 254
Limit Switch Box
for Actuated Spirax Sarco Ball Valves
Description
The limit switch box is normally used for indicating valve open or
valve closed position. It also allows switching points to be adjustable 1
over the full range of the actuator. Local indication is also provided
by a colour coded indicator in the switch box.
55
They are manufactured to meet NAMUR standard (VDI/VDE 3845),
and they have a complete stainless steel linkage kit for direct mount-
ing to BVA200 series actuators.
3
Available types
LSB1 box Contact switches
LSB2 box Inductive switches
40 2 4
Technical information
Contact switches (microswitches)
Current rating 10 A
Voltage 250 Vac
Control
Valves
Temperature range -40 to +250°F (-40 to +120°F)
Box Polycarbonate, IP65
Inductive switches
Output current 1 to 3 mA
Voltage 8V
Quarter Turn
Actuators
Temperature range -15°F to +212°F (-25 to +100˚C)
Box Polycarbonate, IP65
Inductive switches P + F N˚: NJ5-11NG
80
Materials
No Part Material
1 Box cover Polycarbonate
2 Shaft Stainless steel
3 Gland PG11 Poliamide
4 Bracket Stainless steel
120
Optional
An aluminium box with IP67 protection, is available upon request.
TI-P372-10-US 05.01
3: 255
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M10V, M10S or M60 Ball Valves
Selection tables
How to choose:
Ball valve and actuator tables for operating air pressure of 60,75 or 90 psig. (4, 5 or 6 barg)
Key: Light service (LS), Heavy service (HS), Double acting (D), Single acting with return spring (S),
Reduced bore (RB), Full bore (FB).

Valves BVA actuator Valves Series 200 BVA_ actuator
M10V and M10S Double acting Single acting M10V and M10S
Size LS HS LS HS Size 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 245
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210D 210D 210S/4 210S/4 1/4" RB- 3/8" RB 240
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 210D 215S/4 215S/4 1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 241 241
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 210D 210D 215S/4 215S/4 3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 242 242
1" RB - 3/4" FB 215D 215D 220S/4 220S/4 1"RB - 3/4" FB 243 243 244
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 215D 220D 220S/4 220S/4 1-1/4" RB -1" FB 245 246
1-1/2" RB -1-1/4" FB 220D 220D 220S/4 225S/4 1-1/2" RB - 1-1/4" FB 247 248 248
Control
Valves
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 220D 225D 225S/4 230S/4 2 "RB- 1-1/2" FB 249 249 249
2-1/2" RB - 2" FB 225D 230D 230S/4 235S/4 2-1/2" RB - 2" FB 250 250 250 251
Operating pressure: 75 psig (5 barg) Note: Linkage Kits BVL240-S to 251-S for M10 stainless steel are
available upon request.
Valves BVA actuator
Quarter Turn
Conditions
Actuators
M10V and M10S Double acting Single acting

Size LS HS LS HS
Light service (LS)
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210D 210D 210S 210S
• Clean, low viscosity fluid, without solids in suspension.
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 210D 210S 210S
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 210D 210D 215S 215S • Maximum saturated steam pressure 45 psig. (3 barg)
1" RB - 3/4" FB 215D 215D 220S 220S • Maximum working temperature 290°F (143°C) at 150 psig. (10 barg)
1-1/4" RB - 1" FB 215D 215D 220S 220S
1-1/2" RB -1-1/4" FB 215D 220D 220S 220S • Maximum differential pressure 300 psig (20 barg) at 100°F. (38°C)
2" RB - 1-1/2" FB 220D 220D 225S 225S • Frequent operation.
2-1/2" RB - 2" FB 225D 225D 230S 235S
Heavy service (HS)
Operating pressure: 90 psig (6 barg) All those applications where at least one of the above mentioned con-
ditions is exceeded.
Valves BVA actuator
M10V and M10S Double acting Single acting Example
Size LS HS LS HS Select an actuator and linkage kit for the following application:
1/4" RB, FB - 3/8" RB 210D 210D 210S 210S Valve required: 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ball valve.
1/2" RB - 3/8" FB 210D 210D 210S 210S Available air pressure: 90 psig. (6 barg)
3/4" RB - 1/2" FB 210D 210D 210S 210S Light service, double acting actuator.
1" RB - 3/4" FB 210D 215D 215S 215S
1-1/4" RB -1" FB 215D 215D 215S 220S 1. Select from 90 psig (6 barg) operating pressure table an actuator
1-1/2" RB -1-1/4" FB 215D 215D 220S 220S for a 1-1/2" FB ball valve, light service (LS), double acting:
2" RB -1-1/2"FB 220D 220D 220S 225S BVA220D
2-1/2" RB - 2"FB 220D 225D 225S 230S 2. Select from BVL linkage kit selection table a BVL suitable for a
1-1/2" FB ball valve and BVA220 actuator: BVL249
How to order
Example: 1- Spirax Sarco 1-1/2" screwed NPT M10S2FB ball valve,
with BVA220D actuator and BVL249 linkage kit, operating with
90 psig (6 barg) air pressure.
3: 256
BVA200 Series
Pneumatic Actuator with M10V, M10S or M60 Ball Valves
A1: Single acting
Dimensions/weights
.630 (16) .945 (24)
.473 (12)
B1
1.260 (32)
E
M5 x 12
Air inlet connection D

A: Double Acting C

BVA210 5.12 (130) 8.47 (215) 3.78 (96) 2.99 (76) 1.89 (48) 1.34 (34) 2.4 (1.1) 3.3 (1.5)
Control
BVA215 5.67 (144) 9.14 (232) 4.53 (115) 3.55 (90) 2.21 (56) 1.77 (45) 3.7 (1.7) 5.1 (2.3)
Valves
BVA220 6.38 (162) 10.64 (270) 5.40 (137) 4.37 (111) 2.60 (66) 2.17 (55) 5.7 (2.6) 8.8 (4.0)
BVA225 7.17 (182) 11.70 (297) 5.75 (146) 4.77 (121) 2.80 (71) 2.36 (60) 7.5 (3.4) 12.1 (5.5)
BVA230 8.31 (211) 13.08 (332) 6.50 (165) 5.32 (135) 3.07 (78) 2.76 (70) 11.2 (5.1) 18.5 (8.4)
BVA235 9.65 (245) 14.62 (371) 7.17 (182) 5.95 (151) 3.39 (86) 3.15 (80) 16.8 (7.6) 26.7 (12.1)
BVA240 10.84 (275) 16.55 (420) 7.84 (199) 6.78 (172) 3.78 (96) 3.35 (85) 23.1 (10.5) 36.4 (16.5)
Quarter Turn
BVA245 13.24 (336) 18.68 (474) 8.55 (217) 7.56 (192) 4.18 (106) 3.86 (98) 35.3 (16.0) 52.9 (24.0)
Actuators
BVA250 16.55 (420) 22.77 (578) 9.81 (249) 8.35 (212) 4.57 (116) 4.49 (114) 57.3 (26.0) 83.8 (38.0)
BVA255 18.20 (462) 24.19 (614) 11.03 (280) 9.53 (242) 5.16 (131) 5.16 (131) 80.5 (36.5) 114.6 (52.0)
BVL linkage kit with M10V or M10S ball valve

Reduced bore inches (mm) lbs. (kg)
Size F F1 G H (Valve) Weight
H 1/4" 2.21 (56) 2.05 (52) 0.87 (22) 1.73 (44) 1.0 (0.45)
3/8" 2.21 (56) 2.05 (52) 0.87 (22) 1.73 (44) 1.0 (0.45)
1/2" 2.48 (63) 2.05 (52) 0.95 (24) 1.85 (47) 1.3 (0.57)
3/4" 2.68 (68) 2.36 (60) 1.02 (26) 1.93 (49) 1.5 (0.70)
1" 3.39 (86) 3.31 (84) 1.22 (31) 2.52 (64) 2.8 (1.27)
1-1/4" 3.90 (99) 3.70 (94) 1.46 (37) 2.72 (69) 3.9 (1.77)
1-1/2" 4.26 (108) 4.02 (102) 1.62 (41) 3.27 (83) 5.5 (2.50)
G 2" 4.89 (124) 4.65 (118) 1.89 (48) 3.55 (90) 7.7 (3.50)
2-1/2" 5.99 (152) 5.99 (152) 2.25 (57) 5.24 (133) 15.2 (6.90)
Full bore inches (mm) lbs. (kg)

F: Screwed and BW Size F F1 G H Weight (Valve)
F1: SW
1/4" 2.21 (56) 2.29 (58) 0.87 (22) 1.73 (44) 1.0 (0.45)
3/8" 2.48 (63) 2.36 (60) 0.95 (24) 1.85 (47) 1.3 (0.57)
Linkage kit description 1/2" 2.68 (68) 2.52 (64) 1.02 (26) 1.93 (49) 1.5 (0.70)
3/4" 3.39 (86) 3.31 (84) 1.22 (31) 2.52 (64) 2.8 (1.27)
Frame (1) Zinc plated carbon steel
1" 3.90 (99) 3.86 (98) 1.46 (37) 2.72 (69) 3.7 (1.7)
Stem adapter (1) Zinc plated carbon steel
1-1/4" 4.26 (108) 4.18 (106) 1.62 (41) 3.27 (83) 5.5 (2.50)
Frame-to-actuator screws (4) Zinc plated carbon steel Gr. 5

1-1/2" 4.89 (124) 4.89 (124) 1.89 (48) 3.55 (90) 7.7 (3.50)
Valve bolts (2) Zinc plated carbon steel Gr. 5
2" 5.99 (152) 5.99 (152) 2.25 (57) 5.24 (133) 15.2 (6.90)
Nuts (2) Zinc plated carbon steel Gr. 5
Stem nuts (2) Zinc plated carbon steel Gr. 5
Note: Weights including BVL are available upon request.
TI-P372-07-US 01.05
3: 257
Engineering Data
Eng 258
Engineering Data
Engineering Data
Eng 259
Properties of Saturated Steam
Gauge Temper- Heat in Btu/lb Specific Gauge Temper- Heat in Btu/lb Specific
Pressure ature Volume Pressure ature Volume
psig ˚F Sensible Latent Total ft3/lb psig ˚F Sensible Latent Total ft3/lb
25 134 102 1017 1119 142 160 371 344 853 1197 2.60
INS. VAC.
20 162 129 1001 1130 73.9 165 373 346 851 1197 2.54
15 179 147 990 1137 51.3 170 375 348 849 1197 2.47
10 192 160 982 1142 39.4 175 377 351 847 1198 2.41
5 203 171 976 1147 31.8 180 380 353 845 1198 2.34
0 212 180 970 1150 26.8 185 382 355 843 1198 2.29
1 215 183 968 1151 25.2 190 384 358 841 1199 2.24
2 219 187 966 1153 23.5 195 386 360 839 1199 2.19
3 222 190 964 1154 22.3 200 388 362 837 1199 2.14
4 224 192 962 1154 21.4 205 390 364 836 1200 2.09
5 227 195 960 1155 20.1 210 392 366 834 1200 2.05
6 230 198 959 1157 19.4 215 394 368 832 1200 2.00
7 232 200 957 1157 18.7 220 396 370 830 1200 1.96
8 233 201 956 1157 18.4 225 397 372 828 1200 1.92
9 237 205 954 1159 17.1 230 399 374 827 1201 1.89
10 239 207 953 1160 16.5 235 401 376 825 1201 1.85
12 244 212 949 1161 15.3 240 403 378 823 1201 1.81
14 248 216 947 1163 14.3 245 404 380 822 1202 1.78
16 252 220 944 1164 13.4 250 406 382 820 1202 1.75
18 256 224 941 1165 12.6 255 408 383 819 1202 1.72
20 259 227 939 1166 11.9 260 409 385 817 1202 1.69
Engineering Data
22 262 230 937 1167 11.3 265 411 387 815 1202 1.66
24 265 233 934 1167 10.8 270 413 389 814 1203 1.63
25 267 234 933 1169 10.3 275 414 391 812 1203 1.60
26 268 236 933 1169 10.3 280 416 392 811 1203 1.57
28 271 239 930 1169 9.85 285 417 394 809 1203 1.55
30 274 243 929 1172 9.46 290 418 395 808 1203 1.53
32 277 246 927 1173 9.10 295 420 397 806 1203 1.49
34 279 248 925 1173 8.75 300 421 398 805 1203 1.47
35 281 250 924 1174 8.6 305 423 400 803 1203 1.45
36 282 251 923 1174 8.42 310 425 402 802 1204 1.43
38 284 253 922 1175 8.08 320 427 405 799 1204 1.38
40 286 256 920 1176 7.82 330 430 408 796 1204 1.34
42 289 258 918 1176 7.57 340 433 411 793 1204 1.31
44 291 260 917 1177 7.31 350 435 414 790 1204 1.28
45 292 261 916 1177 7.21 360 438 417 788 1205 1.24
46 293 262 915 1177 7.14 370 441 420 785 1205 1.20
48 295 264 914 1178 6.94 380 443 422 783 1205 1.18
50 298 267 912 1179 6.68 390 446 425 780 1205 1.14
55 300 271 909 1180 6.27 400 448 428 777 1205 1.12
60 307 277 906 1183 5.84 450 460 439 766 1205 1.00
65 312 282 901 1183 5.49 500 470 453 751 1204 .89
70 316 286 898 1184 5.18 550 479 464 740 1204 .82
75 320 290 895 1185 4.91 600 489 473 730 1203 .75
80 324 294 891 1185 4.67 650 497 483 719 1202 .69
85 328 298 889 1187 4.44 700 505 491 710 1201 .64
90 331 302 886 1188 4.24 750 513 504 696 1200 .60
95 335 305 883 1188 4.05 800 520 512 686 1198 .56
100 338 309 880 1189 3.89 900 534 529 666 1195 .49
105 341 312 878 1190 3.74 1000 546 544 647 1191 .44
110 344 316 875 1191 3.59 1250 574 580 600 1180 .34
115 347 319 873 1192 3.46 1500 597 610 557 1167 .23
120 350 322 871 1193 3.34 1750 618 642 509 1151 .22
125 353 325 868 1193 3.23 2000 636 672 462 1134 .19
130 356 328 866 1194 3.12 2250 654 701 413 1114 .16
140 361 333 861 1194 2.92 2500 669 733 358 1091 .13
145 363 336 859 1195 2.84 2750 683 764 295 1059 .11
150 366 339 857 1196 2.74 3000 696 804 213 1017 .08
155 368 341 855 1196 2.68
Eng 260
Calculating Condensate Loads
When the normal condensate load is not
known, the load can be approximately deter-
mined by calculations using the following for-
mulae.
General Usage Formulae Steam Tracing Lines:
Heating water with steam (Exchangers)*

Approximate load is 10 to 50 lb/h for each 100 ft.
GPM of tracer
lb/h Condensate = x (1.1) x Temperature Rise ˚F
2
Heating fuel oil with steam

Recommended Safety
lb/h Condensate =
GPM
x (1.1) x Temperature Rise ˚F
Factors for Steam Traps
4
The actual safety factor to use for any particu-
Heating air with steam coils lar application will depend upon accuracy of:
1. Estimated load
CFM 2. Estimated pressure at trap
lb/h Condensate = x Temperature Rise ˚F
800 3. Estimated backpressure
Any unusual or abnormal conditions must be
Steam Radiation taken into consideration.
Sq. Ft. E. D. R. Safety

lb/h Condensate = Safety Factor by Type of Trap Factor
4 Balanced-Pressure Thermo- 2 to 4
static Traps
BTU/HR Thermo-Matic ThermostaticTraps 1.5 to 2.5
lb/h Condensate =
Latent Heat at Operating Pressure Liquid Expansion Traps 2 to 4
Bimetallic Traps 2 to 3
MBH x 1,000 Float and Thermostatic Traps 1.5 to 2.5
lb/h Condensate =
Engineering Data
Inverted Bucket Traps 2 to 3
Latent Heat at Operating Pressure Thermo-Dynamic® Traps 1.2 to 2
*Delete the (1.1) factor when steam is injected With

directly into water. Safety Factor by Temp.
Application General Control
Mains Drainage x2 —
Specialized Applications Storage Heaters x2 —
Unit Heaters x2 x3
Air Heating Coils x2 x4
Submerged Coils (low
Sterilizers, Autoclaves, Retorts Heating Steam Jacketed Dryers level drain) x2 —
Solid Material Submerged Coils
(siphon drain) x3 —
W x Cp x ∆T 1000 (Wi - Wf) + (Wi x ∆T) Rotating Cylinders x3 —
lb/h Condensate = lb/h Condensate =
Lxt L Tracing Lines x2 —
Platen Presses x2 —
Rule of Thumb: Use factor of 2 on everything
W = Weight of material — lbs. Wi = Initial weight of the material — except Temperature
Cp = Specific heat of the material pounds per hour Controlled Air Heater Coils
∆T = Temperature rise of the material ˚F Wf = Final wether of the material — and Converters, and Siphon
L = Latent heat of steam Btu/lb pounds per hour applications
t = Time in hours ∆T = Temperature rise of the material ˚F
L = Latent heat of steam Btu/lb
Effect of Backpressure on Steam

Heating Liquids in Steam Jacketed Kettles Heating Air with Steam; Pipe Coils and Trap Capacity
and Steam Heated Tanks Radiation
% Reduction in Capacity
Backpressure Inlet Pressure PSIG
G x s.g. x Cp x ∆T x 8.3 A x U x ∆T % of Inlet 5 25 100 200
lb/h Condensate = lb/h Condensate =
Lxt L 25% 6% 3% 0% 0%
50 20 12 10 5
75 38 30 28 23
G = Gallons of liquid to be heated A = Area of the heating surface in
s.g. = Specific gravity of the liquid square feet
Cp = Specific heat of the liquid U = Heat transfer coefficient (2 for free
∆T = Temperature rise of the liquid ˚F convection)
L = Latent heat of the steam Btu/lb ∆T = Steam temperature minus the air
t = Time in hours temperature ˚F
L = Latent heat of the steam Btu/lb
Note: The condensate load to heat the

equipment must be added to the
condensate load for heating the
material. Use same formula
Eng 261
Warm-up and Condensate Load Tables
Warm-up Load in Pounds of Steam per 100 ft of Steam Main (based on a start-up timer of 1 hour)
Ambient Temperature 70˚F. Based on Sch. 40 Pipe to 250 psi, Sch. 80 Above 250 Except Sch. 120 5" and Larger Above 800 psi.
Steam Pressure 0˚F
Pressure Correction
(psig) 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" Factor*
0 6.2 9.7 12.8 18.2 24.6 31.9 48 68 90 107 140 176 207 208 1.50
5 6.9 11.0 14.4 20.4 27.7 35.9 48 77 101 120 157 198 233 324 1.44
10 7.5 11.8 15.5 22.0 29.9 38.8 58 83 109 130 169 213 251 350 1.41
20 8.4 13.4 17.5 24.9 38.8 44 66 93 124 146 191 241 284 396 1.37
40 9.9 15.8 20.6 29.3 39.7 52 78 110 145 172 225 284 334 465 1.32
60 11.0 17.5 22.9 32.6 44 57 86 122 162 192 250 316 372 518 1.29
80 12.0 19.0 24.9 35.3 48 62 93 132 175 208 271 342 403 561 1.27
100 12.8 20.3 26.6 37.8 51 67 100 142 188 222 290 366 431 600 1.26
125 13.7 21.7 28.4 40 55 71 107 152 200 238 310 391 461 642 1.25
150 14.5 23.0 30.0 43 58 75 113 160 212 251 328 414 487 679 1.24
175 15.3 24.2 31.7 45 61 79 119 169 224 265 347 437 514 716 1.23
200 16.0 25.3 33.1 47 64 83 125 177 234 277 362 456 537 748 1.22
250 17.2 27.3 35.8 51 69 89 134 191 252 299 390 492 579 807 1.21
300 25.0 38.3 51 75 104 143 217 322 443 531 682 854 1045 1182 1.20
400 27.8 43 57 83 116 159 241 358 493 590 759 971 1163 1650 1.18
500 30.2 46 62 91 126 173 262 389 535 642 825 1033 1263 1793 1.17
600 32.7 50 67 98 136 187 284 421 579 694 893 1118 1367 1939 1.16
Engineering Data
800 38 58 77 113 203 274 455 670 943 1133 1445 1835 2227 3227 1.156
1000 42 72 86 126 227 305 508 748 1052 1264 1613 2048 2485 3601 1.147
1200 47 72 96 140 253 340 566 833 1172 1407 1796 2280 2768 4010 1.140
1400 52 79 106 155 280 376 627 922 1298 1558 1988 2525 3064 4440 1.135
1600 57 87 117 171 309 415 692 1018 1432 1720 2195 2787 3383 4901 1.130
1750 62 94 126 184 333 448 746 1098 1545 1855 2367 3006 3648 5286 1.128
1800 63 97 129 189 341 459 765 1126 1584 1902 2427 3082 3741 5420 1.127
*For outdoor temperature of 0˚F, multiply load value in table for each main size by correction factor shown.
Condensate Load in Pounds per Hour per 100 ft. of Insulated Steam Main
Ambient Temperature 70˚F — Insulation 80% Efficient. Load Due to Radiation and Convection for Saturated Steam
Steam Pressure 0˚F
Pressure Correction
(psig) 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" Factor*
10 6 7 9 11 13 16 20 24 29 32 36 39 44 53 1.58
40 8 9 11 14 17 20 26 32 38 42 48 51 57 68 1.50
60 10 12 14 18 24 27 33 41 49 54 62 67 74 89 1.45
100 12 15 18 22 28 33 41 51 61 67 77 83 93 111 1.41
125 13 16 20 24 30 36 45 56 66 73 84 90 101 121 1.36
175 16 19 23 26 33 38 53 66 78 86 98 107 119 142 1.38
250 18 22 27 34 42 50 62 77 92 101 116 126 140 168 1.36
300 20 25 30 37 46 54 68 85 101 111 126 138 154 184 1.33
400 23 28 34 43 53 63 80 99 118 130 148 162 180 216 1.32
500 27 33 39 49 61 73 91 114 135 148 170 185 206 246 1.32
600 30 37 44 55 68 82 103 128 152 167 191 208 232 277 1.31
800 36 44 53 69 85 101 131 164 194 214 244 274 305 365 1.30
1000 43 52 63 82 101 120 156 195 231 254 290 326 363 435 1.27
1200 51 62 75 97 119 142 185 230 274 301 343 386 430 515 1.26
1400 60 73 89 114 141 168 219 273 324 356 407 457 509 610 1.25
1600 70 85 103 132 163 195 253 315 375 412 470 528 588 704 1.22
1750 77 93 113 145 179 213 278 346 411 452 516 580 645 773 1.22
1800 79 96 117 150 185 221 288 358 425 467 534 600 667 800 1.21
*For outdoor temperature of 0˚F, multiply load value in table for each main size by correction factor shown.
Eng 262
Heat Transfer Calculations
Heat Emission Rates Heat Emission Coefficients from Pipes Submerged
from Pipes Submerged in Water in Miscellaneous Fluids
Published Overall Heat Transfer Rates Btu/ft2 h ˚F The viscosity of fluids has a considerable bearing on heat transfer
Tank Coils, Steam/Water characteristics and this varies in any case with temperature. The fol-
100 to 225 lowing figures will therefore serve only as a rough guide.
(Temperature difference 50˚F)
Tank Coils, Steam/Water 175 to 300 Immersed steam coil, medium pressure, natural convection
(Temperature difference 100˚F)
Tank Coils, Steam/Water 225 to 475 Btu/ft2 h ˚F
Temperature difference 200˚F
difference
Reasonable Practical Heat Transfer Rates
Light Oils 30
Tank Coils, 100 Heavy Oils 15 to 20
low pressure with natural circulation
Tank Coils, *Fats 5 to 10
200
high pressure with natural circulation
Immersed steam coil, medium pressure, natural convection
Tank Coils, 200
low pressure with assisted circulation Btu/ft2 h ˚F
Tank Coils, difference
300
high pressure with assisted circulation Light Oils (220 SSU at 100˚F) 100
Medium Oils (1100 SSU at 100˚F) 60
Heavy Oils (3833 SSU at 100˚F) 30
Average Heat Loss from Heat Loss from Open Tanks

Oil in Storage Tanks and Pipe Lines
Engineering Data
* Heat Transfer Rate in Heat Loss from Heat Lost through
Btu/ft2 h ˚F Liquid Liquid Surface Tank Wall
temperature difference Temp. Btu/ft2 h Btu/ft2 h
between oil and ˚F Evap. Rad. Total Bare Insulation
surrounding air Loss Loss Steel 1" 2" 3"
Position Oil Temperature Exposed Insulated
Tank Sheltered Up to 50˚F 1.2 .3 90 80 50 130 50 12 6 4
Up to 80˚F 1.3 .325 100 160 70 230 70 15 8 6
Up to 100˚F 1.4 .35 110 240 90 330 90 19 10 7
120 360 110 470 110 23 12 9
Tank Exposed Up to 50˚F 1.4 .35 130 480 135 615 135 27 14 10
Up to 80˚F 1.5 .375 140 660 160 820 160 31 16 12
Up to 100˚F 1.6 .4 150 860 180 1040 180 34 18 13
Tank In Pit All Temperatures 1.2 — 160 1100 210 1310 210 38 21 15
Pipe Sheltered Up to 80˚F 1.5 .375 170 1380 235 1615 235 42 23 16
Line 80 to 260˚F 2.3 .575 180 1740 260 2000 260 46 25 17
190 2160 290 2450 290 50 27 19
Pipe Exposed Up to 80˚F 1.8 .45 200 2680 320 3000 320 53 29 20
Line 80 to 260˚F 2.75 .7 210 3240 360 3590 360 57 31 22
* For maximum heat loss the “surrounding air temperature” may be 25˚F higher or lower according to country
and locality. The above values are for open tanks in 60˚F still ambient air.
For rough calculations it may be taken that 1 ton of fuel oil occupies
36 .4 ft3. The specific heat capacity of heavy fuel is 0.45 to 0.48 Btu/lb ˚F.
Heat Transfer from Steam Coils

Approximately 20 Btu/h per square foot of heating surface per ˚F differ-
ence between oil and steam temperature.
Heat Transfer from Hot Water Coils
Approximately 10 Btu/h per square foot of heating surface per ˚F differ-
ence between oil and steam temperature.
Eng 263
Steam Tracing
Designing of Steam Tracing Steam Size Connections for Jacketed Lines
Recommended number of 1/2" tracers to meet average requirements
Type A Type B Type C Steam
General frost Where solidi- When solidifica- Product Line Jacket Diameter Connection
protection or fication may tion may occur 2-1/2" 4" 1/2"
where solidi- occur at temps. at temps. 3" 6" 3/4"
fication may between 75 - between 150 -
occur at temps. 150˚F 300˚F 4" 6" 3/4"
below 75˚F 6" 8" 3/4"
Product Number of Number of Number of 8" 10" 1"
Line Size 1/2" Tracers 1/2" Tracers 1/2" Tracers 10" 12" 1"
1" 1 1 1
1-1/2" 1 1 2 Length of jacket should not exceed 20 ft. In most cases 1/2" condensate outlet
2" 1 1 2 would be adequate but it is usual to make this same size as the steam connec-
3" 1 1 3 tion as it simplifies installation.
4" 1 2 3
6" 2 2 3
8" 2 2 3 Recommended Header Size
10"-12" 2 3 6 for Supplying Steam Tracer Lines
14"-16" 2 3 8
18"-20" 2 3 10 Header Size Number of 1/2" Tracers
3/4" 2
As a general rule, length of tracers to 3/8" size should not exceed 60 ft. Larger 1" 3 to 5
size tracers should not exceed 150 ft. in length. 1-1/2" 6 to 15
2" 16 to 30
Recommended Header Size

for Condensate Lines
Header Size Number of 1/2" Tracers
1" Up to 5
1-1/2" 6 to 10
Engineering Data
2" 11 to 25
Steam Pipe Sizing
Sizing for Pressure Drop per 100 ft. in Schedule 40 Pipe

Divide “Allowable Drop” by pressure factor and use chart to select pipe size.
Based on 100 psig saturated steam

For other pressures, multiply chart ∆P by factor below
psig 0 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 75 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 500 600
factor 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.6 3.1 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.92 0.83 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.29 0.23 0.19
1/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 7" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20"
15.0
10.0 24"
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
Pressure Drop psi/100 ft
2.0
1.0
.9
.8
.7
.6
.5
.4
.3
.2
.1
100 200 300 400 500 1,000 2 3 4 5 10,000 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 100,000 2 3 4 5 1,000,000 2
Steam Flow lbs/h

Eng 264
Steam Pipe Sizing
How to Size Steam Pipes for
Various Pressure and Velocity
Conditions
To select pipe size in long mains and wherev-
er supply pressure is critical, use the pressure
drop chart to assure it is within allowable lim-
its. Most saturated steam lines may be sized Steam Pipe Sizing
for a velocity of 4800 to 7200 ft/min; higher
velocities should be avoided unless apprecia-
ble superheat is present. Pipe Size
Reasonable (Schedule 40 pipe)
Piping at pressure reducing stations should Steam Velocities 20000
1"
be sized for the same velocity on both sides in Pipes 1- 1/2
of the PRV. This generally results in a valve 1-1 1/4" "
/2" 3/4 12000
smaller than the supply piping with still larger Process Steam 2 " 10000
downstream pressure piping due to the 8000 to 12000 ft/min 2-1 "
Velocity ft/min
/2" 8000
increase in steam volume (see example 3"
below.) F G 6000
Heating Systems 4" 5000
4000 to 6000 ft/min
Trap discharge piping contains a bi-phase 5" C D 4000
flash steam/condensate mixture, and a lower Flash Vent Lines
6"
3000
velocity of 4000 to 6000 ft/min to the receiver 3000 ft/min 8"
encourages gravity separation. The receiver 2000
vent line is sized for the amount of flash vent- 10
1 "
ed at atmospheric pressure at a velocity of 14 2"
3000 to 4000 ft/min. 16 "
"
1000
Velocity Chart Example
Given a steam heating piping system with a
100 psig inlet pressure ahead of a control 50000
valve with a capacity of 1,000 lb/h of steam 40000
reduced to 25 psig, find the smallest sizes of Multiply chart velocity
by factor below to get
upstream and downstream piping for reason- 30000
velocity in schedule
able quiet steam velocities. 80 pipe
Engineering Data
20000 Pipe Size Factor
Upstream Pressure Piping Sizing 1/2" 1.30
Enter the velocity chart above at A for steam 3/4" & 1" 1.23
flow of 1,000 lb/h. Go over to point B where 10000 1-1/4" & 1-1/2" 1.17
the 100 psig diagonal line intersects. Follow
8000 2" to 16" 1.12
up vertically to C where an intersection with a
25 00
Capacity lb/h
diagonal line falls inside the 4,000-to-6,000 6000

2 0
0
15 25
5000
1 00
ft/min velocity band. Actual velocity at D is

1 5
about 4,800 ft/min for 1-1/2" upstream piping.

7
4000
50
Selecting a smaller pipe size results in greater 3000

25
steam velocity and noise level.

10
5
2000
Downstream Piping Sizing
0
Enter the velocity chart at A for 1,000 lb/h. Go

over to point E where the 25 psig diagonal A
line intersects. Follow up vertically to F where E B
1000
an intersection with a diagonal line falls inside 800
the 4,000-to-6,000 ft/min velocity band. Actual 600
25 00
velocity at G is 5,500 ft/min for 2-1/2" down-
2 0
500
0
15 25
stream piping.
1 00
400
1 5
7
Formula for Velocity of Steam in Pipes: 300

50
25
V = 2.4Q Vs 200
10
A
5
0
Where: Steam Velocity Chart

V = Velocity in ft/min 100
Q = Flow lb/h steam
Vs = Sp. Vol. in cu. ft3/lb at the Steam Pressure psig
flowing pressure (Saturated Steam)
A = Internal area of the pipe — in2
Eng 265
Condensate Line Sizing
Condensate return lines on the discharge side Percent Flash Steam
of steam traps must be able to accomodate
the flow of both water and flash steam. While Produced when Condensate is discharged to atmosphere or into a flash tank controlled at various pressures.
the percentage, by weight, of flash steam may
be rather low, its overall volume in compari- Atmo-
son to the liquid is very large. By determining Pressure sphere Flash Tank Pressure — psig
the quantity of flash steam and sizing the psig 0 2 5 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 100
return line for velocities between 4,000 and
6,000 ft/min, the two-phase flow within the 5 1.7 1.0 0
pipe can be accomodated. The information 10 2.9 2.2 1.4 0
required for sizing is the condensate load in 15 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.1 0
lb/h, inlet pressure to steam trap(s) in psig 20 4.9 4.2 3.4 2.1 1.1 0
and return line system pressure. 30 6.5 5.8 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.7 0
40 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.1 4.0 3.1 1.3 0
Example: 60 10.0 9.3 8.6 7.3 6.3 5.4 3.6 2.2 0
Size a condensate return line from a 160 psig 80 11.7 11.1 10.3 9.0 8.1 7.1 5.5 4.0 1.9 0
steam trap discharging to 20 psig. flash tank. 100 13.3 12.6 11.8 10.6 9.7 8.8 7.0 5.7 3.5 1.7 0
Load is 3,000 lb/h. 125 14.8 14.2 13.4 12.2 11.3 10.3 8.6 7.4 5.2 3.4 1.8
1. Determine percent flash steam produced 160 16.8 16.2 15.4 14.1 13.2 12.4 10.6 9.5 7.4 5.6 4.0
using table. With a steam pressure of 160 200 18.6 18.0 17.3 16.1 15.2 14.3 12.8 11.5 9.3 7.5 5.9
psig and a flash tank pressure of 20 psig 250 20.6 20.0 19.3 18.1 17.2 16.3 14.7 13.6 11.2 9.8 8.2
read a value of 12.4%. 300 22.7 21.8 21.1 19.9 19.0 18.2 16.7 15.4 13.4 11.8 10.1
2. Next, multiply the condensate load by the 350 24.0 23.3 22.6 21.6 20.5 19.8 18.3 17.2 15.1 13.5 11.9
percent flash from step #1 to determine the 400 25.3 24.7 24.0 22.9 22.0 21.1 19.7 18.5 16.5 15.0 13.4
flowrate, of flash steam produced.
3,000 lb/h x .124 = 372 lb/h.
3. Enter Condensate
Recovery Sizing chart Condensate Recovery Sizing
at the flash steam
flowrate of 372 lb/h at Velocity Velocity
“A” and move hori- (ft/sec) Pipe Size (schedule 40) (ft/min) Recommended
zontally to the right to Service
100 6000
the flash tank pres- C
Engineering Data
Condensate Return
sure of 20 psig “B”. 66 4000
Line Sizing
Rise vertically to E 3000
Vent Pipe Sizing
50
choose a condensate
return line size which 33 2000
30 28" 26 24 20 18 16 14 12 10 6" 5" 4" 3" 2-1 2" 1-1 1-1 1" 3/4 1/2
will give a velocity " " " " " " " " "
8" /2" /2" /4" " "
between 4,000 and
6,000 ft/min, “C”. In 17 1000
this example, an
1-1/2" schedule 40 10 D 600 Flash Tank
pipe with a velocity of Diameter Sizing
approximately 5,000
50,000
ft/min. If schedule 80
Multiply chart velocity
pipe is to be used, by factor below
10 0
refer to table within 30,000 to get velocity

0
8
60 0
in schedule 80 pipe
body of chart. Multiply
4 0
3 0
20,000 Pipe Size Factor

2
the velocity by the 1/2" 1.30

10
factor to determine 3/4" & 1"

5
1.23
0
1-1/4" & 1-1/2" 1.15

whether the velocity 10,000 2" & 3" 1.12
is within acceptable 8000
4" to 24"
26" to 30"
1.1
1.0
limits.
Flash Steam Flowrate (lb/h)
5000
10 0
0
8
3000
60 0
4 0
3 0
2
2000
10
5
0
1000
800
500
A B
300
200
10 0
0
8
60 0
100
4 0
3 0
80
2
10
60
5
50
0
40
30
20 P
c re
fla ond ssu
10
sh en re
ta sa in
nk te
(p lin
si e
g) or
Eng 266
Flash Tank and Vent Line Sizing
How to Size Flash Tanks
and Vent Lines Flash Vessel Sizing
Whether a flash tank is to be atmospheric or
pressurized for flash recovery, the procedure
for determining its size is the same. The most Flash Steam
Horizontal Flash Vessel outlet or vent pipe
important dimension is the diameter. It must
be large enough to provide adequate separa-
tion of the flash and condensate to minimize
condensate carry over.
Condensate
Example: inlet
Size a 20 psig flash recovery vessel based on
the information in the example on page 582
(condensate line sizing). Length Diameter
1. Using the calculated flash steam quantity of Length = 2 x diameter or
372 lb/h enter Condensate Recovery Sizing 24" minimum
chart on page 112 at “A” and move horizin-
tally to the right to the flash tank pressure
of 20 psig “B”. Rise vertically to the flash
tank diameter line (600 ft/min) at “D”. Read
tank diameter of 5". If schedule 80 pipe is Condensate
to be installed, the table within the body of outlet
the chart can be used to determine whether
the velocity will exceed the recommended
limit of 600 ft/min.
2. From point “D” continue to rise vertically to
“E” to determine the size of vent pipe to
give a velocity between 3000 and 4000 Vertical Flash Vessel Flash steam outlet
or vent pipe
ft/min. In this case 2" schedule 40 pipe. As
before, use the table within the body of
chart for schedule 80 pipe.
Flash vessels can be either horizontal or verti-

cal. For flash steam recovery (pressurized
Engineering Data
receiver) the vertical style is preferred
because of its ability to provide better separa-
tion of steam and water. Diameter
Condensate Height = 3 x Diameter or

inlet 36" minimum
35% of
height
Condensate
outlet
For proper installation of flash vessels, controls and traps refer to Design of Fluid Systems Hook-Ups.
Eng 267
Steam Trap Selection Guide
As the USA’s leading provider of steam system solutions, Spirax Sarco recognizes that no two steam trapping systems are
identical. Because of the wide array of steam trap applications with inherently different characteristics, choosing the correct
steam trap for optimum performance is difficult. Waterhammer, superheat, corrosive condensate, or other damaging operating
characteristics dramatically affect performance of a steam trap. With over 80 years of experience in steam technology, Spirax
Sarco is committed to helping it’s customers design, operate and maintain an efficient steam system. You have our word on it!
1st Choice 2nd Choice

Float & Thermo- Balanced Liquid Inverted Float & Thermo- Balanced Liquid Inverted
Application Thermostatic Dynamic® Pressure Bimetallic Expansion Bucket Thermostatic Dynamic® Pressure Bimetallic Expansion Bucket
Steam Mains to 30 psig ✓ ✓

30-400 psig ✓ ✓
to 600 psig ✓ ✓
to 900 psig ✓ ✓
to 2000 psig ✓ ✓
with Superheat ✓ ✓
Separators ✓ ✓
Steam Tracers Critical ✓ ✓
Non-Critical ✓ ✓
Heating Equipment
Shell & Tube Heat Exchangers ✓ ✓
Heating Coils ✓ ✓
Unit Heaters ✓ ✓
Plate & Frame Heat Exchangers ✓ ✓
Engineering Data
Radiators ✓
General Process Equipment
to 30 psig ✓ ✓
to 200 psig ✓ ✓
to 465 psig ✓ ✓
to 600 psig ✓
to 900 psig ✓
to 2000 psig ✓
Hospital Equipment
Autoclaves ✓ ✓
Sterilizers ✓ ✓
Fuel Oil Heating
Bulk Storage Tanks ✓ ✓
Line Heaters ✓
Tanks & Vats
Bulk Storage Tanks ✓ ✓
Process Vats ✓ ✓
Vulcanizers ✓ ✓
Evaporators ✓ ✓
Reboilers ✓ ✓
Rotating Cylinders ✓
Freeze Protection ✓
Eng 268
Regional Offices
Northeast Southeast Southwest

Spirax Sarco, Inc. Spirax Sarco, Inc. Spirax Sarco, Inc.
7760 Olentangy River Road 1150 Northpoint Blvd. 203 Georgia Avenue
Suite 120 Blythewood, SC 29016 Deer Park, TX 77536
Columbus, OH 43235 Phone: 1-800-883-4411 Phone: (281) 478-4002
Phone: (614) 436-8055 Fax: (281) 478-4615
Fax: (614) 436-8479
Midwest
Spirax Sarco, Inc.
Mid-Atlantic 2806 Centre Circle Dr. West
Spirax Sarco, Inc. Downers Grove, IL 60515 Spirax Sarco, Inc.
4647 Saucon Creek Road Phone: (630) 268-0330 1930 East Carson Street
Suite 102 Fax: (630) 268-0336 Suite 102
Center Valley, PA 18034 Long Beach, CA 90810
Phone: (800) 251-7676 Phone: (310) 549-9962
Fax: (800) 996-3232 Fax: (310) 549-7909
To contact your local Spirax Sarco Representative, call:

Toll Free 1-800-883-4411
269
Model Designation Index
200 BVA w/Spirax Sarco Ball F50C ...................................2: 93 M250G................................2: 88

Valves...............................3: 244 Gilflo - B Type...................2: 70 M410 Compensated .........2: 82
BVA200 w/M10H ISO...3: 248 Gilflo - ILVA .....................2: 72 M410 Data Sheet...............2: 85
BVA200 w/M10S ISO....3: 246 Gilflo - ILVA System .......2: 74 M410 Non-compensated .2: 84
BVA200 w/M10V ISO ...3: 256 Gilflo - Spool .....................2: 68 M410 Orifice Plate............2: 80
BVA200 w/M20 .............3: 250 Gilflo - System ..................2: 71 M610...................................2: 92
BVA200 w/M40 ISO......3: 252 IPC4A Converter............3: 189 M640...................................2: 94
ABV 20 ...............................1: 62 KBV 20 ...............................1: 60 M700...................................2: 90
APS 1..................................1: 24 K Series 1/2" to 4" Ductile Iron MDM................................3: 220
BC 1100 ..............................1: 42 ..........................................3: 112 MPC2 ...............................3: 190
BC 3200 ..............................1: 44 K Series 6" & 8" Ductile Iron MS 1....................................1: 57
BCS 1 ..................................1: 35 ..........................................3: 114 PA 20....................................1: 8
BCV1 ..................................1: 46 K Series 1/2" to 4" Cast Steel PF51G-BD........................3: 210
BCV30 ................................1: 48 ..........................................3: 116 PF51G-NC .......................3: 206
BCV30 1-1/2" ..................1: 50 K Series 6" & 8" Cast Steel PF51G-NO .......................3: 208
BCV31 3/4" .....................1: 52 ..........................................3: 118 PF61G-BD........................3: 216
BCV31 1-1/2" ..................1: 54 K Series 1/2" to 4" Stainless PF61G-NC .......................3: 212
BT 1000...............................1: 58 ..........................................3: 120 PF61G-NO .......................3: 214
CE83 1" to 4" Alloy Steel K Series 6" & 8" Stainless PN1000 2-1/2" to 4" .......3: 158
..........................................3: 128 ..........................................3: 122 PN1000 6" & 8"................3: 160
CE43 1" to 4" Carbon Steel K Series Options .............3: 124 PN1000 for C Series .......3: 162
..........................................3: 130 K Series Spares ...............3: 126 PN2000 for C Series .......3: 164
CE43 5" to 8" Carbon Steel L Series Cast Iron ...........3: 106 PN1000 & PN2000 for C Series
..........................................3: 132 L Series Options .............3: 108 ..........................................3: 166
CE83 5" to 8" Alloy Steel L Series Spares ................3: 111 PN1000 & PN2000 for C Series
..........................................3: 134 LC 1000 ................................1: 9 5" to 8" ..............................3: 168
CE63 5" to 8" Stainless Steel LC 1300 ..............................1: 11 PN1000 & PN2000
..........................................3: 136 LC 2200 ..............................1: 12 Spares...............................3: 171
CE63 1" to 8" Stainless Steel LC 2300 ..............................1: 14 PN3000.............................3: 144
..........................................3: 138 LC 2400 ..............................1: 16 PN3000 & PN4000
C Series Spares................3: 141 LC 2500 ..............................1: 18 Spares...............................3: 149
C Series Options .............3: 142 LC 2610 ..............................1: 20 PN4000.............................3: 146
CP 30 ..................................1: 38 LC 3000 ..............................1: 32 PN5000 ............................3: 150
CP 32 ..................................1: 40 Limit Switch Box ..........3: 2254 PN5000 & PN6000
DIVA ..................................2: 76 LP10-4 ..................................1: 4 Spares...............................3: 156
DIVA System ....................2: 79 LP 20.....................................1: 6 PN5700.............................3: 152
DM Solenoid Valve........3: 219 LP 30...................................1: 28 PN600 Series ...................3: 194
DS1000 ...............................1: 27 LP 31...................................1: 30 PN6000 ............................3: 154
EL2270 & EL2271..............2: 96 LT 2010...............................1: 22 PP5....................................3: 182
..........................................3: 202 M10F ................................3: 226 S20 ......................................1: 36
EL2300..............................3: 198 M10F ISO.........................3: 228 SP2 ....................................3: 186
EL2600 & “U” Syphon.....2: 98 M10H ISO........................3: 230 Steam Sizing....................3: 104
..........................................3: 204 M10S.................................3: 222 Stonel Limit Switch........3: 193
EL3300..............................3: 200 M10S ISO .........................3: 224 Stonel Position Transmitter
EL3500..............................3: 172 M10T ................................3: 234 ..........................................3: 192
EL5060/5061 ...................3: 180 M10T ISO.........................3: 236 SX25..................................3: 196
EL5600..............................3: 174 M10V................................3: 232
EL5650..............................3: 176 M20...................................3: 238
EL5650 Accessories ........3: 178 M40 ISO ...........................3: 240
Engineering Data ......Eng: 259 M60...................................3: 242
EP5....................................3: 184 M240G................................2: 86
270
NOTES
271
NOTES
272
NOTES
273
NOTES
274
CONTROLS &
INSTRUMENTATION

Product Manual
Spirax Sarco, Inc.
9th Edition
1150 Northpoint Blvd. • Blythewood, SC 29016

1-800-883-4411
www.spiraxsarco.com/us

Controls Instrumentation

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Controls Instrumentation

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

CONTROLS &

Boiler Controls • Flowmeters • Control Valves

1150 Northpoint Blvd. • Blythewood, SC 29016

All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America 03/05

This close knit relationship assures customer satisfaction everywhere and

To contact your local Spirax Sarco Representative, call:

Pressure Shell Design Conditions:

Limiting Operating Conditions:

An example on the opposite page graphically illustrates limiting conditions.

BPT21 Steel-Bodied Balanced Pressure Thermostatic Steam Trap

Limiting Operating Conditions

Maximum Operating Pressure (PMO) 304 PSIG

Pressure Shell Design Conditions

PMA (Maximum Allowable Pressure) 362 PSIG/0-248˚F

TMA (Maximum Allowable Temperature) 752°F/0-188 PSIG

90°F of Superheat at 282 psig

437°F at 304 psig

PMA (at Saturated Steam

PMO — 304 psig PMA (cold)

100 200 300 400

Boiler Controls index 1:3

Flowmeters index 2:65

Control Valves index 3:101 - 3:103

Accurate control of water level/alarm within the boiler

Tech. Illus. # Model Page No.

TI-9-114-US LP 10-4 Level Probe 1:4

Wiring How to specify

LP 20 Capacitance Level Probe

• For modulating or on/off level control, and level alarm systems

• Suitable for pressures up to 464 psig, 462°F - (32 barg, 239°C)

• Multiple control/switching points possible

• Easy to install - no cutting to length required

Probe Length Max. expansion (inc. ‘dead band’)

1.0" (25mm) 'dead' length

Weights (approximate) including immediate packaging

• Compact, rigidly mounted unit 1/2" NPT

Limiting Conditions Materials

plate or mounted on a 'top-hat' DIN rail using the mounting clip

LC 2200 Level Controller

• Proportional controller for electrically actuated valves

• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance

• High or low alarm as standard

• Control levels may be altered without de-commissioning boiler

• Valve positioner built in

High Alarm Low Alarm

Level Wave Filter Level Wave Filter

Level Filter Level Filter Position 2/3

LC 2300 Level Controller

• Proportional controller for pneumatically actuated valves

• Three stage wave filter – wide turbulence tolerance Clamping

• Output signal may be reversed Power On

cUL C22.2 Number14-M91

How to order Weight 1lb (0.5 kg) 1.0"

LC 2400 Level Controller

• Interfaces with Spirax Sarco LC 2200 or LC 2300 controllers

• Scales 4-20mA output signals from steam and water meters

• Loop powered - needs no batteries or mains connections

Two element level control with

LC 2500 Level Controller

• On/off controller with adjustable level settings

Materials 4-20mA Loop

Field Wiring/Terminal Details

LC 2610 Level Controller